Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

ANNUAL REPORT

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

 

 

People’s United Financial, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

001-33326

(Commission File Number)

 

Delaware   20-8447891
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(203) 338-7171

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

  

NASDAQ Global Select Market

(Title of each class)

   (Name of each exchange on which registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   x

   Accelerated filer   ¨

Non-accelerated filer   ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

   Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).     Yes   ¨     No   x

The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the last reported sales price of its common stock as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $4,812,272,976.

As of February 10, 2012, there were 359,176,961 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 19, 2012, are incorporated by reference into Part III.


Table of Contents

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

2011 FORM 10-K

Table of Contents

 

          Page  

Part I

     

Item 1.

  

Business

     1   

Item 1A.

  

Risk Factors

     11   

Item 1B.

  

Unresolved Staff Comments

     17   

Item 2.

  

Properties

     17   

Item 3.

  

Legal Proceedings

     17   

Item 4.

  

Mine Safety Disclosures

     17   

Part II

     

Item 5.

   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
     18   

Item 6.

  

Selected Financial Data

     20   

Item 7.

   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      21   

Item 7A.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     84   

Item 8.

  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     87   

Item 9.

   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      87   

Item 9A.

  

Controls and Procedures

     87   

Item 9B.

  

Other Information

     87   

Part III

     

Item 10.

  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     88   

Item 11.

  

Executive Compensation

     89   

Item 12.

   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters      89   

Item 13.

  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     89   

Item 14.

  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     89   

Part IV

     

Item 15.

  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     90   

Signatures

     94   


Table of Contents

Part I

 

Item 1. Business

General

People’s United Financial, Inc. (“People’s United Financial” or the “Company”) is a savings and loan holding company incorporated under the state laws of Delaware and the holding company for People’s United Bank, a federally-chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Bridgeport, Connecticut. In October 2011, People’s United Bank filed an application with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) to convert to a national bank charter. In connection with this conversion, People’s United Financial intends to submit an application to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “FRB-NY”) to convert to a bank holding company. In connection with doing so, People’s United Financial expects to make an election for financial holding company status.

After the close of business on June 30, 2011, People’s United Financial acquired Danvers Bancorp, Inc. (“Danvers”) based in Danvers, Massachusetts. The transaction was effective July 1, 2011. On November 30, 2010, People’s United Financial completed its acquisitions of Smithtown Bancorp, Inc. (“Smithtown”) based in Hauppauge, New York and LSB Corporation (“LSB”) based in North Andover, Massachusetts. On April 16, 2010, People’s United Bank entered into a definitive purchase and assumption agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) pursuant to which People’s United Bank assumed all of the deposits, certain assets and the banking operations of Butler Bank, located in Lowell, Massachusetts. On February 19, 2010, People’s United Financial completed its acquisition of Financial Federal Corporation (“Financial Federal”), a financial services company providing collateralized lending, financing and leasing services nationwide to small and medium sized businesses. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in these transactions were recorded at their estimated fair values as of their respective closing dates. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion on the acquisitions completed during 2011 and 2010. On January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial completed its acquisition of Chittenden Corporation (“Chittenden”), a multi-bank holding company headquartered in Burlington, Vermont. People’s United Financial’s results of operations include the results of the acquired entities beginning with their respective closing dates.

The principal business of People’s United Financial is to provide, through People’s United Bank and its subsidiaries, commercial banking, retail and business banking, and wealth management services to individual, corporate and municipal customers. Traditional banking activities are conducted primarily within New England and New York, and include extending secured and unsecured commercial and consumer loans, originating mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial properties, and accepting consumer, commercial and municipal deposits.

In addition to traditional banking activities, People’s United Bank provides specialized financial services tailored to specific markets including: personal, institutional and employee benefit trust; cash management; and municipal banking and finance. Through its non-banking subsidiaries, People’s United Bank offers: brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance through People’s Securities, Inc. (“PSI”); equipment financing through People’s Capital and Leasing Corp. (“PCLC”) and People’s United Equipment Finance Corp. (“PUEFC”); and other insurance services through People’s United Insurance Agency, Inc. (“PUIA”).

This full range of financial services is delivered through a network of 372 branches located in Connecticut, Massachusetts, Vermont, New York, New Hampshire and Maine, including 87 full-service Stop & Shop supermarket branches throughout Connecticut that provide customers with seven-day-a-week banking. People’s United Bank’s distribution network includes investment and brokerage offices, commercial banking offices, online banking and investment trading, a 24-hour telephone banking service and participation in a worldwide ATM network. PCLC and PUEFC maintain a sales presence in 11 states to support equipment financing operations throughout the United States. Within the Commercial Banking division, People’s United Bank maintains a mortgage warehouse lending group located in Kentucky and a national credits group, which has participated in commercial loans and commercial real estate loans to borrowers in various industries on a national scale.

 

1


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial’s operations are divided into three primary business segments that represent its core businesses: Commercial Banking; Retail and Business Banking; and Wealth Management. Commercial Banking consists principally of commercial and industrial lending, commercial real estate lending and commercial deposit gathering activities. This segment also includes the equipment financing operations of PCLC and PUEFC, as well as cash management, correspondent banking and municipal banking. Retail and Business Banking includes, as its principal business lines, consumer and business deposit gathering activities, consumer lending (including residential mortgage and home equity), business lending and merchant services. Wealth Management consists of trust services, corporate trust, brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance provided by PSI, other insurance services provided through PUIA and private banking. In addition, the Treasury area manages People’s United Financial’s securities portfolio, short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell, and wholesale borrowings.

Further discussion of People’s United Financial’s business and operations appears on pages 21 through 87.

Supervision and Regulation—People’s United Financial

Federal Holding Company Regulation

People’s United Financial is a savings and loan holding company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act (“HOLA”). Until July 2011, People’s United Financial was regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”) and subject to OTS examination, supervision and reporting requirements. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “DFA”) transferred all supervisory functions, including ongoing supervision, examination and regulation, for savings and loan holding companies and their non-depository subsidiaries to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”), effective July 21, 2011. Among other things, this authority permits the FRB to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings bank.

Although savings and loan holding companies are currently not subject to consolidated regulatory leverage or risk-based capital requirements, FRB guidance indicates that a savings and loan holding company should have sufficient capital and an effective capital planning process, consistent with its overall risk profile and considering the size, scope, and complexity of its operations, to ensure its safe and sound operation. The FRB has also announced that, to the greatest extent possible in light of the requirements of the HOLA and any unique characteristics of savings and loan holding companies, it intends to assess the condition, performance and activities of savings and loan holding companies in a manner consistent with the FRB’s established risk-based approach for bank holding companies.

Activities Restrictions Applicable to Savings and Loan Holding Companies. The activities of all savings and loan holding companies formed after May 4, 1999, including People’s United Financial, must be financially related activities permissible for bank holding companies.

Restrictions Applicable to All Savings and Loan Holding Companies. Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company directly or indirectly, from acquiring:

 

   

control (as defined under the HOLA) of another savings bank (or a holding company parent) without prior FRB approval;

 

   

through merger, consolidation or purchase of assets, another savings bank or a holding company thereof, or acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of such institution or holding company without prior approval by the FRB or the OCC; or

 

   

control of any depository institution not insured by the FDIC (except through a merger with and into the holding company’s savings bank subsidiary that is approved by the OCC).

 

2


Table of Contents

The HOLA prohibits a savings and loan holding company (directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries) from acquiring another savings bank or holding company thereof without prior written approval of the FRB; acquiring or retaining, with certain exceptions, more than 5% of a non-subsidiary savings bank, a non-subsidiary holding company, or a non-subsidiary company engaged in activities other than those permitted by the HOLA; or acquiring or retaining control of a depository institution that is not federally insured. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings banks, the FRB must consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”), the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.

Federal Securities Law

People’s United Financial’s common stock is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as amended. People’s United Financial is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading, and other requirements and restrictions of the Exchange Act.

Delaware Corporation Law

People’s United Financial is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware and is, therefore, subject to regulation by the state of Delaware. The rights of People’s United Financial’s stockholders are governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Supervision and Regulation—People’s United Bank

General

People’s United Bank is a federally-chartered savings bank. Its deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC under the DIF. Until July 2011, People’s United Bank was subject to regulation, examination, supervision and reporting requirements by the OTS as its chartering agency, and by the FDIC as the deposit insurer. On July 21, 2011, primary supervisory responsibility for People’s United Bank was transferred from the OTS to the OCC. People’s United Bank files reports with the OCC concerning its activities and financial condition, and must obtain regulatory approval from the OCC prior to entering into certain transactions, such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other depository institutions. The OCC conducts periodic examinations to assess compliance with various regulatory requirements. The OCC has primary enforcement responsibility over federally chartered savings banks with more than $10 billion in total assets and has substantial discretion to impose enforcement action on a federally-chartered savings bank that fails to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, particularly with respect to capital requirements imposed on savings banks. In addition, the FDIC has the authority to recommend to OCC that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular federally chartered savings bank and, if action is not taken by the OCC, the FDIC has authority to take such action under certain circumstances.

This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which a federal savings bank can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the DIF and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in such laws and regulations or interpretations thereof, whether by the OCC, the FDIC or through legislation, could have a material adverse impact on People’s United Bank and its operations.

People’s United Bank’s brokerage subsidiary, PSI, is regulated by the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and state securities regulators. PUIA is subject to regulation by applicable state insurance regulators.

 

3


Table of Contents

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau

Effective July 21, 2011, the DFA transferred primary supervisory and enforcement authority with respect to compliance with designated federal consumer financial laws by financial institutions with total assets of more than $10 billion and their affiliates to a newly-established autonomous bureau within the Federal Reserve System, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”). The primary functions of the CFPB are: supervising entities, including financial institutions, that provide consumer financial products or services for compliance with federal consumer financial laws; taking appropriate enforcement action to address violations; issuing rules, orders and guidance implementing federal consumer financial laws; conducting financial education programs; collecting, investigating, and reporting consumer complaints; and collecting researching, monitoring and publishing information relevant to the functioning of markets for consumer financial products to identify risk to consumers and the proper functioning of such markets.

Federally Chartered Savings Bank Regulation

Activity Powers. Federal savings banks derive their lending, investment and other activity powers primarily from the HOLA, as amended, and the regulations of the OCC thereunder. Under these laws and regulations, federal savings banks generally may invest in:

 

   

real estate mortgages;

 

   

consumer and commercial loans;

 

   

certain types of debt securities; and

 

   

certain other assets.

Federal savings banks may also establish service corporations that may, subject to applicable limitations, engage in activities not otherwise permissible for federal savings banks, including certain real estate equity investments and securities and insurance brokerage activities. People’s United Bank’s investment powers are subject to various limitations, including (1) a prohibition against the acquisition of corporate debt securities not meeting established standards of credit-worthiness; (2) a limit of 400% of a savings bank’s capital on the aggregate amount of loans secured by non-residential real estate property; (3) a limit of 20% of a savings bank’s assets on commercial loans, with the amount of commercial loans in excess of 10% of assets being limited to small business loans; (4) a limit of 35% of a savings bank’s assets on the aggregate amount of consumer loans and acquisitions of certain debt securities, with amounts in excess of 30% of assets being limited to loans made directly to the original obligor and where no third-party finder or referral fees were paid; (5) a limit of 5% of assets on non-conforming loans (residential and farm loans in excess of the specific limitations of the HOLA); and (6) a limit of the greater of 5% of assets or a savings bank’s capital on certain construction loans made for the purpose of financing what is or is expected to become residential property.

Capital Requirements. OCC capital regulations require federally chartered savings banks to meet three minimum capital ratios:

 

   

Tangible Capital Ratio—A 1.5% tangible capital ratio, calculated as tangible capital to adjusted total assets.

 

   

Leverage (Core) Capital Ratio—A 4% leverage (core) capital ratio, calculated as core capital to adjusted total assets. The minimum leverage (core) capital ratio is reduced to 3% if the savings bank received the highest rating on its most recent safety and soundness examination.

 

   

Risk-Based Capital Ratio—An 8% total risk-based capital ratio, calculated as total capital to risk-weighted assets. For purposes of this calculation, total capital includes core and supplementary capital, provided that supplementary capital may not exceed 100% of core capital.

 

4


Table of Contents

In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the OCC takes into consideration not only these numeric factors but also qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where necessary. People’s United Bank, as a matter of prudent management, targets as its goal the maintenance of capital ratios which exceed these minimum requirements and that are consistent with People’s United Bank’s risk profile. At December 31, 2011, People’s United Bank exceeded each of its capital requirements. See Regulatory Capital Requirements on pages 82 through 84 for a further discussion regarding People’s United Bank’s capital requirements.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act requires that the OCC and other federal banking agencies revise their risk-based capital standards, with appropriate transition rules, to ensure that they take into account interest rate risk, concentration risk and the risks of non-traditional activities. The OCC monitors the interest rate risk of individual institutions through the OCC requirements for interest rate risk management, the ability of the OCC to impose individual minimum capital requirements on institutions that exhibit a high degree of interest rate risk, and published guidance on the management of interest rate risk and the responsibility of boards of directors in that area.

Safety and Soundness Standards. Pursuant to the requirements of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act, as amended by the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994, each federal banking agency, including the OCC, has adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to internal controls, information and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal stockholder.

In addition, the OCC adopted regulations to require a savings bank that is given notice by the OCC that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan to the OCC. If, after being so notified, a savings bank fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an accepted compliance plan, the OCC may issue an order directing corrective and other actions of the types to which a significantly undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. If a savings bank fails to comply with such an order, the OCC may seek to enforce the order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil monetary penalties.

Prompt Corrective Action. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act also established a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. Under this system, the federal bank regulators, including the OCC, are required to take certain and authorized to take other, supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions, based upon five categories of capitalization which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act created: “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” The severity of the action authorized or required to be taken under the prompt corrective action regulations increases as a bank’s capital decreases within the three undercapitalized categories. All banks are prohibited from paying dividends or other capital distributions or paying management fees to any controlling person if, following such distribution, the bank would be undercapitalized. The OCC is required to monitor closely the condition of an undercapitalized savings bank and to restrict the growth of its assets. An undercapitalized bank is required to file a capital restoration plan within 45 days of the date the bank receives notice or is deemed to have notice that it is within any of the three undercapitalized categories, and the plan must be guaranteed by any parent holding company. The aggregate liability of a parent holding company is limited to the lesser of:

 

   

an amount equal to 5% of the bank’s total assets at the time it became “undercapitalized”; and

 

   

the amount that is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the bank into compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such bank as of the time it fails to comply with a capital restoration plan.

 

5


Table of Contents

If a bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it were “significantly undercapitalized.” Banks that are significantly or critically undercapitalized are subject to a wider range of regulatory requirements and restrictions. Under OCC regulations, generally, a federal savings bank is treated as “well-capitalized” if its total risk-based capital ratio is 10% or greater, its Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is 6% or greater, and its leverage ratio is 5% or greater, and it is not subject to any order or directive by the OCC to meet a specific capital level. As of December 31, 2011, People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital ratios exceeded the OCC’s numeric criteria for classification as a “well-capitalized” institution.

Insurance Activities. Federal savings banks are generally permitted to engage in certain insurance and annuity activities through its subsidiaries. However, federal banking laws prohibit depository institutions from conditioning the extension of credit to individuals upon either the purchase of an insurance product or annuity from an entity affiliated with the depository institution or an agreement by the consumer not to purchase an insurance product or annuity from an entity that is not affiliated with the depository institution. Applicable regulations also require prior disclosure of this prohibition to potential insurance product or annuity customers.

Federal banking agencies, including the OCC, also require depository institutions that offer non-deposit investment products, such as certain annuity and related insurance products, to disclose to the consumer that the products are not federally insured, are not guaranteed by the institution and are subject to investment risk including possible loss of principal. These disclosure requirements apply if the institution offers the non-deposit investment products directly or through affiliates or subsidiaries.

Deposit Insurance. People’s United Bank is a member of, and pays its deposit insurance assessments to, the DIF.

Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act, the FDIC established a system for setting deposit insurance premiums based upon the risks a particular bank or savings association posed to its deposit insurance fund.

Adverse economic conditions over the past several years have resulted in an increased number of bank failures and, consequently, greater use of DIF resources. In response, beginning in 2009, the FDIC authorized higher premium assessments pursuant to a restoration plan designed to increase the DIF reserve ratio to required levels. In November 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule that amended the assessment regulations to require insured financial institutions to prepay, on December 30, 2009, their estimated deposit insurance premiums for 2010, 2011 and 2012. Under this rule, which did not include any additional special assessments, the prepayment was based on an assumed 5% annual growth rate in each institution’s insured deposits (the assessment base) and an assumed increase of three basis points in each institution’s premium assessment rate beginning in 2011.

In February 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule (which was effective June 30, 2011) that: changes the assessment base from adjusted domestic deposits to a bank’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity (defined as Tier 1 capital); adopts a new large-bank pricing assessment scheme; and sets a target size for the DIF at 2% of insured deposits. The rule also (i) implements a lower assessment rate schedule when the DIF reaches 1.15 percent and, in lieu of dividends, provides for a lower rate schedule when the reserve ratio reaches 2 percent and 2.5 percent and (ii) creates a scorecard-based assessment system for financial institutions with more than $10 billion in assets, including People’s United Bank.

In addition, all FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the FDIC at an annual rate of approximately 0.0066% of insured deposits to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, an agency of the federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Savings Association Insurance Fund. These assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2017 through 2019.

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the FDIC may terminate the insurance of an institution’s deposits upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC.

 

6


Table of Contents

Transactions with Affiliates. Federal savings banks are subject to the affiliate and insider transaction rules set forth in Sections 23A, 23B, 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act, and their implementing regulations, Regulation W and Regulation O, respectively, issued the FRB. Affiliated transactions provisions, among other things, prohibit or limit a federal savings bank from extending credit to, or entering into certain transactions with, its affiliates and principal stockholders, directors and executive officers.

In addition, Section 11 of the HOLA prohibits a savings bank from making a loan to an affiliate that is engaged in non-bank holding company activities and prohibits a savings bank from purchasing or investing in securities issued by an affiliate that is not a subsidiary. The FRB and the OCC require each depository institution that is subject to the affiliate transaction restrictions of Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act to implement policies and procedures to ensure compliance with Regulation W.

In addition to the insider transaction limitations of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act, Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 prohibits the extension of personal loans to directors and executive officers of issuers (as defined in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act). The prohibition, however, does not apply to mortgage loans advanced by an insured depository institution, such as People’s United Bank, that are subject to the insider lending restrictions of Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act.

Privacy Standards. People’s United Bank is subject to OCC regulations implementing statutorily-mandated privacy protection. These regulations require People’s United Bank to disclose its privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares “non-public personal information,” to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter. In addition, People’s United Bank is required to provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having People’s United Bank share their non-public personal information with unaffiliated third parties before the bank can disclose such information, subject to certain exceptions.

In addition to certain state laws governing protection of customer information, People’s United Bank is subject to federal regulatory guidelines establishing standards for safeguarding customer information. The guidelines describe the agencies’ expectations for the creation, implementation and maintenance of an information security program, which would include administrative, technical and physical safeguards appropriate to the size and complexity of the institution and the nature and scope of its activities. The standards set forth in the guidelines are intended to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information, protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such records and protect against unauthorized access to or use of such records or information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. Federal guidelines also impose certain customer disclosures and other actions in the event of unauthorized access to customer information.

Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act, as implemented by the OCC regulations, any federally chartered savings bank, including People’s United Bank, has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The Community Reinvestment Act does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The Community Reinvestment Act requires the OCC, in connection with its examination of a federally chartered savings bank, to assess the depository institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution.

Current Community Reinvestment Act regulations rate an institution based on its actual performance in meeting community needs. In particular, the evaluation system focuses on three tests:

 

   

a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its service areas;

 

   

an investment test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and businesses; and

 

   

a service test, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices.

 

7


Table of Contents

The Community Reinvestment Act also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their Community Reinvestment Act ratings. People’s United Bank received an “outstanding” rating in its most recent Community Reinvestment Act examination performed by the OTS in 2009. The federal banking agencies adopted regulations implementing the requirements under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act that insured depository institutions publicly disclose certain agreements that are in fulfillment of the Community Reinvestment Act. People’s United Bank has no such agreements in place at this time.

Loans to One Borrower. Under the HOLA, savings banks are generally subject to the national bank limits on loans to one borrower. Generally, savings banks may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Additional amounts may be loaned, not in excess of 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if such loans or extensions of credit are secured by readily-marketable collateral. People’s United Bank is in compliance with applicable loans to one borrower limitations.

Nontraditional Mortgage Products. The federal banking agencies have issued guidance for institutions that originate or service nontraditional or alternative mortgage products, defined to include all residential mortgage loan products that allow borrowers to defer repayment on principal or interest, such as interest-only mortgages and payment option adjustable-rate mortgages. A portion of People’s United Bank’s adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans represent interest-only residential mortgage loans, however, none of these loans permit negative amortization or optional payment amounts.

Recognizing that alternative mortgage products expose institutions to increased risks as compared to traditional loans where payments amortize or reduce the principal amount, the guidance required increased scrutiny for alternative mortgage products. Institutions that originate or service alternative mortgages should have: (i) strong risk management practices that include maintenance of capital levels and allowance for loan losses commensurate with the risk; (ii) prudent lending policies and underwriting standards that address a borrower’s repayment capacity; and (iii) programs and practices designed to ensure that consumers receive clear and balanced information to assist in making informed decisions about mortgage products. The guidance also recommends heightened controls and safeguards when an institution combines an alternative mortgage product with features that compound risk, such as a simultaneous second-lien or the use of reduced documentation to evaluate a loan application. People’s United Bank complies with the guidance on non-traditional mortgage products as it is interpreted and applied by the OCC.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test. The HOLA requires federal savings banks to meet a Qualified Thrift Lender (“QTL”) test. Under the QTL test, a savings bank is required to maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” (total assets less: (i) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (ii) intangibles, including goodwill; and (iii) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed securities, credit card loans, student loans and small business loans) on a monthly basis during at least 9 out of every 12 months.

A savings bank that fails the QTL test will be deemed to have violated Section 5 of the HOLA and be subject to enforcement action under Section 5(d) of the HOLA. In addition, a savings bank that fails the QTL test generally will be prohibited from: (i) engaging in any new activity not permissible for a national bank; (ii) paying dividends without prior approval from the OCC and the FRB (the payment of such dividend must also be permissible under national bank regulations); and (iii) establishing any new branch office in a location not permissible for a national bank in the institution’s home state. In addition, the institution may have to repay any outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank as promptly as possible. At December 31, 2011, People’s United Bank was in compliance with the QTL test.

 

8


Table of Contents

Limitation on Capital Distributions. The OCC regulates capital distributions by People’s United Bank directly or indirectly to People’s United Financial, including cash dividend payments. OCC regulations impose limitations upon capital distributions by federal savings banks, such as certain cash dividends, payments to repurchase or otherwise acquire its shares, payments to stockholders of another institution in a cash-out merger and other distributions charged against capital. In addition, the DFA has imposed a requirement that a federal savings bank that is a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company must notify the FRB at least 30 days prior to making any cash dividend payment to its parent. An informational copy of this notice is also provided to the federal savings bank’s primary federal regulator, which in the case of People’s United Bank is the OCC.

The FRB will consult with the institution’s primary federal regulator in determining whether to disapprove the proposed dividend. FRB regulations state that it may disapprove the proposed dividend if: (i) the federal savings bank will be less than adequately capitalized following payment of the proposed dividend; (ii) the proposed dividend raises safety or soundness concerns; or (iii) the proposed dividend would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation, enforcement action, or agreement among or between the savings bank, its parent and a federal banking agency; a condition imposed on the savings association or its parent in an application or notice approved by an appropriate federal banking agency; or any formal or informal enforcement action involving the federal savings bank or its parent.

OCC regulations provide that a federal savings bank must file an application with the OCC if the total amount of all its capital distributions (including the proposed capital distribution) for the applicable calendar year exceeds the federal savings bank’s net income for that year plus its retained net income for the preceding two years. People’s United Bank may not pay dividends to People’s United Financial if, after paying those dividends, it would fail to meet the required minimum levels under risk-based capital guidelines and the minimum leverage and tangible capital ratio requirements or if the OCC notified People’s United Bank that it was in need of more than normal supervision. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, an insured depository institution, such as People’s United Bank, is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become “undercapitalized” (as such term is used in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act). Payment of dividends by People’s United Bank also may be restricted at any time at the discretion of the appropriate regulator if it deems the payment to constitute an unsafe and unsound banking practice. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion on capital distributions.

Liquidity. People’s United Bank maintains sufficient liquidity to ensure its safe and sound operation, in accordance with applicable OCC regulations.

Assessments. The OCC charges assessments to recover the cost of examining federal savings banks and their affiliates. These assessments are based on three components: (i) the size of the institution on which the basic assessment is based; (ii) the institution’s supervisory condition, which results in an additional assessment based on a percentage of the basic assessment for any savings institution with a composite rating of 3, 4 or 5 in its most recent safety and soundness examination; and (iii) the complexity of the institution’s operations, which results in an additional assessment based on a percentage of the basic assessment for any savings institution that managed over $1 billion in trust assets, serviced for others loans aggregating more than $1 billion, or had certain off-balance sheet assets aggregating more than $1 billion.

Branching. Under OCC branching regulations, People’s United Bank is generally authorized to open branches nationwide if People’s United Bank (i) continues to meet the requirements of a “highly-rated” federal savings bank and (ii) publishes public notice at least 35 days before opening a branch and no one opposes the branch. If a comment in opposition to a branch opening is filed and the OCC determines that the comment is relevant to the approval process standards and requires action in response, the OCC may, among other things, require a branch application or elect to hold a meeting with People’s United Bank and the person who submitted the comment. OCC authority preempts any state law purporting to regulate branching by federal savings banks.

 

9


Table of Contents

Anti-Money Laundering and Customer Identification. People’s United Bank is subject to OCC and Financial Crimes Enforcement Network regulations implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act. The USA PATRIOT Act gives the federal government powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the Bank Secrecy Act, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act takes measures intended to encourage information sharing among banks, regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including savings banks like People’s United Bank.

Federal Home Loan Bank System. People’s United Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (the “FHLB”) system, which consists of twelve regional Federal Home Loan Banks, each subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Housing Finance Agency. The FHLB system provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending. It is funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the Federal Home Loan Banks. It makes loans or advances to members in accordance with policies and procedures, including collateral requirements, established by the respective boards of directors of the Federal Home Loan Banks. These policies and procedures are subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Housing Finance Agency, which has also established standards of community or investment service that members must meet to maintain access to long-term advances.

People’s United Bank, as a member of the FHLB of Boston, is currently required to purchase and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB of Boston in an amount equal to 0.35% of People’s United Bank’s Membership Stock Investment Base plus an Activity Based Stock Investment Requirement. The Activity Based Stock Investment Requirement is equal to 3.0% of any outstanding principal for overnight advances, 4.0% of any outstanding principal for term advances with an original term of two days to three months and 4.5% of any outstanding principal for term advances with an original term greater than three months. People’s United Bank is in compliance with these requirements. As a result of its acquisition of the Bank of Smithtown in 2010, People’s United Bank also holds shares of capital stock in the FHLB of New York.

Federal Reserve System. FRB regulations require federally chartered savings banks to maintain non-interest-earning cash reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily negotiable order of withdrawal and demand deposit accounts). Institutions must maintain a reserve of 3% against aggregate transaction account balances between $11.5 million and $71.0 million (subject to adjustment by the FRB) plus a reserve of 10% (subject to adjustment by the FRB within specific limits) against that portion of total transaction account balances in excess of $71.0 million. The first $11.5 million of otherwise reservable balances is exempt from the reserve requirements. People’s United Bank is in compliance with the foregoing requirements. The required reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash, or an interest-bearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank, or a pass-through account as defined by the Federal Reserve Board.

Market Area and Competition

People’s United Financial’s primary market areas are New England and New York (specifically Westchester, Suffolk and Nassau counties), with Connecticut, Massachusetts and Vermont having the largest concentration of its loans, deposits and branches. At December 31, 2011, approximately 71% and 12% of the total loan portfolio represents loans to customers within the New England states and New York, respectively. However, substantially the entire equipment financing portfolio involves customers outside of New England. At December 31, 2011, approximately 33% of the equipment financing portfolio was to customers located in Texas, California and New York. As of June 30, 2011, People’s United Financial had: the largest market share of deposits in Fairfield County, Connecticut; the third largest in the state of Connecticut; and the largest in the state of Vermont. People’s United Financial competes for deposits, loans and financial services with commercial banks, savings institutions, commercial and consumer finance companies, mortgage banking companies, insurance companies, credit unions and a variety of other institutional lenders and securities firms.

 

10


Table of Contents

As People’s United Financial’s predominant market, Connecticut is one of the most attractive banking markets in the United States. With a total population of approximately 3.5 million and a median household income of $70,340, Connecticut ranks second in the United States, well above the U.S. median household income of $54,442, according to the 2010 Census and SNL Financial. Fairfield County, where People’s United Financial is headquartered, has the highest median household income in Connecticut of $87,754 according to the 2010 Census and SNL Financial. The median household income in Massachusetts, which has the bank’s second highest concentration of branches, was $67,515, according to the 2010 Census and SNL Financial. The median household income in Vermont, which has the bank’s third highest concentration of branches, was $53,811 according to the 2010 Census and SNL Financial, comparable to the national level.

The principal basis of competition for deposits is the interest rate paid for those deposits and related fees, convenient access to services through traditional and non-traditional delivery alternatives and the quality of services to customers. The principal basis of competition for loans is through the interest rates and loan fees charged and by developing relationships based on the efficiency, convenience and quality of services provided to borrowers. Further competition has been created through the rapid acceleration of commerce conducted over the Internet. This has enabled institutions, including People’s United Financial, to compete in markets outside their traditional geographic boundaries.

Personnel

As of December 31, 2011, People’s United Financial had 4,788 full-time and 689 part-time employees.

Access to Information

As a public company, People’s United Financial is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, as amended and, in accordance therewith, files reports, proxy and information statements and other information with the SEC. Such reports, proxy and information statements and other information can be inspected and copied at prescribed rates at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street N.E., Mail Stop 5100, Washington, D.C. 20549 and are available on the SEC’s EDGAR database on the internet at www.sec.gov. People’s United Financial’s common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PBCT”.

Copies of many of these reports are also available through People’s United Financial’s website at www.peoples.com.

People’s United Financial currently provides website access to the following reports:

Form 10-K (most recent filing and any related amendments)

Form 10-Q (four most recent filings and any related amendments)

Form 8-K (all filings in most recent 12 months and any related amendments)

Annual Report to Shareholders (two most recent years)

Proxy Statement for Annual Meeting of Shareholders (two most recent years)

XBRL Interactive Data (most recent 12 months)

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Changes in Interest Rates Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

People’s United Financial makes most of its earnings based on the difference between interest it earns compared to interest it pays. This difference is called the “interest spread.” People’s United Financial earns interest on loans and to a much lesser extent on securities and short-term investments. These are called “interest-earning assets.” People’s United Financial pays interest on some forms of deposits and on funds it borrows from other sources. These are called “interest-bearing liabilities.”

 

11


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial’s interest spread can change depending on when interest rates earned on interest-earning assets change, compared to when interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities change. Some rate changes occur while these assets or liabilities are still on People’s United Financial’s books. Other rate changes occur when these assets or liabilities mature and are replaced by new interest-earning assets or interest-bearing liabilities at different rates. It may be difficult to replace interest-earning assets quickly, since customers may not want to borrow money when interest rates are high, or People’s United Financial may not be able to make loans that meet its lending standards. People’s United Financial interest spread may also change based on the mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

People’s United Financial interest spread may be lower if the timing of interest rate changes is different for its interest-earning assets compared to its interest-bearing liabilities. For example, if interest rates go down, People’s United Financial will earn less on some of its interest-earning assets while it is still obligated to pay higher rates on some of its interest-bearing liabilities. On the other hand, if interest rates go up, People’s United Financial might have to pay more on some of its interest-bearing liabilities while it continues to receive lower rates on some of its interest-earning assets.

People’s United Financial manages this risk using many different techniques. If it is not successful in managing this risk, People’s United Financial may be less profitable.

Changes in Our Asset Quality Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

Asset quality measures the performance of a borrower in repaying a loan, with interest, on time. In recent years, we have benefited from relatively stable asset quality. It is possible that our asset quality could deteriorate, depending upon economic conditions.

The Success of Our Stop & Shop Branches Depends on the Success of the Stop & Shop Brand

One element of our strategy is to focus on increasing deposits by providing a wide range of convenient services to our customers. An integral component of this strategy is People’s United Bank’s supermarket banking initiative, pursuant to which, as of December 31, 2011, People’s United Bank has established 87 full-service Stop & Shop branches throughout Connecticut, most in close proximity to our traditional branches, that provide customers with the convenience of seven-day-a-week banking. At December 31, 2011, 23% of People’s United Bank branches were located in Stop & Shop supermarkets.

People’s United Bank currently has exclusive branching rights in Stop & Shop supermarkets in the state of Connecticut, in the form of a license agreement between The Stop & Shop Supermarket Company and People’s United Bank, which provides for the leasing of space to People’s United Bank within Stop & Shop supermarkets for branch use. People’s United Bank has the exclusive right to branch in these supermarkets until 2022, provided that People’s United Bank does not default on its obligations under the licensing agreement.

Stop & Shop is currently the leading grocery store in Connecticut. The success of People’s United Bank supermarket branches is dependent, in part, on the success of the Stop & Shop supermarkets in which they are located. A drop in Stop & Shop’s market share, a decrease in the number of Stop & Shop locations or customers, or a decline in the overall quality of Stop & Shop supermarkets could result in decreased business for the Stop & Shop branches, in the form of fewer loan originations, lower deposit generation and fewer overall branch transactions, and could influence market perception of People’s United Bank Stop & Shop supermarket branches as convenient banking locations. Under the terms of the license agreement, People’s United Bank has the obligation to open branches in new Connecticut Stop & Shop locations through 2022, even if Stop & Shop’s market share declines or the value of the Stop & Shop brand is diminished.

We Depend on Our Executive Officers and Key Personnel to Continue the Implementation of Our Long-Term Business Strategy and Could Be Harmed by the Loss of Their Services

We believe that our continued growth and future success will depend in large part upon the skills of our management team. The competition for qualified personnel in the financial services industry can be intense, and the loss of our key personnel or an inability to continue to attract, retain and motivate key personnel could adversely affect our business.

 

12


Table of Contents

Our Business Is Affected by the International, National, Regional and Local Economies in Which We Operate

Changes in international, national, regional and local economic conditions affect our business. If economic conditions change significantly or quickly, our business operations could suffer, and we could become weaker financially as a result.

In recent years, there has been a decline in the housing and real estate markets and in the general economy, both nationally and locally. Housing market conditions in the New England region, where much of our lending activity occurs, have deteriorated as evidenced by reduced levels of sales, increasing inventories of houses on the market, declining house prices and an increase in the length of time houses remain on the market. No assurance can be given that these conditions will improve or will not worsen or that such conditions will not result in a decrease in our interest income, an increase in our non-performing loans, an increase in our provision for loan losses or an adverse impact on our loan losses.

The past several years have been marked by significant volatility in the financial and capital markets initially brought about by the fallout associated with the subprime mortgage market. This disruption led to significant credit and liquidity concerns, which resulted in government intervention within the banking sector and a substantial decline in activity within the secondary mortgage market. All of these issues have been further exacerbated by an accelerated softening of the real estate market, a worsening recessionary economic environment and, in turn, weakness within the commercial sector.

Our loan portfolio is geographically diverse and, therefore, is not immune to potential negative consequences arising as a result of general economic weakness and, in particular, a prolonged downturn in the housing market on a national scale. Decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral for loans. In addition, adverse changes in the economy could have a negative effect on the ability of borrowers to make scheduled loan payments, which would likely have an adverse impact on earnings. Further, an increase in loan delinquencies may serve to decrease net interest income and adversely impact loan loss experience, resulting in an increased provision and allowance for loan losses.

Our foreign country exposure, which is defined as the aggregation of exposure maintained with financial institutions, companies or individuals in a given country outside of the United States, is minimal and indirect, with the majority of such exposure comprised of corporate debt securities. Although our exposure to Europe is limited, the developing Eurozone crisis has strained the U.S. financial markets, suppressing stock prices and adding to volatility. Our sovereign credit exposure is also minimal and is comprised of an immaterial amount of government bonds issued by a single non-European sovereign.

In Response to Competitive Pressures, Our Costs Could Increase if We Were Required to Increase Our Service and Convenience Levels or Our Margins Could Decrease if We Were Required to Increase Deposit Rates or Lower Interest Rates on Loans

People’s United Financial faces significant competition for deposits and loans. In deciding where to deposit their money, many people look first at the interest rate they will earn. They also might think about whether the bank offers other kinds of services they might need and, if they have ever been a customer of the bank before, what their experience was like. People also like convenience, so the number of offices and banking hours may be important. Some people also think that on-line services are important.

People’s United Financial competes with other banks, credit unions, brokerage firms and money market funds for deposits. Some people may decide to buy bonds or similar kinds of investments issued by companies or by the U.S., state and local governments and agencies, instead of opening a deposit account.

 

13


Table of Contents

In making decisions about loans, many people first look at the interest rate they will have to pay. They also think about any extra fees they might have to pay in order to get the loan. Many business loans are more complicated because there may not be a standard kind of loan that meets all of the customer’s needs. Business borrowers look at many different factors that are not all financial in nature, including the kind and amount of security the lender wants and other terms of the loan that do not involve the interest rate.

People’s United Financial competes with other banks, credit unions, credit card issuers, finance companies, mortgage lenders and mortgage brokers for loans. Insurance companies also compete with People’s United Financial for some kinds of commercial loans.

Many of People’s United Financial’s competitors have branches in the same market area as it does, some of which are much larger than it is. The New England region, including Connecticut, which is People’s United Financial’s predominant market, and specifically Fairfield County, where People’s United Financial is headquartered, is an attractive banking market. Many locally-based banks have been acquired by large regional and national companies in the last several years. We expect this trend to continue. This means that there are not as many competitors in our market as there used to be, but the ones that are left are usually bigger and have more resources than the ones they acquired.

People’s United Financial also has competition from outside its own market area. A bank that does not have any branches in our primary markets can still have customers there by providing banking services on-line. It costs money to set up and maintain a branch system. Banks that do not spend as much money as People’s United Financial does on branches might be more profitable than it is, even if they pay higher interest on deposits and charge lower interest on loans.

Changes in Federal and State Regulation Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

The banking business is heavily regulated by the federal and state governments. Banking laws and rules are for the most part intended to protect depositors, not stockholders.

Banking laws and rules can change at any time. The government agencies responsible for supervising People’s United Financial’s businesses can also change the way they interpret these laws and rules, even if the rules themselves do not change. We need to make sure that our business activities comply with any changes in these rules or the interpretation of the rules. We might be less profitable if we have to change the way we conduct business in order to comply. Our business might suffer in other ways as well.

Changes in state and federal tax laws or the accounting standards we are required to follow can make our business less profitable. Changes in the government’s economic and monetary policies may hurt our ability to compete for deposits and loans. Changes in these policies can also make it more expensive for us to do business.

The government agencies responsible for supervising our business can take drastic action if they think we are not conducting business safely or are too weak financially. They can force People’s United Financial to hold additional capital, pay higher deposit insurance premiums, stop paying dividends, stop making certain kinds of loans or stop offering certain kinds of deposits. If the agencies took any of these steps or other similar steps, it would probably make our business less profitable. People’s United Bank is subject to the QTL test and commercial loan limits imposed under the HOLA.

 

14


Table of Contents

On July 21, 2010, the DFA was signed into law. The DFA implements significant changes in the financial regulatory landscape, many of which will affect us. Among these changes are:

 

   

creation of the CFPB, which is empowered to promulgate new consumer protection regulations and revise existing regulations in many areas of consumer protection, and that will have exclusive power over our consumer compliance examinations;

 

   

restrictions on the ability of federal bank regulatory authorities to preempt the application of state consumer protection laws and regulations;

 

   

limitations on the amount of interchange fees that an issuer of debit cards may charge or receive;

 

   

stricter capital requirements for bank holding companies; and

 

   

elimination of the OTS as a separate federal regulatory agency.

Certain provisions of the DFA still require subsequent regulatory rulemaking, and we can not predict how any new regulations will affect People’s United Financial.

If People’s United Financial’s Allowance for Loan Losses Is Not Sufficient to Cover Actual Loan Losses, Our Earnings Would Decrease

People’s United Financial is exposed to the risk that customers will not be able to repay their loans. This risk is inherent in the lending business. There is also the risk that the customer’s collateral will not be sufficient to cover the balance of their loan, as underlying collateral values fluctuate with market changes. People’s United Financial records an allowance for loan losses to cover probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance for loan losses when realized.

People’s United Financial maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that is deemed to be appropriate to absorb probable losses inherent in the respective loan portfolios, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: People’s United Financial’s historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans and equipment financing loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by People’s United Financial’s independent loan review function; an evaluation of delinquent and non-performing loans and related collateral values; the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; the present financial condition of borrowers; and current economic conditions.

While People’s United Financial seeks to use the best available information to make these evaluations, and at December 31, 2011, management believed that the allowance for loan losses was appropriate to cover probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, it is possible that borrower defaults could exceed the current estimates for loan losses, which would reduce earnings. In addition, future increases to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, results of regulatory examinations, further information obtained regarding known problem loans, increasing charge-offs of existing problem loans, or the identification of additional problem loans and other factors, which would also reduce earnings.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our Goodwill May be Determined to be Impaired at a Future Date Depending on the Results of Periodic Impairment Tests

People’s United Financial tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if necessary. According to applicable accounting requirements, acceptable valuation methods include present-value measurements based on multiples of earnings or revenues, or similar performance measures. If the quoted market price for People’s United Financial common stock were to decline significantly, or if it was determined that the carrying amount of our goodwill exceeded its implied fair value, we would be required to write down the asset recorded for goodwill as reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. This, in turn, would result in a charge to earnings and, thus, a reduction in stockholders’ equity. See Critical Accounting Policies and Notes 1, 2 and 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information concerning People’s United Financial’s goodwill and the required impairment test.

People’s United Financial May Fail To Successfully Integrate Acquired Companies and Realize All of the Anticipated Benefits of an Acquisition

The ultimate success of an acquisition will depend, in part, on the ability of People’s United Financial to realize the anticipated benefits from combining the businesses of People’s United Financial with those of an acquired company. If People’s United Financial is not able to successfully combine the businesses, the anticipated benefits of a merger may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected.

A Failure In or Breach Of Our Operational or Security Systems or Infrastructure, or Those of Our Third Party Vendors and Other Service Providers, Including as a Result of Cyber Attacks, Could Disrupt Our Business, Result in the Disclosure or Misuse of Confidential or Proprietary Information, Damage Our Reputation, Increase Our Costs and Cause Losses

We depend upon our ability to process, record and monitor a large number of customer transactions on a continuous basis. As customer, public and regulatory expectations regarding operational and information security have increased, our operational systems and infrastructure must continue to be safeguarded and monitored for potential failures, disruptions and breakdowns.

Information security risks for financial institutions, such as ours, have generally increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, activists and other external parties. As noted above, our operations rely on the secure processing, transmission and storage of confidential information in our computer systems and networks. Our business operations rely on our digital technologies, computer and email systems, software and networks to conduct their operations. In addition, to access our products and services, our customers may use electronic devices that are beyond our control systems. Although we have information security procedures and controls in place, our technologies, systems, networks and our customers’ devices may become the target of cyber attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of our or our customers’ confidential, proprietary and other information, or otherwise disrupt our or our customers’ or other third parties’ business operations.

Third parties with whom we do business or that facilitate our business activities, including exchanges, clearing houses, financial intermediaries or vendors that provide services or security solutions for our operations, could also be sources of operational and information security risk to us, including from breakdowns or failures of their own systems or capacity constraints.

 

16


Table of Contents

Although to date we have not experienced any material losses relating to cyber attacks or other information security breaches, there can be no assurance that we will not suffer such losses in the future. Our risk and exposure to these matters remains heightened because of, among other things, the evolving nature of these threats, the size and scale of People’s United Financial, our plans to continue to implement our internet banking and mobile banking channel strategies and develop additional remote connectivity solutions to serve our customers when and how they want to be served, our expanded geographic footprint, the outsourcing of some of our business operations and the continued uncertain global economic environment. As a result, cybersecurity and the continued development and enhancement of our controls, processes and practices designed to protect our systems, computers, software, data and networks from attack, damage or unauthorized access remain a focus for us. As threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate information security vulnerabilities.

Disruptions or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support our business and customers, or cyber attacks or security breaches of the networks, systems or devices that our customers use to access our products and services could result in customer attrition, regulatory fines, penalties or intervention, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs, any of which could materially adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

Item 2. Properties

People’s United Financial’s corporate headquarters is located in Bridgeport, Connecticut. The headquarters building had a net book value of $70 million at December 31, 2011 and People’s United Financial occupies approximately 87% of the building; all other available office space is leased to an unrelated party. People’s United Financial delivers its financial services through a network of branches located throughout Connecticut, Massachusetts, Vermont, New York, New Hampshire and Maine. People’s United Financial’s branch network is primarily concentrated in Connecticut, where it has 166 offices (including 87 located in Stop & Shop supermarkets). People’s United Financial also has 60 branches in Massachusetts, 46 branches in Vermont, 38 branches in New York and 31 branches in both New Hampshire and Maine. People’s United Financial owns 123 of its branches, which had an aggregate net book value of $74 million at December 31, 2011. People’s United Financial’s remaining banking operations are conducted in leased offices. Information regarding People’s United Financial’s operating leases for office space and related rent expense appears in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The information required by this item appears in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

None.

 

17


Table of Contents

Part II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The common stock of People’s United Financial, Inc. is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PBCT”. On February 10, 2012, the closing price of People’s United Financial, Inc. common stock was $12.50. As of that date, there were approximately 21,400 record holders of People’s United Financial, Inc. common stock.

Five-Year Performance Comparison

The following graph compares total shareholder return on People’s United Financial common stock over the last five fiscal years with (a) the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index (the “S & P 500 Stock Index”), (b) the Russell Midcap Index, and (c) the SNL Mid Cap U.S. Bank & Thrift Index (the “Mid Cap Index”). Index values are as of December 31 of the indicated year.

 

LOGO

The graph assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2006 in each of People’s United Financial’s common stock, the S & P 500 Stock Index, the Russell Midcap Index and the Mid Cap Index. The graph also assumes reinvestment of all dividends.

 

The Russell Midcap Index is a market-capitalization weighted index comprised of 800 publicly-traded companies which are among the 1,000 largest U.S. companies (by market capitalization) but not among the 200 largest such companies. People’s United Financial is included as a component of the Russell Midcap Index. The Mid Cap Index is an index prepared by SNL Securities comprised of 58 financial institutions (including People’s United Financial) located throughout the United States.

 

18


Table of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information with respect to purchases made by People’s United Financial of its common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2011.

 

Period

   Total number
of shares
purchased
     Average
price paid
per share
     Total number of
shares purchased as
part of publicly
announced plans
or programs
     Maximum number
of shares that may
yet be purchased
under the plans
or programs
 

October 1 – 31, 2011:

           

Tendered by employees (1)

     62,057       $ 12.21         —           —     

Publicly announced program (2)

     —         $ —           —           18,000,000   

November 1 – 30, 2011:

           

Tendered by employees (1)

     5,063       $ 12.36         —           —     

Publicly announced program (2)

     —         $ —           —           18,000,000   

December 1 – 31, 2011:

           

Tendered by employees (1)

     1,334       $ 12.45         —           —     

Publicly announced program (2)

     —         $ —           —           18,000,000   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total:

           

Tendered by employees (1)

     68,454       $ 12.23         —           —     

Publicly announced program (2)

     —         $ —           —           18,000,000   

 

(1) All shares listed were tendered by employees of People’s United Financial in satisfaction of their related minimum tax withholding obligations upon the vesting of restricted stock awards granted in prior periods. The average price paid per share is equal to the average of the high and low trading price of People’s United Financial’s common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market on the vesting date or, if no trades took place on that date, the most recent day for which trading data was available. There is no limit on the number of shares that may be tendered by employees of People’s United Financial in the future to satisfy their related minimum tax withholding obligations. Shares acquired in satisfaction of minimum tax withholding obligations are not eligible for reissuance in connection with any subsequent grants made pursuant to equity compensation plans maintained by People’s United Financial. All shares acquired in this manner are retired by People’s United Financial, resuming the status of authorized but unissued shares of People’s United Financial’s common stock.
(2) In October 2011, People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 5% of People’s United Financial’s outstanding common stock, or 18.0 million shares. Such shares may be repurchased, either directly or through agents, in the open market at prices and terms satisfactory to management. Through February 24, 2012, 3.5 million shares of People’s United Financial’s common stock had been repurchased under this program at an average price of $12.53 per share.

Additional information required by this item is included in Part III, Item 12 of this report, and Notes 13 and 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

19


Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

As of and for the years ended December 31

(dollars in millions, except per share data)

  2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Earnings Data:

         

Net interest income (fully taxable equivalent)

  $ 931.4      $ 702.3      $ 580.2      $ 640.3      $ 486.6   

Provision for loan losses

    63.7        60.0        57.0        26.2        8.0   

Non-interest income (1)

    307.6        270.0        284.3        279.6        185.4   

Non-interest expense (1), (2)

    871.9        782.0        659.8        685.0        439.3   

Net income

    198.8        85.7        101.2        137.8        150.7   

Operating earnings (3)

    237.1        125.4        104.3        171.0        190.3   

Selected Statistical Data:

         

Net interest margin

    4.14     3.70     3.20     3.63     4.13

Operating net interest margin (3)

    4.07        3.70        3.20        3.63        4.13   

Return on average assets

    0.76        0.39        0.49        0.68        1.18   

Operating return on average assets (3)

    0.91        0.57        0.50        0.84        1.49   

Return on average tangible assets

    0.83        0.42        0.53        0.73        1.19   

Return on average stockholders’ equity

    3.8        1.6        2.0        2.6        4.2   

Return on average tangible stockholders’ equity

    6.2        2.4        2.8        3.7        4.3   

Operating return on average tangible
stockholders’ equity (3)

    7.4        3.5        2.9        4.6        5.5   

Efficiency ratio (3)

    64.4        72.4        72.7        65.8        56.1   

Financial Condition Data:

         

Total assets

  $ 27,568      $ 25,037      $ 21,257      $ 20,168      $ 13,555   

Loans

    20,400        17,328        14,099        14,547        8,894   

Securities

    2,931        3,033        902        1,902        61   

Short-term investments (4)

    411        1,120        3,492        1,139        3,516   

Allowance for loan losses

    183        173        173        158        73   

Goodwill and other acquisition-related intangibles

    2,174        1,962        1,515        1,536        104   

Deposits

    20,816        17,933        15,446        14,269        8,881   

Borrowings

    857        1,011        159        188        —     

Subordinated notes and debentures

    160        182        182        181        65   

Stockholders’ equity

    5,225        5,219        5,101        5,174        4,445   

Non-performing assets (5)

    337        303        206        94        26   

Ratios:

         

Net loan charge-offs to average loans

    0.28     0.40     0.29     0.10     0.10

Non-performing assets to originated loans, real estate owned and repossessed assets (5)

    2.00        2.09        1.45        0.64        0.29   

Allowance for loan losses to originated loans (5)

    1.04        1.19        1.22        1.08        0.82   

Average stockholders’ equity to average total assets

    20.3        24.4        24.8        25.6        28.1   

Stockholders’ equity to total assets

    19.0        20.8        24.0        25.7        32.8   

Tangible stockholders’ equity to tangible assets

    12.0        14.1        18.2        19.5        32.3   

Total risk-based capital (6)

    14.0        14.5        14.1        13.4        33.4   

Common Share Data:

         

Basic and diluted earnings per share

  $ 0.57      $ 0.24      $ 0.30      $ 0.41      $ 0.52   

Operating earnings per share (3)

    0.68        0.35        0.31        0.51        0.65   

Dividends paid per share

    0.63        0.62        0.61        0.58        0.52   

Dividend payout ratio

    111.1     254.5     201.1     141.1     87.0

Operating dividend payout ratio (3)

    93.2        173.9        195.2        113.7        68.9   

Book value per share (end of period)

  $ 14.99      $ 14.91      $ 15.20      $ 15.44      $ 15.43   

Tangible book value per share (end of period) (3)

    8.75        9.30        10.68        10.86        15.07   

Stock price:

         

High

    14.49        17.08        18.54        21.76        22.81   

Low

    10.50        12.20        14.72        13.92        14.78   

Close (end of period)

    12.85        14.01        16.70        17.83        17.80   

 

20


Table of Contents
(1) Income and expenses associated with merchant services and customer derivatives are presented net in non-interest income for all periods.
(2) Includes a total of $56.8 million, $58.9 million and $4.5 million of merger-related expenses, core system conversion costs and one-time charges in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Also includes an FDIC special assessment charge of $8.4 million in 2009, $51.3 million of merger-related expenses and other one-time charges in 2008, and a $60.0 million contribution to The People’s United Community Foundation in 2007.
(3) See Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliation to GAAP.
(4) Includes securities purchased under agreements to resell.
(5) Excludes acquired loans. See Asset Quality.
(6) Total risk-based capital ratios presented are for People’s United Bank and, as such, do not reflect the additional capital residing at People’s United Financial, Inc. See Regulatory Capital.

 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Forward-Looking Statements

 

Periodic and other filings made by People’s United Financial with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act may, from time to time, contain information and statements that are forward-looking in nature. Such filings include the Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and may include other forms such as proxy statements. Other written or oral statements made by People’s United Financial or its representatives from time to time may also contain forward-looking statements.

In general, forward-looking statements usually use words such as “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “should,” and similar expressions, and include all statements about People’s United Financial’s operating results or financial position for future periods. Forward-looking statements represent management’s beliefs, based upon information available at the time the statements are made, with regard to the matters addressed; they are not guarantees of future performance.

All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause People’s United Financial’s actual results or financial condition to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by such statements. Factors of particular importance to People’s United Financial include, but are not limited to: (1) changes in general, international, national or regional economic conditions; (2) changes in interest rates; (3) changes in loan default and charge-off rates; (4) changes in deposit levels; (5) changes in levels of income and expense in non-interest income and expense related activities; (6) residential mortgage and secondary market activity; (7) changes in accounting and regulatory guidance applicable to banks; (8) price levels and conditions in the public securities markets generally; (9) competition and its effect on pricing, spending, third-party relationships and revenues; (10) the successful integration of acquired companies; and (11) changes in regulation resulting from or relating to financial reform legislation.

All forward-looking statements can be affected by inaccurate assumptions or by known or unknown risks and uncertainties. Consequently, no forward-looking statement can be guaranteed. People’s United Financial does not undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Recent Market Developments

 

In response to the unprecedented challenges affecting the banking system, the federal government began implementing several programs in late 2008 designed to address a variety of issues facing the financial sector. The most noteworthy of these initiatives was the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”). The EESA led to the Troubled Asset Relief Program (the “TARP”) and the TARP Capital Purchase Program, neither of which had a direct impact on People’s United Financial as the Company did not participate in these programs. People’s United Financial did, however, experience a number of changes with respect to deposit insurance coverage and related assessments.

 

21


Table of Contents

FDIC Insurance Coverage / Assessments

The FDIC insures deposits at FDIC-insured financial institutions up to certain limits, charging premiums to maintain the DIF at specified levels. Such premiums may vary based on the risk profile of the insured institution and have historically ranged from 0.05% of deposits for an institution in the highest sub-category of the highest category to 0.43% of deposits for an institution in the lowest category.

Adverse economic conditions over the past several years has resulted in an increased number of bank failures and, consequently, greater use of DIF resources. In response, beginning in 2009, the FDIC authorized higher premium assessments (including a special assessment in 2009) pursuant to a restoration plan designed to increase the DIF reserve ratio to required levels. In November 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule that amended the assessment regulations to require insured financial institutions to prepay, on December 30, 2009, their estimated deposit insurance premiums for 2010, 2011 and 2012. Under this rule, which did not include any additional special assessments, the prepayment was based on an assumed 5% annual growth rate in each institution’s insured deposits (the assessment base) and an assumed increase of three basis points in each institution’s premium assessment rate beginning in 2011. On December 30, 2009, People’s United Bank prepaid its estimated deposit insurance premiums totaling $69 million in accordance with FDIC regulations. The prepaid deposit insurance assessment at December 31, 2011 was $33 million, which includes balances acquired in connection with recent business combinations.

The EESA increased the FDIC deposit insurance limit from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor through December 31, 2009, and subsequent amendments extended the increased coverage through December 31, 2013.

In February 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule which: (i) changes the assessment base from adjusted domestic deposits to a bank’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity (defined as Tier 1 capital); (ii) adopts a new large-bank pricing assessment scheme; and (iii) sets a target size for the DIF at 2% of insured deposits. The rule, which was effective beginning with the quarterly assessment period ended June 30, 2011, also (i) implements a lower assessment rate schedule when the DIF reaches 1.15 percent and, in lieu of dividends, provides for a lower rate schedule when the reserve ratio reaches 2 percent and 2.5 percent and (ii) creates a scorecard-based assessment system for financial institutions with more than $10 billion in assets, including People’s United Bank.

The actual amount of future assessments will be dependent on several factors, including: (i) People’s United Bank’s average total assets and average tangible equity; (ii) People’s United Bank’s risk profile; and (iii) whether additional special assessments are imposed in future periods and the manner in which such assessments are determined.

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010

The DFA, which was signed into law on July 21, 2010, implements significant changes in the financial regulatory landscape and will impact all financial institutions and their holding companies, including People’s United Bank and People’s United Financial.

Among the DFA’s significant regulatory changes, it creates a new federal consumer protection agency, the CFPB, that is empowered to promulgate new consumer protection regulations and revise existing regulations in many areas of consumer protection. The CFPB has exclusive authority to issue regulations, orders and guidance to administer and implement the objectives of federal consumer protection laws. The CFPB will also have exclusive supervision over our consumer compliance examinations. Moreover, the DFA permits states to adopt stricter consumer protection laws and authorizes state attorneys general to enforce consumer protection rules issued by the CFPB. The DFA restricts the authority of the federal banking regulators to preempt state consumer protection laws applicable to the Bank and limits the preemption of state laws as they affect subsidiaries and agents of federally-chartered banks.

 

22


Table of Contents

The DFA provides that the amount of interchange fee that an issuer of debit cards may charge or receive must be “reasonable and proportional” to the cost of the transaction. The DFA directs the FRB to issue regulations to implement this requirement, and further provides that in determining whether a charge is “reasonable and proportional” the issuer may generally consider only costs that are specific to the individual transaction. Separately, the FRB is authorized to issue regulations that would allow an issuer to adjust interchange fees to reflect the costs associated with fraud mitigation related to debit card transactions, provided that the issuer must comply with fraud-related standards to be established by the FRB. The DFA further provides that a debit card issuer may not restrict the number of payment card networks on which a debit card transaction may be processed to a single network or limit the ability of a merchant to direct the routing of debit card payments for processing. The interchange fee provisions became effective in the fourth quarter of 2011 (see Non-Interest Income). It is anticipated that establishment of the CFPB and these other changes will significantly increase the Company’s regulatory compliance burden and costs and may restrict the financial products and services People’s United Financial offers to its customers.

All federal prohibitions on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposit accounts were repealed as part of the DFA. As a result, beginning on July 21, 2011, financial institutions could begin offering interest on demand deposits. As of December 31, 2011, People’s United Bank’s non-interest bearing deposits totaled $4.5 billion, or 22% of total deposits. The Company’s interest expense may increase and our net interest margin may decrease if we begin to offer higher rates of interest than we currently offer on demand deposits.

The DFA also imposes stringent capital requirements on bank holding companies by, among other things, imposing leverage ratios on holding companies and prohibiting new trust preferred issuances from counting as Tier I capital. The DFA also increases regulation of derivatives and hedging transactions, which could limit the ability of People’s United Financial to enter into, or increase the costs associated with, interest rate and other hedging transactions.

The actions noted above, together with additional actions announced by the U.S. Treasury and other regulatory agencies, continue to develop. It is not clear at this time what impact such actions will have on the capital markets and the financial services industry. The extreme levels of market volatility and limited credit availability currently being experienced could continue to adversely affect the U.S. banking industry and the broader U.S. and global economies for the foreseeable future, which will have an effect on all financial institutions, including People’s United Financial.

The DFA transferred all supervisory functions, including ongoing supervision, examination and regulation, for savings and loan holding companies and their non-depository subsidiaries to the FRB, effective July 21, 2011, and on the same day, the OCC assumed responsibility for the supervision, examination and regulation of all federally-chartered savings banks. In October 2011, People’s United Bank filed an application with the OCC to convert to a national bank charter. In connection with this conversion, People’s United Financial intends to submit an application to the FRB-NY to convert to a bank holding company. In connection with doing so, People’s United Financial expects to make an election for financial holding company status.

General

 

People’s United Financial is a savings and loan holding company incorporated under the state laws of Delaware and the holding company for People’s United Bank. The principal business of People’s United Financial is to provide, through People’s United Bank and its subsidiaries, commercial banking, retail and business banking, and wealth management services to individual, corporate and municipal customers.

 

23


Table of Contents

People’s United Bank is a federally-chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Bridgeport, Connecticut with $27.6 billion in total assets as of December 31, 2011. People’s United Bank was organized in 1842 as a mutual savings bank, converted to stock form in 1988, and in 2006 converted from a Connecticut-chartered stock savings bank to a federally-chartered stock savings bank. Its deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC under the DIF. Until July 2011, People’s United Bank was subject to regulation, examination, supervision and reporting requirements by the OTS as its chartering agency, and by the FDIC as the deposit insurer. On July 21, 2011, primary supervisory responsibility for People’s United Bank was transferred from the OTS to the OCC.

People’s United Financial’s results of operations are largely dependent upon revenues generated through net interest income and fee-based revenues and, to a much lesser extent, other forms of non-interest income such as gains on asset sales. Sources for these revenues are diversified across People’s United Financial’s three primary business segments that represent its core businesses, Commercial Banking, Retail and Business Banking, and Wealth Management, and to a lesser extent, Treasury. People’s United Financial’s results of operations are also significantly affected by the provision for loan losses and the level of non-interest expense. In addition, People’s United Financial’s results of operations may also be affected by general and local economic conditions, changes in market interest rates, government policies and actions of regulatory authorities.

Other Recent Developments

 

On February 28, 2012, People’s United Financial announced a definitive agreement by which People’s United Bank will acquire 56 branches from Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (“Citizens”) and assume $325 million in deposits associated with these branches. Fifty-two of the branches are situated in Stop & Shop supermarkets and four are traditional branches. All of the branches are located in the state of New York, with 29 on Long Island, eight in Westchester County and six in the boroughs of New York City. People’s United Bank, which currently operates 87 Stop & Shop branch locations throughout Connecticut, will pay Citizens a 1% premium on the assumed deposits.

The all-cash transaction is valued at $3.25 million and includes all existing Citizens branches in Long Island and New York City, as well as certain locations in New York state’s Westchester, Rockland, Putnam, Orange, Dutchess and Ulster Counties. People’s United Bank has agreed that all employees at the acquired Citizens branches will be offered comparable positions at People’s United Bank. Completion of the transaction is anticipated late in the second quarter of 2012 and is subject to customary closing conditions, including the receipt of regulatory approvals.

Acquisitions

 

After the close of business on June 30, 2011, People’s United Financial acquired Danvers based in Danvers, Massachusetts. The transaction was effective July 1, 2011. Total consideration paid in the Danvers acquisition of approximately $462 million consisted of approximately $214 million in cash and 18.5 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock with a fair value of approximately $248 million. Cash consideration was paid at the rate of $23.00 per share of Danvers common stock and stock consideration was paid at the rate of 1.624 shares of People’s United Financial common stock per share of Danvers common stock. At the acquisition date, Danvers operated 28 branches in the greater Boston area. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of this acquisition.

On November 30, 2010, People’s United Financial completed its acquisitions of Smithtown based in Hauppauge, New York and LSB based in North Andover, Massachusetts. On April 16, 2010, People’s United Bank entered into a definitive purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC pursuant to which People’s United Bank assumed all of the deposits, certain assets and the banking operations of Butler Bank, located in Lowell, Massachusetts. On February 19, 2010, People’s United Financial completed its acquisition of Financial Federal, a financial services company providing collateralized lending, financing and leasing services nationwide to small and medium sized businesses. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of these acquisitions. On January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial completed its acquisition of Chittenden, a multi-bank holding company headquartered in Burlington, Vermont. People’s United Financial’s results of operations include the results of the acquired entities beginning with their respective closing dates.

 

24


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

 

In preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements, People’s United Financial is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from People’s United Financial’s current estimates, as a result of changing conditions and future events. The current economic environment has increased the degree of uncertainty inherent in these significant estimates.

Several accounting estimates are particularly critical and are susceptible to significant near-term change, including the allowance for loan losses and asset impairment judgments, such as the recoverability of goodwill and other intangible assets, and other-than-temporary declines in the value of securities.

The judgments used by People’s United Financial in applying these critical accounting policies may be affected by a further and prolonged deterioration in the economic environment, which may result in changes to future financial results. For example, subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for loan losses in future periods, and the inability to collect outstanding principal may result in increased loan losses. People’s United Financial’s significant accounting policies and critical estimates are summarized in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance for loan losses when realized.

People’s United Financial maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that is deemed to be appropriate to absorb probable losses inherent in the respective loan portfolios, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: (i) People’s United Financial’s historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; (ii) risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans and equipment financing loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by People’s United Financial’s independent loan review function; (iii) an evaluation of delinquent and non-performing loans and related collateral values; (iv) the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; (v) the present financial condition of borrowers; and (vi) current economic conditions.

The Company’s allowance for loan losses consists of three elements: (i) an allowance for larger-balance, non-homogeneous loans that are evaluated on an individual (loan-by-loan) basis; (ii) an allowance for smaller-balance homogeneous loans that are evaluated on a collective basis; and (iii) a specific allowance for individual loans deemed to be impaired, including originated loans classified as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”).

Larger-balance, Non-homogeneous Loans. The Company establishes a loan loss allowance for its larger-balance, non-homogeneous loans using a methodology that incorporates (i) the probability of default for a given loan risk rating and (ii) historical default data over a multi-year period. In accordance with the Company’s loan risk rating system, each loan, with the exception of those included in large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans, is assigned a risk rating (using a nine-grade scale) by the originating loan officer, credit management, internal loan review or loan committee. Loans rated one represent those loans least likely to default while loans rated nine represent a loss. The probability of loans defaulting for each risk rating, referred to as default factors, are estimated based on the frequency with which loans migrate from one risk rating to another and to default status over time. Estimated loan default factors are multiplied by loan balances within each risk-rating category and again multiplied by an historical loss-given-default estimate for each loan type to determine an appropriate level of allowance by loan type. The historical loss-given-default estimates are updated annually (or more frequently, if necessary) based on actual charge-off experience. This approach is applied to the commercial, commercial real estate and equipment financing components of the loan portfolio.

 

25


Table of Contents

In developing the allowance for loan losses for larger-balance, non-homogeneous loans, the Company also gives consideration to certain qualitative factors, including the macroeconomic environment and any potential imprecision inherent in its loan loss model which may result from having limited historical loan loss data which, in turn, may result in inaccurate probability of default and loss-given-default factors. In consideration of these factors, the Company may adjust the allowance for loan losses upward or downward based on current economic conditions and portfolio trends. In determining the extent of any such adjustment, the Company considers both economic and portfolio-specific data that correlates with loan losses. The Company annually reviews this data to determine that such a correlation continues to exist. Additionally, at interim dates between annual reviews, the Company evaluates the factors in order to conclude that they continue to be adequate based on current economic conditions.

Smaller-balance, Homogeneous Loans. Pools of smaller-balance, homogeneous loans with similar risk and loss characteristics are also assessed for probable losses. These loan pools include residential mortgage, home equity and other consumer loans that are not assigned individual loan risk ratings. Rather, the assessment of these portfolios is based upon a consideration of recent historical loss experience, delinquency trends and portfolio-specific risk characteristics, the combination of which determines whether a loan is classified as “High” risk, “Moderate” risk or “Low” risk.

The allowance for loan losses for these smaller-balance, homogeneous portfolios is developed using a “build-up” approach that includes components attributable to: (i) historical portfolio loss experience; (ii) portfolio-specific risk elements; and (iii) other qualitative factors.

The risk characteristics considered include (i) collateral values/loan-to-value ratios (above and below 70%); (ii) borrower credit scores under the FICO scoring system (above and below a score of 680); and (iii) other relevant portfolio risk elements such as income verification at the time of underwriting (stated income vs. non-stated income) and the property’s intended use (owner-occupied, non-owner occupied, second home, etc.). In classifying a loan as either “High”, “Moderate” or “Low” risk, the combination of each of the aforementioned risk characteristics is considered for that loan, resulting, effectively, in a “matrix approach” to its risk classification.

In establishing the allowance for loan losses for residential mortgage loans, the Company principally considers historical portfolio loss experience of the most recent 1- and 3-year periods, as we believe this provides a reasonable basis for estimating the inherent probable losses within our residential mortgage portfolio. In establishing the allowance for loan losses for home equity loans, the Company principally considers historical portfolio loss experience of the most recent 12-month period.

With respect to portfolio stratification based on the aforementioned portfolio-specific risk characteristics, each risk category is currently assigned an applicable reserve factor. For residential mortgage loans, the “Moderate” (or baseline) reserve factor represents the portfolio’s net charge-off rate for the preceding fiscal year. For home equity loans, the “Moderate” (or baseline) reserve factor represents an average of the portfolio’s monthly net charge-off rates for the preceding three months. This component of the allowance employs a shorter look-back period as it is intended to identify emerging portfolio trends in credit quality as determined by reference to a loan’s initial underwriting as well as subsequent changes in property values and borrower credit scores. Accordingly, the shorter look-back period is deemed to provide a better basis on which to analyze such trends.

Within each respective portfolio, the loan population deemed to be “High” risk is subject to a reserve factor equal to two times that of the applicable baseline factor, while the loan population deemed to be “Low” risk is subject to a reserve factor equal to one-third of the applicable baseline factor. These adjustments around the baseline factor are intended to reflect the higher or lower probability of loss inherent in the corresponding portfolio stratification. The reserve factor multiples for the “High” and “Low” risk categories were determined by reference to actual historical portfolio loss experience and are generally reflective of the range of losses incurred over each portfolio’s respective look-back period. As such, we believe these multiples, which are reassessed annually (or more frequently, if necessary) provide a reasonable basis for estimating the inherent probable losses within each risk classification category.

 

26


Table of Contents

In addition to the portfolio-specific quantitative measures described above, the Company considers a variety of qualitative factors in establishing its allowance for loan losses that, generally, are based on management’s assessment of economic, market and industry conditions. Such qualitative factors include, but are not limited to: (i) present and forecasted economic conditions, including unemployment rates, new jobs creation, and consumer confidence levels; (ii) changes in industry trends, including the impact of new regulations, the origination market, the U.S. homeownership rate, and potential homebuyer levels; and (iii) trends in property values, including housing market indicators, foreclosure activity, housing inventory and distressed sale levels, and median sales prices/average market time.

In completing the “build-up” approach to the allowance for loan losses for smaller-balance, homogeneous loans, the amount reflecting our consideration of these various qualitative factors is added to the amounts attributable to historical portfolio loss experience and portfolio-specific risk elements. In this manner, historical charge-off data (whether periods or amounts) is not adjusted and the allowance for loan losses always includes a component attributable to qualitative factors, the degree of which may change from period to period as such qualitative factors indicate improving or worsening trends. There were no significant changes in the qualitative factor component of the related allowance for loan losses during 2011.

Individually Impaired Loans. The allowance for loan losses also includes specific allowances for individually impaired loans. Generally, the Company’s impaired loans consist of (i) classified commercial loans in excess of $250,000 that have been placed on non-accrual status and (ii) originated loans classified as TDRs. Individually impaired loans are measured based upon observable market prices; the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate; or, in the case of collateral dependent loans, fair value of the collateral (based on appraisals and other market information) less cost to sell. If the recorded investment in a loan exceeds the amount measured as described in the preceding sentence, a specific allowance for loan losses would be established as a component of the overall allowance for loan losses or, in the case of a collateral dependent loan, a charge-off would be recorded for the difference between the loan’s recorded investment and management’s estimate of the fair value of the collateral (less cost to sell). It would be rare for the Company to identify a loan that meets the criteria stated above and requires a specific allowance or a charge-off and not deem it impaired solely as a result of the existence of a guarantee.

People’s United Financial performs an analysis of its impaired loans, including collateral dependent impaired loans, on a quarterly basis. Individually impaired collateral dependent loans are measured based upon the appraised value of the underlying collateral and other market information. Generally, the Company’s policy is to obtain updated appraisals for commercial collateral dependent loans when the loan is downgraded to a risk rating of “substandard” or “doubtful”, and the most recent appraisal is more than 12 months old or a determination has been made that the property has experienced a significant decline in value. Appraisals are prepared by independent, licensed third-party appraisers and are subject to review by the Company’s internal commercial appraisal department or external appraisers contracted by the commercial appraisal department. The conclusions of the external appraisal review are reviewed by the Company’s Chief Commercial Appraiser prior to acceptance. The Company’s policy with respect to impaired residential mortgage loans is to receive updated appraisals upon the loan being classified as non-performing (typically upon becoming 90 days past due).

In determining the allowance for loan losses, People’s United Financial gives appropriate consideration to the age of appraisals through its regular evaluation of other relevant qualitative and quantitative information. Specifically, between scheduled appraisals, property values are monitored within the commercial portfolio by reference to current originations of collateral dependent loans and the related appraisals obtained during underwriting as well as by reference to recent trends in commercial property sales as published by leading industry sources. Property values are monitored within the residential mortgage portfolio by reference to available market indicators, including real estate price indices within the Company’s primary lending areas.

 

27


Table of Contents

In most situations where a guarantee exists, the guarantee arrangement is not a specific factor in the assessment of the related allowance for loan losses. However, the assessment of a guarantor’s credit strength is reflected in the Company’s internal loan risk ratings which, in turn, are an important factor in its allowance for loan loss methodology for loans within the commercial and commercial real estate portfolios.

People’s United Financial did not change its methodologies with respect to determining the allowance for loan losses during 2011. While People’s United Financial seeks to use the best available information to make these determinations, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, results of regulatory examinations, further information obtained regarding known problem loans, the identification of additional problem loans and other factors.

Asset Impairment Judgments

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are required to be reviewed for impairment at least annually, with impairment losses charged to expense when they occur. Acquisition-related intangible assets other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are amortized to expense over their estimated useful lives and are periodically reviewed by management to assess recoverability. Impairment losses on other acquisition-related intangibles are recognized as a charge to expense if carrying amounts exceed fair values.

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. The test is performed as of an annual impairment testing date or more frequently if a triggering event indicates that impairment may have occurred. The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step (“Step 1”) is used to identify potential impairment, and involves comparing each reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not deemed to be impaired. Should the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceed its estimated fair value, an indicator of potential impairment is deemed to exist and a second step is performed to measure the amount of such impairment, if any. None of the Company’s identified reporting units are at risk of failing the Step 1 goodwill impairment test at this time.

The second step (“Step 2”) involves calculating the implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which impairment was indicated in Step 1. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to how the amount of goodwill is determined in a business combination (i.e. by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in Step 1, over the aggregate estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities, and identifiable intangibles applicable to that reporting unit as of the impairment testing date). If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying amount of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, no impairment exists. If the carrying amount of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment loss is recorded in an amount equal to such excess. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit, and the loss (write-down) establishes a new carrying amount for the goodwill. Subsequent reversals of goodwill impairment losses are not permitted.

The Company estimates the fair value of its reporting units based on an appropriate weighting of values based on (i) a present-value measurement technique (discounted cash flow analysis based on internal forecasts) and (ii) market-based trading and transaction multiples. The discounted cash flow analysis is based on significant assumptions and judgments including future growth rates and discount rates reflecting management’s assessment of market participant views of the risks associated with the projected cash flows of the reporting units. The market-based trading and transaction multiples are derived from the market prices of stocks of companies that are actively traded and engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Company and the respective reporting unit. The derived multiples are then applied to the reporting unit’s financial metrics to produce an indication of value. Differences in the identification of reporting units or in the selection of valuation techniques and related assumptions could result in materially different evaluations of goodwill impairment.

 

28


Table of Contents

Securities. Marketable equity and debt securities (other than those reported as short-term investments) are classified as either trading account securities, held to maturity securities (applicable only to debt securities) or available for sale securities. Management determines the classification of a security at the time of its purchase.

Securities purchased for sale in the near term as well as those held by PSI (in accordance with the requirements for a broker-dealer) are classified as trading account securities and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in non-interest income.

Debt securities for which People’s United Financial has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity securities and reported at amortized cost. All other securities are classified as available for sale and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported on an after-tax basis in stockholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss. Premiums are amortized and discounts are accreted to interest income for debt securities, using the interest method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for the effect of actual prepayments in the case of mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and other asset-backed securities.

Management conducts a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the decline in fair value of any security is deemed to be other-than-temporary. Other-than-temporary impairment losses are recognized on debt securities when: (i) People’s United Financial has an intention to sell the security; (ii) it is more likely than not that People’s United Financial will be required to sell the security prior to recovery; or (iii) People’s United Financial does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. Other-than-temporary losses on debt securities are reflected in earnings as realized losses to the extent the impairment is related to credit losses. The amount of the impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. Management has the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as held to maturity until they mature, at which time People’s United Financial expects to receive full value for the securities.

FHLB stock is a non-marketable equity security and is, therefore, reported at cost, which equals par value (the amount at which shares have been redeemed in the past). The investment is periodically evaluated for impairment based on, among other things, the capital adequacy of the FHLB and its overall financial condition.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliation to GAAP

 

In addition to evaluating People’s United Financial’s results of operations in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), management routinely supplements this evaluation with an analysis of certain non-GAAP financial measures, such as the efficiency and tangible equity ratios, tangible book value per share and operating earnings metrics. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide information useful to investors in understanding People’s United Financial’s underlying operating performance and trends, and facilitates comparisons with the performance of other banks and thrifts. Further, the efficiency ratio and operating earnings metrics are used by management in its assessment of financial performance, including non-interest expense control, while the tangible equity ratio and tangible book value per share are used to analyze the relative strength of People’s United Financial’s capital position.

The efficiency ratio, which represents an approximate measure of the cost required by People’s United Financial to generate a dollar of revenue, is the ratio of (i) total non-interest expense (excluding goodwill impairment charges, amortization of other acquisition-related intangibles and certain purchase accounting-related fair value adjustments, losses on real estate assets and non-recurring expenses) (the numerator) to (ii) net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) basis (excluding certain purchase accounting-related fair value adjustments) plus total non-interest income (including the FTE adjustment on bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) income, and excluding gains and losses on sales of assets other than residential mortgage loans, and non-recurring income) (the denominator). People’s United Financial generally considers an item of income or expense to be non-recurring if it is not similar to an item of income or expense of a type incurred within the last two years and is not similar to an item of income or expense of a type reasonably expected to be incurred within the following two years.

 

29


Table of Contents

Operating earnings exclude from net income those items that management considers to be of such a non-recurring or infrequent nature that, by excluding such items (net of income taxes), People’s United Financial’s results can be measured and assessed on a more consistent basis from period to period. Items excluded from operating earnings, which include, but are not limited to, merger-related expenses, core system conversion costs, charges related to executive-level management separation costs, severance-related costs and real estate asset writedowns, are generally also excluded when calculating the efficiency ratio. Operating earnings per share is calculated by dividing operating earnings by the weighted average number of dilutive common shares outstanding for the respective period. Operating return on average assets is calculated by dividing operating earnings (annualized) by average assets. Operating return on average tangible stockholders’ equity is calculated by dividing operating earnings (annualized) by average tangible stockholders’ equity. The operating dividend payout ratio is calculated by dividing dividends paid by operating earnings for the respective period.

Operating net interest margin excludes from the net interest margin those items that management considers to be of such an infrequent nature that, by excluding such items, People’s United Financial’s net interest margin can be measured and assessed on a more consistent basis from period to period. Items excluded from operating net interest margin include, but are not limited to, cost recovery income on acquired loans and changes in the accretable yield on acquired loans stemming from periodic cash flow reassessments. Operating net interest margin is calculated by dividing operating net interest income (annualized) by average earning assets.

The tangible equity ratio is the ratio of (i) tangible stockholders’ equity (total stockholders’ equity less goodwill and other acquisition-related intangibles) (the numerator) to (ii) tangible assets (total assets less goodwill and other acquisition-related intangibles) (the denominator). Tangible book value per share is calculated by dividing tangible stockholders’ equity by common shares (total common shares issued, less common shares classified as treasury shares and unallocated ESOP common shares).

In light of diversity in presentation among financial institutions, the methodologies used by People’s United Financial for determining the non-GAAP financial measures discussed above may differ from those used by other financial institutions.

 

 

30


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes People’s United Financial’s efficiency ratio derived from amounts reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income:

 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Total non-interest expense

   $ 871.9      $ 782.0      $ 659.8      $ 685.0      $ 439.3   

Adjustments:

          

Amortization of:

          

Other acquisition-related intangibles

     (25.8     (21.7     (20.6     (21.3     (1.0

Purchase accounting-related
fair value adjustments (1)

     (3.2     (3.2     (3.1     (3.2     —     

Merger-related expenses

     (42.9     (23.3     (2.0     (36.5     —     

Severance-related costs

     (5.3     —          —          —          —     

Real estate writedowns

     (4.8     —          —          —          —     

Executive-level separation agreement

     (3.8     (15.3     —          —          —     

FDIC special assessment

     —          —          (8.4     —          —     

Other one-time charges

     —          —          —          (14.8     —     

Contribution to The People’s United

          

Community Foundation

     —          —          —          —          (60.0

Other (2)

     (10.3     (9.4     (6.5     (2.6     (1.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 775.8      $ 709.1      $ 619.2      $ 606.6      $ 377.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (FTE basis)

   $ 931.4      $ 702.3      $ 580.2      $ 640.3      $ 486.6   

Total non-interest income

     307.6        270.0        284.3        279.6        185.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     1,239.0        972.3        864.5        919.9        672.0   

Adjustments:

          

BOLI FTE adjustment

     3.1        3.6        4.5        4.5        5.7   

Purchase accounting-related fair value adjustments (1)

     (23.0     3.0        6.5        10.4        —     

Net security (gains) losses

     (8.8     1.0        (22.0     (8.3     (5.5

Gains on sales of acquired loans

     (7.5     —          —          —          —     

Other (3)

     2.2        —          (1.9     (4.3     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,205.0      $ 979.9      $ 851.6      $ 922.2      $ 672.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

     64.4     72.4     72.7     65.8     56.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Reflects the impact of amortization and accretion associated with certain purchase accounting-related fair value adjustments recognized in connection with past business combinations. Amounts deducted from non-interest expense represent the impact of adjustments made to acquired premises and equipment to reflect the fair value of such assets and which generally have a remaining life of approximately 6 years at December 31, 2011. Amounts added to (deducted from) total revenues represent the impact of adjustments made to loans acquired prior to January 1, 2010 and liabilities assumed (i.e. time deposits, FHLB advances, repurchase agreements and subordinated notes and debentures) as a result of interest rate-related changes applicable to such instruments and which generally have a weighted average remaining life of approximately 7 years at December 31, 2011. These adjustments are made because management believes such income and expense amounts are not relevant for purposes of evaluating operating efficiency.
(2) Items classified as “other” and deducted from non-interest expense include, as applicable, certain franchise taxes, REO expenses and contract termination costs.
(3) Items classified as “other” and added to (deducted from) total revenues include, as applicable, asset write-offs, gains associated with the sale of branch locations and mortgage servicing rights, and interest on an income tax refund.

 

31


Table of Contents

The following tables summarizes People’s United Financial’s operating earnings, operating earnings per share, operating return on average assets and operating net interest margin:

 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions, except per share data)

   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Operating Earnings

          

Net income, as reported

   $ 198.8      $ 85.7      $ 101.2      $ 137.8      $ 150.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments to arrive at operating earnings:

          

Merger-related expenses

     42.9        23.3        2.0        36.5        —     

Severance-related costs

     5.3        —          —          —          —     

Real estate asset writedowns

     4.8        —          —          —          —     

Executive-level separation costs

     3.8        15.3        —          —          —     

Core system conversion costs

     —          20.3        2.5        —          —     

Contribution to The People’s United

          

Community Foundation

     —          —          —          —          60.0   

Other one-time charges

     —          —          —          14.8        —     

Other gains

     —          —          —          (2.4     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total pre-tax adjustments

     56.8        58.9        4.5        48.9        60.0   

Tax effect

     (18.5     (19.2     (1.4     (15.7     (20.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustments, net of tax

     38.3        39.7        3.1        33.2        39.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings

   $ 237.1      $ 125.4      $ 104.3      $ 171.0      $ 190.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Earnings Per Share

          

Earnings per share, as reported

   $ 0.57      $ 0.24      $ 0.30      $ 0.41      $ 0.52   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustment to arrive at operating earnings per share:

          

Merger-related expenses

     0.09        0.04        —          0.07        —     

Severance-related costs

     0.01        —          —          —          —     

Real estate writedowns

     0.01        —          —          —          —     

Executive-level separation costs

     —          0.03        —          —          —     

Core system conversion costs

     —          0.04        0.01        —          —     

Contribution to The People’s United

          

Community Foundation

     —          —          —          —          0.13   

Other one-time charges

     —          —          —          0.03        —     

Other gains

     —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustments per share

     0.11        0.11        0.01        0.10        0.13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings per share

   $ 0.68      $ 0.35      $ 0.31      $ 0.51      $ 0.65   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Return on Average Assets

          

Average total assets

   $ 26,028      $ 22,016      $ 20,757      $ 20,373      $ 12,751   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating return on average assets

     0.91     0.57     0.50     0.84     1.49
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

32


Table of Contents

Operating Net Interest Income

 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Net interest income (FTE basis)

   $ 931.4      $ 702.3      $ 580.2      $ 640.3      $ 486.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments to arrive at operating net interest income:

          

Changes in accretable yield

     (11.2     —          —          —          —     

Cost recovery income

     (5.0     —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustments

     (16.2     —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating net interest income

   $ 915.2      $ 702.3      $ 580.2      $ 640.3      $ 486.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest margin, as reported

     4.14     3.70     3.20     3.63     4.13
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments to arrive at operating net interest margin:

          

Changes in accretable yield

     (0.05     —          —          —          —     

Cost recovery income

     (0.02     —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustments

     (0.07     —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating net interest margin

     4.07     3.70     3.20     3.63     4.13
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables summarize People’s United Financial’s operating return on average tangible stockholders’ equity and operating dividend payout ratio:

Operating Return on Average Tangible Stockholders’ Equity

 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Operating earnings

   $ 237.1      $ 125.4      $ 104.3      $ 171.0      $ 190.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average stockholders’ equity

   $ 5,271      $ 5,368      $ 5,141      $ 5,213      $ 3,577   

Less: average goodwill and average
     other acquisition-related intangibles

     2,053        1,753        1,526        1,520        105   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average tangible stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,218      $ 3,615      $ 3,615      $ 3,693      $ 3,472   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating return on average tangible stockholders’ equity

     7.4     3.5     2.9     4.6     5.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Dividend Payout Ratio

 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Dividends paid

   $ 220.9      $ 218.1      $ 203.6      $ 194.4      $ 131.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings

   $ 237.1      $ 125.4      $ 104.3      $ 171.0      $ 190.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating dividend payout ratio

     93.2     173.9     195.2     113.7     68.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

33


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize People’s United Financial’s tangible equity ratio and tangible book value per share derived from amounts reported in the Consolidated Statements of Condition:

Tangible Equity Ratio

 

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 5,225      $ 5,219      $ 5,101      $ 5,174      $ 4,445   

Less: Goodwill and other

          

 acquisition-related intangibles

     2,174        1,962        1,515        1,536        104   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,051      $ 3,257      $ 3,586      $ 3,638      $ 4,341   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 27,568      $ 25,037      $ 21,257      $ 20,168      $ 13,555   

Less: Goodwill and other

          

acquisition-related intangibles

     2,174        1,962        1,515        1,536        104   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible assets

   $ 25,394      $ 23,075      $ 19,742      $ 18,632      $ 13,451   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible equity ratio

     12.0     14.1     18.2     19.5     32.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible Book Value Per Share

 

As of December 31 (in millions, except per share data)

   2011      2010      2009      2008      2007  

Tangible stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,051       $ 3,257       $ 3,586       $ 3,638       $ 4,341   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common shares issued

     395.42         376.62         348.25         347.93         301.09   

Less: Common shares classified as treasury shares

     38.03         17.49         3.21         3.17         2.84   

 Unallocated ESOP common shares

     8.71         9.06         9.41         9.76         10.11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common shares

     348.68         350.07         335.63         335.00         288.14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tangible book value per share

   $ 8.75       $ 9.30       $ 10.68       $ 10.86       $ 15.07   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Economic Environment

 

In response to the significant disruptions in the capital markets brought about by the sub-prime mortgage crisis and its after-effects, turmoil in the financial sector, and the contracting U.S. economy, the Federal Reserve Board lowered the targeted federal funds rate ten times since September 2007, and established a target range for the federal funds rate of 0 to 0.25 percent as of December 16, 2008, which has not changed since.

People’s United Financial’s results are subject to fluctuations based on economic conditions. Economic activity in the United States has improved modestly since the latter half of 2009 after slowing significantly throughout 2008. Real gross domestic product increased at an annual rate of 2.8% in the fourth quarter of 2011, after increasing 1.8% in the third quarter. The national unemployment rate was 8.5% as of December 31, 2011, down from 9.4% at the end of 2010.

The New England region is People’s United Financial’s primary market area, with Connecticut, Massachusetts and Vermont having the largest concentration of People’s United Financial’s loans, deposits and branches. Connecticut is one of the most attractive banking markets in the United States. With a total population of approximately 3.5 million and a median household income of $70,340, Connecticut ranks second in the United States, well above the U.S. median household income of $54,442, according to the 2010 Census and SNL Financial. Fairfield County, where People’s United Financial is headquartered, has the highest median household income in Connecticut of $87,754 according to the 2010 Census and SNL Financial. The state’s unemployment rate decreased to 7.6% as of December 31, 2011 compared to 8.6% at the end of 2010, and remains below the national rate.

 

34


Table of Contents

The Connecticut economy experienced a moderate increase in jobs in 2011, with total seasonally adjusted employment increasing by 11,265 jobs, or approximately 0.7%, from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011, compared to an increase of 7,248 jobs, or approximately 0.4%, from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010.

The median household income in Massachusetts was $67,515, according to the 2010 Census and SNL Financial, and the state’s unemployment rate was 6.5% at December 31, 2011, down from 8.0% at the end of 2010. The median household income in Vermont was $53,811 according to the 2010 Census and SNL Financial, and the state’s unemployment rate was 4.9% at December 31, 2011, down from 5.6% at the end of 2010.

The overall outlook for the New England economy in 2012 is improving, with the expectation that the region may experience a stronger recovery than the rest of the United States as a whole.

Financial Overview

 

People’s United Financial completed its acquisition of Danvers on June 30, 2011, effective July 1, 2011. People’s United Financial acquired Smithtown and LSB on November 30, 2010, Butler Bank on April 16, 2010 and Financial Federal on February 19, 2010. The results of operations for these acquired companies have been included beginning as of their respective closing dates. Financial data for prior periods has not been restated to include Danvers, Smithtown, LSB, Butler Bank and Financial Federal and therefore, are not directly comparable to subsequent periods.

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Total assets at December 31, 2011 were $27.6 billion, a $2.5 billion increase from December 31, 2010, reflecting increases of $3.1 billion in total loans and $228 million in goodwill, partially offset by decreases of $709 million in short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell and $102 million in total securities.

The increase in total loans from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011 reflects increases of $2.1 billion in commercial banking loans and $981 million in residential mortgage loans. Originated loans increased $2.3 billion from December 31, 2010 to $16.8 billion (commercial banking loans increased $1.5 billion and retail loans increased $832 million) and acquired loans increased $724 million. At the acquisition date, the fair value of Danvers’ loans totaled $1.9 billion. At December 31, 2011, the carrying amount of the acquired loan portfolio totaled $3.6 billion. The decrease in total securities reflects the sale of 15-year mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost of $507 million that were sold to reduce book value at risk due to an expected increase in prepayments, partially offset by purchases of short-duration agency-issued CMOs backed by collateral that is expected to exhibit lower prepayment risk.

Non-performing assets (excluding acquired non-performing loans) totaled $336.7 million at December 31, 2011, a $33.6 million increase from year-end 2010, primarily reflecting a $52.1 million increase in non-performing commercial banking loans partially offset by a $13.0 million decrease in real estate owned (“REO”). The allowance for loan losses on originated loans was $175.5 million at December 31, 2011, reflecting a $3.0 million increase from December 31, 2010 in response to growth in the commercial and residential mortgage loan portfolios. The allowance for loan losses on acquired loans was $7.4 million at December 31, 2011 (none at December 31, 2010). At December 31, 2011, the originated allowance for loan losses as a percent of originated loans was 1.04% and as a percent of originated non-performing loans was 59.7%, compared to 1.19% and 70.3%, respectively, at December 31, 2010.

At December 31, 2011, liabilities totaled $22.3 billion, a $2.5 billion increase from December 31, 2010, reflecting a $2.9 billion increase in total deposits, partially offset by decreases of $181 million in other liabilities and $154 million in total borrowings. At the acquisition date, the fair value of Danvers’ deposits totaled $2.1 billion. The decrease in total borrowings primarily reflects the repayment of callable FHLB advances assumed in recent acquisitions and the decrease in other liabilities primarily reflects the settlement of securities purchased at the end of 2010.

 

35


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial’s total stockholders’ equity was $5.2 billion at December 31, 2011, a $6 million increase from December 31, 2010. This increase primarily reflects the issuance of 18.5 million shares of common stock with a fair value of approximately $248 million in connection with the Danvers acquisition and net income of $198.8 million, essentially offset by dividends paid of $220.9 million and open market repurchases of 20.4 million shares of common stock at a total cost of $247.2 million.

As a percentage of total assets, stockholders’ equity was 19.0% at December 31, 2011 compared to 20.8% at December 31, 2010. Tangible stockholders’ equity as a percentage of tangible assets was 12.0% at December 31, 2011 compared to 14.1% at December 31, 2010.

People’s United Financial’s (consolidated) tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios were 14.8% and 16.2%, respectively, at December 31, 2011, compared to 17.5% and 19.3%, respectively, at December 31, 2010. People’s United Bank’s leverage (core) capital ratio, and tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios were 11.1%, 13.1% and 14.0%, respectively, at December 31, 2011, compared to 11.4%, 13.6% and 14.5%, respectively, at December 31, 2010.

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. People’s United Financial reported net income of $198.8 million, or $0.57 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $85.7 million, or $0.24 per share, for the year-ago period. Operating earnings were $237.1 million, or $0.68 per share, for 2011, compared to $125.4 million, or $0.35 per share, for 2010. Included in the 2011 and 2010 results are $38.3 million and $39.7 million (after-tax), respectively, of merger-related expenses, core system conversion costs and one-time charges. Earnings in 2011 continue to reflect organic loan and deposit growth, improvement in net interest income, continued positive results in fee-related businesses and tighter expense control.

People’s United Financial’s operating return on average assets was 0.91% for 2011 compared to 0.57% for 2010. Operating return on average tangible stockholders’ equity was 7.4% for 2011 compared to 3.5% for the year-ago period.

FTE net interest income increased $229.1 million from the year-ago period while the net interest margin improved 44 basis points to 4.14%. The higher net interest margin primarily reflects the benefits from recent acquisitions, a 15 basis point reduction in the cost of deposits and the deployment of a portion of the Company’s excess capital that was previously invested in relatively low-yielding short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell, partially offset by the effect of the historically low interest rate environment.

Compared to 2010, average earning assets increased $3.5 billion, reflecting increases of $3.6 billion in average loans and $1.3 billion in average securities, partially offset by a $1.4 billion decrease in average short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell. Average funding liabilities increased $4.2 billion, primarily reflecting increases of $3.5 billion in average total deposits and $709 million in average total borrowings.

Total non-interest income increased $37.6 million and total non-interest expense increased $89.9 million compared to the year-ago period. The efficiency ratio was 64.4% for 2011 compared to 72.4% for the year-ago period.

The provision for loan losses in 2011 totaled $63.7 million compared to $60.0 million in the year-ago period. The provision for loan losses in 2011 reflected net loan charge-offs of $53.3 million, a $3.0 million increase in the originated allowance for loan losses and a $7.4 million increase in the acquired allowance for loan losses. The provision for loan losses in 2010 reflected net loan charge-offs of $60.0 million. Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans were 0.28% in 2011 compared to 0.40% in 2010.

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2010 and 2009. Total assets at December 31, 2010 were $25.0 billion, a $3.8 billion increase from December 31, 2009, reflecting increases of $3.2 billion in total loans, $2.1 billion in securities and $462 million in goodwill, partially offset by a $2.4 billion decrease in short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell. People’s United Financial used short-term investments totaling approximately $418 million to fund the cash consideration in the acquisitions completed in 2010 and approximately $845 million to repay borrowings assumed in these acquisitions.

 

36


Table of Contents

The increase in total loans from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010 reflects the addition of loans acquired in connection with the acquisitions completed in 2010, as well as organic growth of $206 million in commercial real estate loans and $210 million in commercial and industrial loans. In addition, fixed-rate residential mortgage loans increased $347 million, reflecting the addition of the acquisitions completed in 2010, as well as organic growth of $184 million, while adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans decreased $112 million. At December 31, 2010, the carrying amount of the acquired loan portfolios totaled $2.9 billion.

Non-performing assets (excluding acquired non-performing loans) totaled $303.1 million at December 31, 2010, a $97.5 million increase from December 31, 2009, primarily reflecting increases of $26.1 million in non-performing residential mortgage loans, $20.8 million in non-performing commercial and industrial loans, $15.4 million in non-performing equipment financing loans, $10.1 million in non-performing commercial real estate loans and $21.1 million in REO and repossessed assets, $31.5 million of which resulted from acquisitions completed in 2010. The allowance for loan losses totaled $172.5 million at both December 31, 2010 and 2009. At December 31, 2010, the allowance for loan losses as a percent of originated loans was 1.19% and as a percent of originated non-performing loans was 70.3%, compared to 1.22% and 102.2%, respectively, at December 31, 2009.

At December 31, 2010, liabilities totaled $19.8 billion, a $3.7 billion increase from December 31, 2009, reflecting increases of $2.5 billion in total deposits and $852 million in total borrowings. People’s United Financial assumed deposits with a fair value of $2.5 billion in connection with the acquisitions completed in 2010 and retained FHLB advances and term repurchase agreements with fair values of $500 million and $27 million, respectively, in connection with the Smithtown and LSB acquisitions.

People’s United Financial’s total stockholders’ equity was $5.2 billion at December 31, 2010, a $119 million increase compared to $5.1 billion at December 31, 2009. This increase primarily reflects the issuance of 28.1 million shares of common stock with a fair value (net of issuance costs) of approximately $431 million in connection with the acquisitions completed in 2010 and net income of $85.7 million, partially offset by dividends paid of $218.1 million and the open market repurchase of 14.3 million shares of common stock at a total cost of $191.2 million.

As a percentage of total assets, stockholders’ equity was 20.8% at December 31, 2010 compared to 24.0% at December 31, 2009. Tangible stockholders’ equity as a percentage of tangible assets was 14.1% of tangible assets at December 31, 2010 compared to 18.2% at December 31, 2009.

People’s United Bank’s leverage (core) capital ratio, and tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios were 11.4%, 13.6% and 14.5%, respectively, at December 31, 2010, compared to 10.0%, 13.1% and 14.1%, respectively, at December 31, 2009.

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. People’s United Financial reported net income of $85.7 million, or $0.24 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $101.2 million, or $0.30 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2009. Operating earnings were $125.4 million, or $0.35 per share, for 2010, compared to $104.3 million, or $0.31 per share, for 2009. Included in the 2010 and 2009 results are $39.7 million and $3.1 million (after-tax), respectively, of merger-related expenses, core system conversion costs and one-time charges.

In 2010, People’s United Financial’s return on average tangible assets was 0.42% and return on average tangible stockholders’ equity was 2.4%, compared to 0.53% and 2.8%, respectively, in 2009.

FTE net interest income increased $122.1 million from 2009 while the net interest margin increased 50 basis points to 3.70%. The higher net interest margin reflects higher investment income, the benefit from the Financial Federal acquisition completed in February 2010 and lower deposit costs, partially offset by the low interest rate environment and the Company’s asset sensitive balance sheet, including its significant excess capital position, a portion of which was invested in low-yielding short-term investments for most of 2010.

 

37


Table of Contents

Average earning assets increased $832 million compared to 2009, reflecting increases of $829 million in average loans and $645 million in average securities, partially offset by a $626 million decrease in average short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell. Average funding liabilities increased $1.0 billion compared to 2009, reflecting a $925 million increase in average total deposits.

Compared to 2009, total non-interest income decreased $14.3 million and total non-interest expense increased $122.2 million. The efficiency ratio was 72.4% in 2010 compared to 72.7% in 2009.

The provision for loan losses in 2010 totaled $60.0 million compared to $57.0 million in 2009. The provision for loan losses in 2010 reflected net loan charge-offs of $60.0 million. The provision for loan losses in 2009 reflected net loan charge-offs of $42.0 million and a $15.0 million increase in the allowance for loan losses. Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans were 0.40% in 2010 compared to 0.29% in 2009.

Business Segment Results

 

People’s United Financial’s operations are divided into three primary business segments that represent its core businesses: Commercial Banking; Retail and Business Banking; and Wealth Management. In addition, the Treasury area manages People’s United Financial’s securities portfolio, short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell, wholesale borrowings and the funding center. The Company’s operating segments have been aggregated into reportable segments that have been identified and organized based on the nature of the products and services offered by the respective segment.

Business Segment Performance Summary

 

       Net Income  

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2011     2010     2009  

Commercial Banking

   $ 186.6      $ 94.8      $ 81.8   

Retail and Business Banking

     61.4        57.0        79.0   

Wealth Management

     (3.2     (4.2     (1.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total segments

     244.8        147.6        158.9   

Treasury

     (4.3     (33.0     (68.8

Other

     (41.7     (28.9     11.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Consolidated

   $ 198.8      $ 85.7      $ 101.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

People’s United Financial uses an internal profitability reporting system to generate information by operating segment, which is based on a series of management estimates and allocations regarding funds transfer pricing (“FTP”), the provision for loan losses, non-interest expense and income taxes. These estimates and allocations, some of which can be subjective in nature, are continually being reviewed and refined. Any changes in estimates and allocations that may affect the reported results of any business segment will not affect the consolidated financial position or results of operations of People’s United Financial as a whole.

FTP is used in the calculation of each operating segment’s net interest income, and measures the value of funds used in and provided by an operating segment. The difference between the interest income on earning assets and the interest expense on funding liabilities, and the corresponding FTP charge for interest income or credit for interest expense, results in net spread income (see Treasury).

Beginning in the third quarter of 2011, the Company modified its FTP methodology relating to certain deposit products, which resulted in the allocation of a larger credit to net interest income within Commercial Banking and Retail and Business Banking, with the offset allocated to Treasury. Prior period segment results continue to reflect the previous FTP methodology.

 

38


Table of Contents

A five-year rolling average net charge-off rate is used as the basis for the provision for loan losses for the respective segment in order to present a level of portfolio credit cost that is representative of the Company’s historical experience, without presenting the potential volatility from year-to-year changes in credit conditions. While this method of allocation allows management to more effectively assess the longer-term profitability of a business segment, it may result in a measure of segment provision for loan losses that does not reflect actual incurred losses for the periods presented.

People’s United Financial allocates a majority of non-interest expenses to each business segment using a full-absorption costing process (i.e. all expenses are fully-allocated to the segments). Direct and indirect costs are analyzed and pooled by process and assigned to the appropriate business segment and corporate overhead costs are allocated to the business segments. Income tax expense is allocated to each business segment using a constant rate, based on an estimate of the consolidated effective income tax rate for the year.

Total average assets and total average liabilities are reported for each business segment due to management’s reliance, in part, on such average balances for purposes of assessing business segment performance. These averages include allocated goodwill and intangible assets.

For a more detailed description of the estimates and allocations used to measure business segment performance, see Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Commercial Banking consists principally of commercial real estate lending, commercial and industrial lending, and commercial deposit gathering activities. This segment also includes the equipment financing operations of PCLC and PUEFC, as well as cash management, correspondent banking and municipal banking.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010      2009  

Net interest income

   $ 445.3       $ 303.9       $ 255.3   

Provision for loan losses

     37.9         26.1         22.0   

Total non-interest income

     77.8         56.9         41.3   

Total non-interest expense

     207.5         193.8         153.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

     277.7         140.9         120.8   

Income tax expense

     91.1         46.1         39.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 186.6       $ 94.8       $ 81.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total average assets

   $ 13,541.4       $ 10,957.0       $ 9,846.0   

Total average liabilities

     2,595.2         2,226.5         2,423.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial Banking net income increased $91.8 million in 2011 compared to 2010, reflecting the benefits from recent acquisitions as well as organic loan growth. The $141.4 million increase in net interest income reflects an increase in average earning assets, improved spreads on commercial loans due to loan mix and the benefit from the change in FTP methodology discussed previously, partially offset by narrowing spreads on commercial deposits. Non-interest income reflects increases in operating lease income resulting from a higher level of equipment leased to PCLC customers, commercial banking fees and a $7.5 million net gain on sale of acquired loans in 2011. The increase in non-interest expense reflects additional non-interest expenses resulting from recent acquisitions and an increase in amortization expense on leased equipment.

Average assets increased $2.6 billion in 2011 compared to 2010, reflecting organic loan growth and recent acquisitions.

The $13.0 million increase in Commercial Banking net income in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily reflects the benefit from the Financial Federal acquisition completed in February 2010. The $48.6 million increase in net interest income reflects an increase in average earning assets as well as improved spreads on commercial loans, partially offset by narrowing spreads on commercial deposits. The $15.6 million increase in non-interest income primarily reflects increases in operating lease income resulting from a higher level of equipment leased to PCLC customers and commercial banking fees. The $40.0 million increase in non-interest expense reflects PUEFC non-interest expenses in 2010, increases in amortization expense on leased equipment and higher direct expenses due to the continued loan growth in Commercial Banking.

 

39


Table of Contents

The total average commercial banking loan portfolio increased $1.2 billion in 2010 compared to 2009, reflecting the Financial Federal acquisition (average of $903 million in 2010) as well as other acquisitions completed in 2010, and a $386 million increase in average commercial real estate loans.

Retail and Business Banking includes, as its principal business lines, business lending, consumer and business deposit gathering activities, consumer lending (including residential mortgage and home equity lending), and merchant services.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010      2009  

Net interest income

   $ 468.4       $ 383.1       $ 374.9   

Provision for loan losses

     11.0         6.9         4.8   

Total non-interest income

     142.6         134.5         138.9   

Total non-interest expense

     508.6         426.0         392.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

     91.4         84.7         116.8   

Income tax expense

     30.0         27.7         37.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 61.4       $ 57.0       $ 79.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total average assets

   $ 7,084.8       $ 5,789.0       $ 5,874.0   

Total average liabilities

     17,182.9         13,800.3         12,557.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail and Business Banking net income increased $4.4 million in 2011 compared to 2010. The $85.3 million increase in net interest income primarily reflects growth in deposit balances, an increase in the spread on residential mortgages and consumer loans and the benefit from the change in FTP methodology discussed previously, partially offset by narrower spreads on deposit products resulting from the continued negative impact of a reduced interest rate environment initiated by the Federal Reserve Board in 2008. The increase in non-interest income compared to 2010 primarily reflects an increase in retail bank service charges, partially offset by a decrease in net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans resulting from the lower level of residential mortgage loan sales in 2011. The $82.6 million increase in non-interest expense compared to 2010 reflects increases in direct and allocated expenses associated with expanding the retail deposit franchise through acquisitions as well as organic growth.

Average assets increased $1.3 billion and average liabilities increased $3.4 billion in 2011 compared to 2010, reflecting organic loan and deposit growth, and recent acquisitions.

Retail and Business Banking net income decreased $22.0 million in 2010 compared to 2009, primarily reflecting increases in non-interest expense and the provision for loan losses and a decline in non-interest income, partially offset by an increase in net interest income. The $8.2 million increase in net interest income primarily reflects the growth in deposit balances (see below) and an increase in the spread on residential mortgages, partially offset by narrower spreads on deposit products resulting from the continued negative impact of a reduced interest rate environment initiated by the Federal Reserve Board in 2008, and lower residential mortgage balances. Average residential mortgage loans decreased $338 million compared to 2009, reflecting People’s United Financial’s past practice, through May 2010, of selling essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans.

The decrease in non-interest income compared to 2009 reflects a $1.8 million decline in net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans resulting from the lower level of residential mortgage loan sales in 2010. The $34.0 million increase in non-interest expense compared to 2009 reflects increases in direct and allocated expenses associated with expanding the retail deposit franchise through recent acquisitions as well as organic growth.

Average liabilities increased $1.2 billion in 2010 compared to 2009, reflecting a $925 million increase in average deposits primarily due to organic growth.

 

40


Table of Contents

Wealth Management consists of trust services, corporate trust, brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance provided by PSI, other insurance services provided through PUIA and private banking.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2011     2010     2009  

Net interest income

   $ 6.0      $ 3.8      $ 4.0   

Provision for loan losses

     0.4        0.3        0.1   

Total non-interest income

     77.0        74.9        77.4   

Total non-interest expense

     87.4        84.5        84.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit

     (4.8     (6.1     (3.0

Income tax benefit

     (1.6     (1.9     (1.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (3.2   $ (4.2   $ (1.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average assets

   $ 332.5      $ 342.7      $ 333.1   

Total average liabilities

     197.5        197.5        158.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The improvement in Wealth Management’s net loss in 2011 compared to the year-ago period reflects increases of $2.2 million in net interest income and $2.1 million in non-interest income, partially offset by a $2.9 million increase in non-interest expense. Within non-interest income, insurance revenue increased $1.9 million, reflecting a higher level of insurance renewals, investment management fees increased $1.2 million and brokerage commissions increased $0.6 million. The increase in non-interest expense primarily reflects an increase in professional and outside services as well as an increase in allocated expenses.

The increase in Wealth Management’s net loss in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily reflects a $2.5 million decrease in non-interest income, including decreases of $1.2 million in insurance revenue, $0.9 million in brokerage commissions and $0.4 million in investment management fees. The decrease in insurance revenue primarily reflects the continued soft insurance market resulting from the contracting economy. The declines in investment management fees and brokerage commissions primarily reflect the uncertainty in the equity markets and broader economic weakness experienced throughout 2009 and 2010.

Assets under administration and those under full discretionary management, neither of which are reported as assets of People’s United Financial, totaled $12.5 billion and $4.3 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2011 compared to $12.6 billion and $4.2 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2010.

Treasury encompasses the securities portfolio, short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell, wholesale borrowings, and the funding center, which includes the impact of derivative financial instruments used for risk management purposes.

The income or loss for the funding center represents the interest rate risk component of People’s United Financial’s net interest income as calculated by its FTP model in deriving each business segment’s net interest income. Under this process, a money desk (the funding center) buys funds from liability-generating business lines (such as consumer deposits) and sells funds to asset-generating business lines (such as commercial lending). The price at which funds are bought and sold on any given day is set by People’s United Financial’s Treasury group and is based on the wholesale cost to People’s United Financial of assets and liabilities with similar maturities. Liability-generating businesses sell newly-originated liabilities to the money desk and recognize a funding credit, while asset-generating businesses buy funding for newly-originated assets from the money desk and recognize a funding charge. Once funding for an asset is purchased from or a liability is sold to the money desk, the price that is set by the Treasury group will remain with that asset or liability until it matures or reprices, which effectively transfers responsibility for managing interest rate risk to the Treasury group.

 

41


Table of Contents

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2011     2010     2009  

Net interest loss

   $ (21.1   $ (53.3   $ (127.1

Total non-interest income

     14.1        7.3        24.3   

Total non-interest expense

     (1.2     3.1        3.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit

     (5.8     (49.1     (106.3

Income tax benefit

     (1.5     (16.1     (37.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (4.3   $ (33.0   $ (68.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average assets

   $ 3,870.3      $ 3,924.7      $ 3,957.6   

Total average liabilities

     699.0        126.4        90.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Treasury’s net loss improved in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily reflecting a decrease in net interest loss and an increase in non-interest income. The improvement in net interest loss reflects an increase in the funding center’s net interest spread, primarily resulting from the benefit of an increase in investment income in 2011, partially offset by the impact of the change in FTP methodology discussed previously. Included in total non-interest income in 2011 are $9.1 million of gross security gains resulting from the sale of mortgage-backed securities with a book value of $507 million.

Total average assets decreased $54 million in 2011 compared to the year-ago period, reflecting a $1.4 billion increase in average securities offset by a $1.4 billion decrease in average short-term investments and average securities purchased under agreements to resell. The increase in total average liabilities primarily reflects increases in average total borrowings and average subordinated notes and debentures assumed in connection with recent acquisitions.

Treasury’s net loss in 2010 was reduced by $35.8 million compared to 2009, reflecting an improvement in net interest loss partially offset by a decrease in non-interest income. The $73.8 million decrease in net interest loss reflects an increase in the funding center’s net interest spread, which is primarily due to the historically low interest rate environment over an extended period of time, resulting in long-term funding costs declining more than asset yields, reflecting the asset sensitive position of People’s United Financial’s balance sheet. The decrease in non-interest income primarily reflects net security losses in 2010 of $1.0 million compared to net security gains of $16.6 million in 2009.

Total average assets decreased $33 million in 2010 compared to 2009, reflecting a $645 million increase in average securities and a $626 million decrease in average short-term investments and average securities purchased under agreements to resell.

Other includes the residual financial impact from the allocation of revenues and expenses (including the provision for loan losses) and certain revenues and expenses not attributable to a particular segment; reversal of the FTE adjustment since net interest income for each segment is presented on an FTE basis; and the FTP impact from excess capital.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2011     2010     2009  

Net interest income

   $ 25.0      $ 61.5      $ 69.7   

Provision for loan losses

     14.4        26.7        30.1   

Total non-interest income

     (3.9     (3.6     2.4   

Total non-interest expense

     69.6        74.6        26.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income tax (benefit) expense

     (62.9     (43.4     16.0   

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (21.2     (14.5     4.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (41.7   $ (28.9   $ 11.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average assets

   $ 1,199.2      $ 1,002.8      $ 746.8   

Total average liabilities

     82.3        297.2        386.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

42


Table of Contents

The “Other” category also includes certain non-recurring items, such as: merger-related expenses, core system conversion costs and one-time charges totaling $56.8 million, $58.9 million and $4.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively (included in total non-interest expense); $4.4 million of benefit-related and other charges for the year ended December 31, 2009 (included in total non-interest expense); and gains of $5.6 million related to the sale of the Company’s remaining Class B Visa, Inc. shares and $1.4 million related to the sale of two branches for the year ended December 31, 2009 (included in total non-interest income). Included in “Other” are assets such as cash, premises and equipment, and other assets, including pension assets.

Net Interest Income

 

Net interest income and net interest margin are affected by many factors, including changes in average balances; interest rate fluctuations and the slope of the yield curve; sales of loans and securities; residential mortgage loan and mortgage-backed security prepayment rates; product pricing; competitive forces; the relative mix, repricing characteristics and maturity of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities; non-interest-bearing sources of funds; hedging activities; and asset quality.

Net Interest Margin

Years ended December 31 (percent)

 

LOGO

Net Interest Income—FTE

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

 

LOGO

 

43


Table of Contents

Since December 2008, the Federal Reserve Board has not changed its targeted range for the federal funds rate of 0 to 0.25 percent. The improvement in the net interest margin in 2011 and 2010 primarily reflects the benefits from the acquisitions completed over the past two years, an increase in investment income and lower deposit costs. However, the net interest margin has been impacted by the historically low interest rate environment and the Company’s continued investment of a portion of its excess capital in relatively low-yielding short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell.

2011 Compared to 2010

The net interest margin increased 44 basis points to 4.14% compared to 2010. The higher net interest margin primarily reflects the benefits from recent acquisitions, an increase in investment income and lower deposit costs. Net interest income (FTE basis) increased $229.1 million, reflecting a $227.8 million increase in total interest and dividend income and a $1.3 million decrease in total interest expense. Net interest income in 2011 included (i) $11.2 million of interest related to changes in the accretable yield on acquired loans stemming from periodic cash flow reassessments and (ii) $5.0 million of cost recovery income on acquired loans (representing cash receipts in excess of carrying amount). Excluding these two items, the operating net interest margin in 2011 was 4.07%.

Average earning assets totaled $22.5 billion in 2011, a $3.5 billion increase from 2010, reflecting increases of $3.6 billion in average loans and $1.4 billion in average securities, partially offset by a $1.4 billion decrease in average short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell. Average loans, average securities, and average short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell comprised 84%, 13% and 3%, respectively, of average earning assets in 2011 compared to 80%, 8% and 12%, respectively, in 2010. In 2011, the yield earned on the total loan portfolio was 5.18% and the yield earned on securities, short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell was 2.35%, compared to 5.14% and 1.30%, respectively, in the year-ago period. Excluding adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans, which are mostly of the hybrid variety, approximately 48% of the loan portfolio had floating interest rates at December 31, 2011 compared to approximately 45% at December 31, 2010.

The total average commercial banking loan portfolio increased $2.9 billion compared to 2010, reflecting loans acquired through recent acquisitions as well as organic growth. Average residential mortgage loans increased $698 million compared to the year-ago period, reflecting recent acquisitions and People’s United Financial’s decision in May 2010 to begin retaining newly-originated residential mortgage loans. Average consumer loans decreased $9 million compared to 2010, reflecting a $40 million decline in average indirect auto loans partially offset by a $35 million increase in average home equity loans.

Average funding liabilities totaled $20.4 billion in 2011, a $4.2 billion increase compared to 2010, including increases of $3.5 billion in average total deposits and $709 million in average borrowings, reflecting acquisitions and growth. Average savings and money market deposits, average time deposits and average non-interest-bearing deposits increased $2.1 billion, $743 million and $607 million, respectively. Average total deposits comprised 94% and 97% of average funding liabilities in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The 17 basis point decrease to 0.63% from 0.80% in the rate paid on average funding liabilities in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily reflects the decrease in market interest rates and the shift in deposit mix. The rate paid on average deposits decreased 15 basis points in 2011, reflecting decreases of 37 basis points in time deposits and 9 basis points in savings and money market deposits. Average savings and money market deposits and average time deposits comprised 52% and 27%, respectively, of average total deposits in 2011 compared to 50% and 29%, respectively, in 2010.

 

44


Table of Contents

2010 Compared to 2009

The net interest margin increased 50 basis points to 3.70% compared to 2009. The higher net interest margin reflects higher investment income, the benefit from the Financial Federal acquisition completed in February 2010 and lower deposit costs, partially offset by the low interest rate environment and the Company’s asset sensitive balance sheet, including its significant excess capital position, a portion of which was invested in low-yielding short-term investments for most of 2010. Net interest income (FTE basis) increased $122.1 million, reflecting a $61.9 million increase in total interest and dividend income and a $60.2 million decrease in total interest expense.

Average earning assets totaled $19.0 billion in 2010, an $832 million increase from 2009, reflecting increases of $829 million in average loans and $645 million in average securities, partially offset by a $626 million decrease in average short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell. Average loans, average short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell, and average securities comprised 80%, 12% and 8%, respectively, of average earning assets in 2010 compared to 79%, 16% and 5%, respectively, in 2009. In 2010, the yield earned on the total loan portfolio was 5.14% and the yield earned on securities, short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell was 1.30%, compared to 5.07% and 1.06%, respectively, in 2009.

The total average commercial banking loan portfolio increased $1.2 billion, reflecting the addition of the PUEFC portfolio (average of $903 million in 2010) and other acquisitions completed in 2010, and a $386 million increase in average commercial real estate loans. Average residential mortgage loans decreased $337 million compared to 2009, reflecting People’s United Financial’s past practice, through May 2010, of selling essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans. Average consumer loans decreased $65 million, reflecting declines of $46 million in average indirect auto loans and $15 million in average home equity loans.

Average funding liabilities totaled $16.3 billion in 2010, a $1.0 billion increase compared to 2009, primarily reflecting a $925 million increase in average total deposits. Average savings and money market deposits and average non-interest-bearing deposits increased $1.1 billion and $215 million, respectively, and average time deposits decreased $433 million. Average total deposits comprised 97% and 98% of average funding liabilities in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The 45 basis point decrease to 0.80% from 1.25% in the rate paid on average funding liabilities in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily reflects the decrease in market interest rates and the shift in deposit mix. The rates paid on average total deposits decreased 45 basis points in 2010, reflecting decreases of 108 basis points in time deposits and 12 basis points in savings and money market deposits. Average savings and money market deposits and average time deposits comprised 50% and 29%, respectively, of average total deposits in 2010 compared to 45% and 33%, respectively, in 2009.

Average Balance Sheet, Interest and Yield/Rate Analysis

The table on the following page presents average balance sheets, FTE-basis interest income, interest expense and the corresponding average yields earned and rates paid for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The average balances are principally daily averages and, for loans, include both performing and non-performing balances. Interest income on loans includes the effect of deferred loan fees and costs accounted for as yield adjustments, but does not include interest on loans for which People’s United Financial has ceased to accrue interest. Premium amortization and discount accretion (including amounts attributable to purchase accounting adjustments) are also included in the respective interest income and interest expense amounts. The impact of People’s United Financial’s use of derivative instruments in managing interest rate risk is also reflected in the table, classified according to the instrument hedged and the related risk management objective.

 

45


Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheet, Interest and Yield/Rate Analysis

 

 

    2011     2010     2009  

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

  Average
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
 

Assets:

                 

Short-term investments

  $ 743.1      $ 2.0        0.28   $ 1,725.0      $ 4.6        0.27   $ 2,386.5      $ 6.5        0.27

Securities purchased under
agreements to resell

    27.3        0.1        0.17        456.2        0.9        0.20        421.1        0.8        0.19   

Securities (1)

    2,933.3        85.1        2.90        1,579.5        43.5        2.76        934.2        32.4        3.47   

Loans held for sale

    38.8        2.1        5.42        43.4        2.4        5.59        59.0        3.0        5.13   

Loans:

                 

Commercial real estate

    6,971.8        392.4        5.63        5,594.8        312.1        5.58        5,208.5        287.8        5.52   

Commercial (2)

    6,465.4        364.9        5.64        4,961.9        269.6        5.43        4,116.7        202.3        4.91   

Residential mortgage

    3,126.8        129.1        4.13        2,428.6        109.4        4.51        2,766.2        142.0        5.13   

Consumer

    2,190.1        84.2        3.85        2,199.2        89.6        4.07        2,264.4        95.4        4.21   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

    18,754.1        970.6        5.18        15,184.5        780.7        5.14        14,355.8        727.5        5.07   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total earning assets

    22,496.6      $ 1,059.9        4.71     18,988.6      $ 832.1        4.38     18,156.6      $ 770.2        4.24
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other assets

    3,531.6            3,027.6            2,600.9       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 26,028.2          $ 22,016.2          $ 20,757.5       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity:

                 

Deposits:

                 

Non-interest-bearing

  $ 4,032.8      $ —          —     $ 3,426.0      $ —          —     $ 3,210.8      $ —          —  

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

    9,970.1        51.0        0.51        7,853.6        47.4        0.60        6,710.6        48.2        0.72   

Time

    5,276.6        56.4        1.07        4,533.5        65.4        1.44        4,966.9        125.2        2.52   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

    19,279.5        107.4        0.56        15,813.1        112.8        0.71        14,888.3        173.4        1.16   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings:

                 

Retail repurchase agreements

    486.6        2.0        0.41        209.2        1.0        0.48       
151.2
  
    0.7        0.46   

FHLB advances

    456.1        6.7        1.48        52.3        1.1        2.22        14.8       
0.8
  
    5.28   

Federal funds purchased and
other borrowings

    36.6        0.3        0.75        9.0        0.2        2.20        2.1        —          1.92   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowings

    979.3        9.0        0.92        270.5        2.3        0.88        168.1        1.5        0.90   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subordinated notes and debentures

    170.4        12.1        7.08        179.6        14.7        8.17        181.2        15.1        8.35   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total funding liabilities

    20,429.2      $ 128.5        0.63     16,263.2      $ 129.8        0.80     15,237.6      $ 190.0        1.25
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other liabilities

    327.7            384.7            378.5       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities

    20,756.9            16,647.9            15,616.1       

Stockholders’ equity

    5,271.3            5,368.3            5,141.4       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 26,028.2          $ 22,016.2          $ 20,757.5       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest income/spread (3)

    $ 931.4        4.08     $ 702.3        3.58     $ 580.2        2.99
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest margin

        4.14         3.70         3.20
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1) Average balances and yields for securities available for sale are based on amortized cost.
(2) Includes commercial and industrial loans and equipment financing loans.
(3) The FTE adjustment was $7.8 million, $3.3 million and $3.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

46


Table of Contents

Volume and Rate Analysis

 

The following table shows the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of average earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities have affected People’s United Financial’s net interest income. For each category of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided relating to: changes in volume (changes in average balances multiplied by the prior year’s average interest rate); changes in rates (changes in average interest rates multiplied by the prior year’s average balance); and the total change. Changes attributable to both volume and rate have been allocated proportionately.

 

     2011 Compared to 2010
Increase (Decrease)
    2010 Compared to 2009
Increase (Decrease)
 

(in millions)

   Volume     Rate     Total     Volume     Rate     Total  

Interest and dividend income:

            

Short-term investments

   $ (2.7   $ 0.1      $ (2.6   $ (1.8   $ (0.1   $ (1.9

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     (0.7     (0.1     (0.8     —          0.1        0.1   

Securities

     39.2        2.4        41.6        18.8        (7.7     11.1   

Loans held for sale

     (0.3     —          (0.3     (0.9     0.3        (0.6

Loans:

            

Commercial real estate

     77.5        2.8        80.3        21.5        2.8        24.3   

Commercial

     84.5        10.8        95.3        44.4        22.9        67.3   

Residential mortgage

     29.4        (9.7     19.7        (16.3     (16.3     (32.6

Consumer

     (0.4     (5.0     (5.4     (2.6     (3.2     (5.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     191.0        (1.1     189.9        47.0        6.2        53.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total change in interest and dividend income

     226.5        1.3        227.8        63.1        (1.2     61.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

            

Deposits:

            

Savings, interest-bearing checking
and money market

     11.5        (7.9     3.6        7.5        (8.3     (0.8

Time

     9.6        (18.6     (9.0     (10.1     (49.7     (59.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     21.1        (26.5     (5.4     (2.6     (58.0     (60.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings:

            

Retail repurchase agreements

     6.1        (0.5     5.6        0.3        —          0.3   

FHLB advances

     1.1        (0.1     1.0        1.0        (0.7     0.3   

Federal funds purchased and other borrowings

     0.3        (0.2     0.1        0.1        0.1        0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     7.5        (0.9     6.6        1.4        (0.6     0.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subordinated notes and debentures

     (0.7     (1.9     (2.6     (0.1     (0.3     (0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total change in interest expense

     27.9        (29.2     (1.3     (1.3     (58.9     (60.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

   $ 198.6      $ 30.5      $ 229.1      $ 64.4      $ 57.7      $ 122.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

47


Table of Contents

The following table provides the weighted average yields earned and rates paid for each major category of earning assets and funding liabilities as of December 31, 2011.

 

As of December 31, 2011 (dollars in millions)

   Balance      Yield/Rate  

Earning assets:

     

Short-term investments

   $ 410.7         0.27

Securities

     2,931.4         2.53   

Loans held for sale

     101.9         3.21   

Loans

     20,400.0         5.07   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total earning assets

   $ 23,844.0         4.67
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funding liabilities:

     

Non-interest-bearing deposits

   $ 4,506.2        

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market deposits

     10,970.4         0.37   

Time deposits

     5,339.2         1.35   

Borrowings

     856.7         1.43   

Subordinated notes and debentures

     159.6         6.30   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total funding liabilities

   $ 21,832.1         0.62
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-Interest Income

 

 

                          Percentage
Increase (Decrease)
 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2011      2010     2009     2011/2010     2010/2009  

Bank service charges

   $ 131.3       $ 126.3      $ 128.8        4.0     (1.9 )% 

Investment management fees

     33.2         32.0        32.4        3.8        (1.2

Insurance revenue

     30.7         28.8        30.0        6.6        (4.0

Brokerage commissions

     11.9         11.3        12.2        5.3        (7.4

Net security gains (losses):

           

Debt securities

     8.8         (1.0     16.6        n/m        n/m   

Equity securities

     —           —          5.5        —          (100.0

Trading account securities

     —           —          (0.1     —          (100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net security gains (losses)

     8.8         (1.0     22.0        n/m        (104.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans

     7.6         12.1        13.9        (37.2     (12.9

Net gains on sales of acquired loans

     7.5         —          —          100.0        —     

Bank-owned life insurance

     6.3         6.7        8.4        (6.0     (20.2

Merchant services income, net

     4.3         4.3        3.9        —          10.3   

Other non-interest income:

           

Commercial banking fees

     26.6         15.1        3.1        76.2        n/m   

Operating lease income

     25.0         19.4        14.6        28.9        32.9   

Other

     14.4         15.0        15.0        (4.0     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other non-interest income

     66.0         49.5        32.7        33.3        51.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

   $ 307.6       $ 270.0      $ 284.3        13.9     (5.0 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

n/m—not meaningful

 

48


Table of Contents

Total non-interest income increased $37.6 million in 2011 compared to 2010 and decreased $14.3 million in 2010 compared to 2009. The improvement in total non-interest income in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily reflects the benefits from acquisitions completed in 2011 and 2010, net security gains in 2011 and higher commercial banking fees in 2011. The decrease in total non-interest income in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily reflects net security losses of $1.0 million in 2010 and net security gains of $22.0 million in 2009 (see below). Within non-interest income, the expenses related to the Company’s merchant services business and customer derivative activities are presented on a net basis for all periods, along with the respective revenues.

The increase in bank service charges in 2011 primarily reflects improvements in commercial and retail fees, partially offset by a $5.0 million decline in interchange fees resulting from certain provisions of the DFA, which took effect in October 2011. Bank service charges are expected to decline by approximately $20 million on an annualized basis as a result of certain provisions of the DFA (see Recent Market Developments).

The level of investment management fees and brokerage commissions in recent years primarily reflects the uncertainty in the equity markets and broader economic weakness experienced throughout the past few years, while the level of insurance revenue primarily reflects the continued soft insurance market.

In 2011, People’s United Financial sold mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost of $507 million, in order to reduce book value at risk resulting from higher prepayment speeds, and recorded $9.1 million of gross security gains. Security losses in 2010 resulted from the sale of securities acquired in the Smithtown and LSB acquisitions as a result of changes in market interest rates occurring subsequent to the acquisition date (November 30, 2010). In 2009, People’s United Financial sold residential mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost of $1.03 billion and recorded security gains totaling $16.9 million. Proceeds from sales transactions occurring during 2009 were subsequently reinvested in residential mortgage-backed securities with substantially-equivalent maturities and yields. This investment portfolio repositioning was undertaken to mitigate prepayment risk. Net security gains in 2009 also include a gain of $5.6 million (included in equity securities gains in the above table) resulting from the sale of People’s United Financial’s remaining Class B Visa, Inc. shares as part of Visa’s IPO. People’s United Financial obtained its ownership in Visa shares as a result of its acquisition of Chittenden, which was a Visa member.

The decline in net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans in 2011 compared to 2010 reflects a lower level of residential mortgage loan sales in 2011 (a 30% decline in volume from 2010) due to the lower level of refinancing activity in 2011 as well as the Company’s decision in May 2010 to portfolio residential mortgage loans. The decline in net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans in 2010 compared to 2009 reflects a lower level of residential mortgage loan sales (a 20% decline in volume from 2009) due to the lower level of refinancing activity in 2010 and the Company’s change in strategy to hold certain newly-originated residential mortgage loans. Net gains on sales of acquired loans in 2011 reflect sales of acquired loans with contractual balances of approximately $152 million (carrying amounts of approximately $106 million).

BOLI income totaled $6.3 million ($9.4 million on a taxable-equivalent basis) in 2011 compared to $6.7 million ($10.3 million on a taxable-equivalent basis) in 2010 and $8.4 million ($12.9 million on a taxable-equivalent basis) in 2009. The decrease in BOLI income in 2011 and 2010 primarily reflects a lower crediting rate in both years.

The fluctuation in payment processing volume is the primary driver for the variances in merchant services income. The increases in commercial banking fees and operating lease income reflect higher levels of commercial fees and equipment leased to PCLC customers.

 

49


Table of Contents

Non-Interest Expense

 

 

                       Percentage
Increase (Decrease)
 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2011     2010     2009     2011/2010     2010/2009  

Compensation and benefits

   $ 429.0      $ 380.4      $ 350.5        12.8     8.5

Occupancy and equipment

     133.3        114.4        109.8        16.5        4.2   

Professional and outside service fees

     70.6        72.7        44.0        (2.9     65.2   

Other non-interest expense:

          

Regulatory

     30.1        27.7        30.8        8.7        (10.1

Amortization of other acquisition-related intangibles

     25.8        21.7        20.6        18.9        5.3   

Stationery, printing, postage and telephone

     21.6        20.5        17.9        5.4        14.5   

Amortization of leased equipment

     20.8        16.1        12.3        29.2        30.9   

Advertising and promotion

     17.2        17.3        14.1        (0.6     22.7   

Executive-level separation costs

     3.8        15.3        —          n/m        n/m   

Other

     76.8        72.6        57.8        5.8        25.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other non-interest expense

     196.1        191.2        153.5        2.6        24.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     829.0        758.7        657.8        9.3        15.3   

Merger-related expenses

     42.9        23.3        2.0        84.1        n/m   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

   $ 871.9      $ 782.0      $ 659.8        11.5     18.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

     64.4     72.4     72.7    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

n/m—not meaningful

Excluding the effect of merger-related expenses recorded in each year, total non-interest expense increased $70.3 million in 2011 compared to 2010 and increased $100.9 million in 2010 compared to 2009. Merger-related expenses consist of: (i) fees for investment advisory, legal, accounting and valuation services; (ii) debt prepayment costs; (iii) compensatory charges; and (iv) regulatory filings. Merger-related expenses in 2011 include a $9.3 million charge related to the prepayment of $284 million of callable FHLB advances. Included in total non-interest expense in 2010 and 2009 are $20.3 million and $2.5 million, respectively, of core system conversion costs. Also included in 2010 is $15.3 million related to costs incurred in connection with the former CEO’s separation agreement.

The lower efficiency ratio in 2011 compared to 2010 reflects a 23% increase in operating revenue partially offset by a 9% increase in operating expenses (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliation to GAAP).

The increase in compensation and benefits in 2011 compared to 2010 reflects additional compensation and benefit costs resulting from the acquisitions completed in 2011 and 2010, normal merit increases and higher benefit-related costs. The increase in compensation and benefits in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily reflects normal merit increases, higher benefit-related and stock-based compensation costs, costs related to the core system conversion and additional compensation and benefit costs from acquisitions completed in 2010.

In July 2011, People’s United Bank amended its defined benefit pension plan (the “Plan”) to “freeze”, effective December 31, 2011, the accrual of pension benefits for Plan participants. As such, Plan participants will not earn any additional benefits after that date. Instead, effective January 1, 2012, People’s United Bank will make a contribution on behalf of these participants to a qualified defined contribution plan in an annual amount equal to 3% of the employee’s eligible compensation. Also in July 2011, other cost-saving initiatives were announced, including the elimination of selected positions primarily within corporate functions, non-core lending businesses and the former Bank of Smithtown. The annual cost savings expected to be realized as a result of these initiatives is approximately $20 million beginning in 2012.

 

50


Table of Contents

In March 2010, comprehensive health care reform legislation was signed into law under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (the “Acts”). Included among the major provisions of the Acts is a change in tax treatment of the federal drug subsidy paid with respect to Medicare-eligible retirees. The effect of the Acts on the Company’s other postretirement benefits obligation, which totaled $12.1 million at December 31, 2011, and related net periodic benefit expense, which totaled $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, is not expected to be material.

The increase in occupancy and equipment expense in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily reflects the incremental costs associated with the continued geographic expansion of People’s United Financial’s franchise as well as the acquisitions completed in 2011 and 2010. Costs recorded in 2010 related to the core system conversion and computer system servicing costs, and expenses related to the trade name and rebranding initiative (see below) are the principal reason for the variances in professional and outside services, and advertising and promotion. The increase in amortization expense of leased equipment in 2011 and 2010 relates to the higher level of equipment leased to PCLC customers.

In connection with People’s United Financial’s acquisition of Chittenden in January 2008, a trade name intangible asset with a fair value of $122.7 million was established and assigned an indefinite useful life based on management’s intentions at that time. In June 2010, People’s United Financial announced a plan to “re-brand”, as People’s United Bank, the former Chittenden banks in connection with the scheduled completion of its core system conversion in July 2010. Management believes the name change better leverages the ‘People’s United’ brand and the full range of services available to its customers.

As a result of the decision to “re-brand” the Chittenden banks, the useful life of the trade name intangible asset was no longer deemed to be indefinite and management was required to perform a final impairment test prior to amortizing the asset over its estimated remaining useful life beginning July 1, 2010. People’s United Financial performed its final trade name impairment test as of June 30, 2010 and determined that the fair value of the trade name intangible exceeded its carrying amount. As a result, no impairment loss was recognized. The trade name intangible is being amortized on an accelerated basis over a period of approximately 20 years, reflecting the manner in which the related benefit is realized.

Scheduled amortization expense attributable to other acquisition-related intangible assets for each of the next five years is as follows: $26.4 million in 2012; $25.7 million in 2013; $24.3 million in 2014; $23.3 million in 2015; and $13.0 million in 2016.

The FDIC authorized higher premium assessments in 2009 pursuant to a restoration plan designed to increase the DIF reserve ratio to required levels. In May 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule that imposed a special assessment of 5 basis points on each insured financial institution’s total assets less Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009. As a result, included in regulatory expense in 2009 is an FDIC special assessment charge of $8.4 million. In November 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule that amended the assessment regulations to require insured financial institutions to prepay, on December 30, 2009, their estimated deposit insurance premiums for 2010, 2011 and 2012. Under this rule, which did not include any additional special assessments, the prepayment was based on an assumed 5% annual growth rate in each institution’s insured deposits (the assessment base) and an assumed increase of three basis points in each institution’s premium assessment rate beginning in 2011.

In February 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule (which was effective June 30, 2011) that: changes the assessment base from adjusted domestic deposits to a bank’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity (defined as Tier 1 capital); adopts a new large-bank pricing assessment scheme; and sets a target size for the DIF at 2% of insured deposits. The rule also (i) implements a lower assessment rate schedule when the DIF reaches 1.15 percent and, in lieu of dividends, provides for a lower rate schedule when the reserve ratio reaches 2 percent and 2.5 percent and (ii) creates a scorecard-based assessment system for financial institutions with more than $10 billion in assets, including People’s United Bank.

 

 

51


Table of Contents

The increase in other non-interest expense in 2011 compared to 2010 reflects (i) a $4.8 million charge in 2011 associated with the planned consolidation of approximately 15 branches and other office space during 2012, which is expected to result in approximately $5 million of annualized operating expense savings and (ii) a higher level of expenses in 2011 related to foreclosed properties.

Income Taxes

 

Income tax expense totaled $96.8 million, $41.3 million and $43.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Income tax benefits of $2.0 million are included in income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2009, which stems from a reduction in the combined state income tax rate following the charter consolidations of the former Chittenden banks.

People’s United Financial’s effective income tax rate was 32.7% and 32.5% for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and would have been 31.3% for the year ended December 31, 2009 excluding the income tax benefits of $2.0 million described above. The effective income tax rate in 2011 reflects $0.6 million (net) of tax reserves that were released as a result of closed tax years. People’s United Financial’s effective income tax rate is expected to increase slightly in 2012 primarily due to an increase in state income tax liabilities associated with the Company’s further expansion into states with higher corporate income tax rates.

The difference between People’s United Financial’s effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% is primarily attributable to: (i) federal income tax credits associated with the Company’s investment in affordable housing limited partnerships; (ii) tax exempt interest earned on certain investments; (iii) tax exempt income from bank-owned life insurance; and (iv) state income taxes.

People’s United Financial maintains an ownership interest in several limited partnership investments to develop and operate affordable housing units for lower income tenants throughout its franchise area. These investments have historically played a significant role in enabling People’s United Bank to meet its Community Reinvestment Act requirements while, at the same time, providing federal income tax credits. The cost of these investments is amortized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the related federal income tax credits are realized (generally ten years). These credits totaled $6.6 million, $4.6 million and $4.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Income tax expense for all three years reflects the state tax benefit resulting from the formation of People’s Mortgage Investment Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of People’s United Bank. The formation of this subsidiary was a result of Connecticut tax legislation, which became effective on January 1, 1999, that allows for the transfer of mortgage loans to a passive investment subsidiary. The related earnings of the subsidiary, and any dividends it pays to the parent, are not subject to Connecticut income tax. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information concerning income tax expense.

 

 

52


Table of Contents

Securities

 

 

 

     2011      2010      2009  

As of December 31 (in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

Securities held to maturity:

                 

Debt securities:

                 

Corporate

   $ 55.0       $ 61.1       $ 55.0       $ 55.0       $ 55.0       $ 55.0   

Other

     1.4         1.4         0.1         0.1         0.3         0.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 56.4       $ 62.5       $ 55.1       $ 55.1       $ 55.3       $ 55.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities available for sale:

                 

Debt securities:

                 

U.S. Treasury and agency

   $ 80.5       $ 81.0       $ 476.2       $ 476.3       $ 10.7       $ 10.8   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

     2,388.9         2,447.8         2,289.0         2,290.6         729.9         728.1   

State and municipal

     127.8         137.7         57.6         58.2         0.3         0.3   

Corporate

     57.4         56.5         —           —           —           —     

Other

     2.6         2.3         4.5         4.5         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     2,657.2         2,725.3         2,827.3         2,829.6         740.9         739.2   

Equity securities

     0.2         0.2         1.5         1.5         0.5         0.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 2,657.4       $ 2,725.5       $ 2,828.8       $ 2,831.1       $ 741.4       $ 739.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

People’s United Financial strives to maintain an appropriate balance between loan portfolio growth and deposit funding. People’s United Financial’s management believes that, other than for transitional deployment of excess deposits or excess equity, a large securities portfolio funded with wholesale borrowings provides limited economic value.

People’s United Financial has historically utilized the securities portfolio for earnings generation (in the form of interest and dividend income), liquidity, interest rate risk management, asset diversification and tax planning. Securities available for sale are used as part of People’s United Financial’s asset/liability management strategy and may be sold in response to, or in anticipation of, factors such as changes in market conditions and interest rates, changes in security prepayment rates, liquidity considerations and regulatory capital requirements.

People’s United Financial invests in debt securities rated in the highest categories assigned by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. Management has internal guidelines for the credit quality and duration of People’s United Financial’s debt securities portfolio and monitors these on a regular basis.

At December 31, 2011, People’s United Financial’s securities available for sale portfolio totaled $2.7 billion, or 10% of total assets, compared to $2.8 billion, or 11% of total assets, at December 31, 2010 and $0.7 billion, or 3% of total assets, at December 31, 2009.

In 2011, the Company sold 15-year mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost of $507 million to reduce book value at risk due to an expected increase in prepayments and recorded gross realized gains totaling $9.1 million. Subsequently, the Company purchased short-duration agency-issued CMOs backed by collateral that is expected to exhibit lower prepayment risk.

The increase in debt securities available for sale in 2010 compared to 2009 reflects management’s decision to invest in U.S. Treasury and agency securities and government-sponsored enterprise (“GSE”) residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs in the second half of 2010 to provide the optimal balance of credit risk, yield and duration.

 

 

53


Table of Contents

In 2009, People’s United Financial sold residential mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost of $1.03 billion and recorded security gains totaling $16.9 million. Proceeds from sales occurring during 2009 were subsequently reinvested in residential mortgage-backed securities with substantially-equivalent maturities and yields. This investment portfolio repositioning was undertaken to mitigate prepayment risk.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value exceeded the amortized cost of the securities available for sale portfolio by $68.1 million and $2.3 million, respectively, while at December 31, 2009, the amortized cost exceeded the fair value of the securities available for sale portfolio by $1.7 million.

All unrealized gains and those unrealized losses representing temporary declines in value due to factors other than credit are recorded in stockholders’ equity, net of income taxes. As a result, management anticipates continued fluctuations in stockholders’ equity due to changes in the fair value of these securities, albeit on a relatively small scale due to the duration of the portfolio. The duration of the debt securities portfolio was approximately 2.8 years, 3.4 years and 4.0 years at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Lending Activities

 

People’s United Financial conducts its lending activities principally through its Commercial Banking and Retail and Business Banking business segments. People’s United Financial’s lending activities consist of originating loans secured by commercial and residential properties, and extending secured and unsecured loans to commercial and consumer customers.

Total loans increased $3.07 billion in 2011 compared to 2010 and increased $3.23 billion in 2010 compared to 2009. People’s United Financial acquired loans with a fair value of $1.87 billion in 2011 and $3.49 billion in 2010. Loans acquired in connection with business combinations beginning in 2010 are referred to as ‘acquired’ loans as a result of the manner in which they are accounted for (see further discussion under ‘Acquired Loans’ in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). All other loans are referred to as ‘originated’ loans. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the carrying amount of the acquired loan portfolio totaled $3.60 billion and $2.88 billion, respectively.

 

54


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the loan portfolio before deducting the allowance for loan losses:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010      2009      2008      2007  

Commercial Banking:

              

Commercial real estate (1)

   $ 7,172.2       $ 7,306.3       $ 5,399.4       $ 4,967.3       $ 1,885.6   

Commercial and industrial (1)

     5,352.6         3,095.6         2,805.7         2,999.5         1,618.9   

Equipment financing

     2,029.4         2,100.4         1,236.8         1,226.9         981.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial Banking

     14,554.2         12,502.3         9,441.9         9,193.7         4,486.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail:

              

Residential mortgage:

              

Adjustable-rate

     2,947.7         2,117.9         2,230.2         2,850.3         3,106.7   

Fixed-rate

     680.7         529.6         182.4         275.6         50.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total residential mortgage

     3,628.4         2,647.5         2,412.6         3,125.9         3,156.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer:

              

Home equity

     2,057.7         1,976.8         1,986.3         1,945.5         1,224.4   

Other consumer

     159.7         201.1         258.7         281.9         26.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer

     2,217.4         2,177.9         2,245.0         2,227.4         1,250.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Retail

     5,845.8         4,825.4         4,657.6         5,353.3         4,407.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 20,400.0       $ 17,327.7       $ 14,099.5       $ 14,547.0       $ 8,893.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Following the Company’s 2010 acquisitions and core system conversion, the Company undertook a portfolio review to ensure consistent classification of commercial loans in an effort to align policy across the Company’s expanded franchise and better conform to industry practice for such loans. As a result, approximately $875 million of loans secured, in part, by owner-occupied commercial properties were reclassified from commercial real estate loans to commercial and industrial loans as of March 31, 2011. The primary collateral for these loans generally consists of the borrower’s general business assets (i.e. non-real estate collateral) and the loans were underwritten principally on the basis of the adequacy of business cash flows. This reclassification is being applied prospectively as it was deemed impracticable to do so for prior periods due to the fact that the underlying loan information is no longer available as it previously resided on legacy loan systems that are no longer utilized or supported following the Company’s core system conversion.

People’s United Financial’s loan portfolio is primarily concentrated within New England with approximately 71% and 68% of the total loan portfolio representing loans to customers within the New England states at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and approximately 12% and 15% represents loans to customers in New York state at those dates.

 

55


Table of Contents

Total Loans

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

 

LOGO

The following table presents the contractual maturity of total loans as of December 31, 2011:

 

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   Commercial
Banking
     Retail      Total  

Amounts due:

        

One year or less

   $ 2,411.0       $ 39.8       $ 2,450.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

After one year:

        

One to five years

     5,444.6         280.0         5,724.6   

Over five years

     6,698.6         5,526.0         12,224.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total due after one year

     12,143.2         5,806.0         17,949.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,554.2       $ 5,845.8       $ 20,400.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents, as of December 31, 2011, loan amounts due after December 31, 2012, and whether these loans have adjustable or fixed interest rates:

 

     Interest Rate      Total  

(in millions)

   Adjustable      Fixed     

Commercial Banking

   $ 5,817.3       $ 6,325.9       $ 12,143.2   

Retail

     4,676.0         1,130.0         5,806.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans due after one year

   $ 10,493.3       $ 7,455.9       $ 17,949.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

56


Table of Contents

Commercial Banking

The Commercial Banking lending businesses include commercial real estate, commercial and industrial lending, and equipment financing.

Commercial Real Estate

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010  

Property Type:

     

Office buildings

   $ 2,130.1       $ 1,837.5   

Residential (multi-family)

     1,796.7         1,271.3   

Retail

     1,730.2         1,759.8   

Industrial/manufacturing

     499.8         670.6   

Hospitality and entertainment

     404.9         551.0   

Mixed/Special use

     237.9         590.7   

Land

     139.3         269.4   

Self storage

     129.2         151.6   

Health care

     40.0         114.2   

Other properties

     64.1         90.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   $ 7,172.2       $ 7,306.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

People’s United Financial manages the commercial real estate portfolio by limiting the concentration in any particular loan type, term, industry, or to any individual borrower. People’s United Financial’s highest loan concentration in the commercial real estate loan portfolio is in the office building sector, which represented 30% and 25% of this loan portfolio at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Commercial Real Estate Portfolio

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

 

LOGO

The commercial real estate portfolio decreased $134 million in 2011 compared to 2010, reflecting the reclassification of approximately $875 million of loans secured, in part, by owner-occupied commercial properties from commercial real estate loans to commercial and industrial loans in 2011 and a decrease in acquired commercial real estate loans, partially offset by the addition of loans acquired in connection with the Danvers acquisition completed in 2011, as well as organic growth of $756 million, or 10% of the commercial real estate portfolio. The commercial real estate portfolio increased $1.9 billion in 2010 compared to 2009, reflecting the addition of loans acquired in connection with the acquisition completed in 2010, as well as organic growth of $206 million, or 4% of the commercial real estate portfolio. Included in the commercial real estate portfolio are construction loans totaling $653 million and $1.04 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, net of the unadvanced portion of such loan totaling $281 million and $176 million, respectively. In 2011, the Company sold acquired loans with an outstanding balance of $152 million (carrying amount of $105 million) and recognized a net gain on sale of $7.5 million.

 

57


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, approximately 26% and 22%, respectively, of People’s United Financial’s commercial real estate portfolio was secured by properties located in Connecticut, and approximately 23% and 28%, respectively, was secured by properties located in New York. In addition, approximately 33% of the commercial real estate portfolio was secured by properties located in Massachusetts, Vermont and New Hampshire at December 31, 2011 compared to approximately 35% at December 31, 2010. No other state exposure was greater than 5% at December 31, 2011.

Commercial real estate is dependent on the successful operation of the related income-producing real estate. Accordingly, the income streams generated by this portfolio can be impacted by changes in the real estate market and, to a large extent, the New England and Metro New York economies. People’s United Financial continues to focus on maintaining strong asset quality standards in a competitive market generally characterized by aggressive pricing and less attractive underwriting terms. The growth and performance of this portfolio is largely dependent on the economic environment and may be adversely impacted if the economy weakens in 2012.

Commercial Real Estate Diversification

As of December 31, 2011 (percent)

 

LOGO

Commercial and Industrial

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010  

Industry:

     

Finance, insurance and real estate

   $ 1,300.0       $ 725.8   

Service

     1,087.6         658.5   

Manufacturing

     765.2         531.6   

Retail sales

     527.4         223.6   

Wholesale distribution

     522.6         254.3   

Health services

     448.1         210.0   

Construction

     209.3         145.4   

Arts/entertainment/recreation

     147.1         65.2   

Transportation/utility

     112.8         76.9   

Public administration

     86.0         63.5   

Agriculture

     24.4         29.7   

Other

     122.1         111.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial and industrial

   $ 5,352.6       $ 3,095.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial provides diversified products and services to its commercial customers, including short-term working capital credit facilities, term financing, asset-based loans, letters of credit, cash management services and commercial deposit accounts.

Commercial products are generally packaged together to create a financing solution specifically tailored to the needs of the customer. Taking a total relationship-focused approach with commercial customers to meet their financing needs has resulted in substantial growth in non-interest-bearing deposits over time, as well as in opportunities to provide other banking services to principals and employees of these commercial customers.

The borrower’s ability to repay a commercial loan is closely tied to the ongoing profitability and cash flow of the borrower’s business. Consequently, a commercial loan tends to be more directly impacted by changes in economic cycles that affect businesses generally and the borrower’s business specifically. The availability of adequate collateral is a factor in commercial loan decisions; and loans are generally collateralized and/or guaranteed by third parties.

In 2011, the commercial and industrial portfolio increased $2.3 billion compared to 2010, reflecting the reclassification of approximately $875 million of loans secured, in part, by owner-occupied commercial properties from commercial real estate loans to commercial and industrial loans in 2011, the addition of loans acquired in connection with the Danvers acquisition, as well as organic growth of $461 million, or 15% of the commercial and industrial portfolio, partially offset by a decrease in acquired commercial and industrial loans.

In 2010, the commercial and industrial portfolio increased $290 million compared to 2009, reflecting the addition of loans acquired in connection with the acquisitions completed in 2010, as well as organic growth of $210 million, or 8% of the commercial and industrial portfolio.

At December 31, 2011, the commercial and industrial portfolio included $274 million of asset-based lending loans, essentially all of which are to customers within the Company’s geographic footprint. Approximately 86% of these loans were acquired in connection with the Danvers acquisition. The commercial and industrial portfolio also includes $344 million of mortgage warehouse loans at December 31, 2011, compared to $55 million at December 31, 2010. Such loans represent lines of credit extended to a loan originator to fund a mortgage that a borrower initially used to purchase a property. The extension of credit generally lasts from the loan’s point of origination to the point when the loan is sold into the secondary market. Approximately 30% of the mortgage warehouse loans are to customers within the Company’s footprint.

At December 31, 2011, approximately 25% of the commercial and industrial loan portfolio consisted of loans to Connecticut-based businesses, compared to approximately 44% at December 31, 2010. Commercial and industrial loan exposure in the states of Vermont, Massachusetts and New Hampshire totaled approximately 50% and 37% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. No other state exposure was greater than 8%. While People’s United Financial continues to focus on asset quality, the performance of the commercial lending and industrial portfolio may be adversely impacted if the economy weakens in 2012.

 

59


Table of Contents

Commercial and Industrial Diversification

As of December 31, 2011 (percent)

 

LOGO

Commercial and Industrial Portfolio

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

 

LOGO

Equipment Financing

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010  

Industry:

     

Transportation/utility

   $ 614.7       $ 630.2   

Construction

     412.2         427.8   

Printing

     331.7         381.0   

Waste

     136.6         135.0   

General manufacturing

     134.0         176.4   

Retail sales

     114.3         103.6   

Packaging

     92.1         89.9   

Wholesale distribution

     49.3         35.1   

Service

     47.9         43.9   

Health services

     41.6         21.8   

Food services

     32.3         30.6   

Other

     22.7         25.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equipment financing

   $ 2,029.4       $ 2,100.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

60


Table of Contents

PCLC and PUEFC provide equipment financing for customers in all 50 states, specializing in financing for the transportation/utility, construction, printing and general manufacturing industries. PCLC will buy or sell portions of financing transactions in the secondary market to manage the concentration risk of its overall portfolio. In addition, PCLC provides customers with the option to lease equipment. Substantially the entire equipment financing portfolio (approximately 97% and 96% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively) involves customers outside of New England. At December 31, 2011, approximately 33% of the equipment financing portfolio consisted of loans to customers located in Texas, California and New York and no other state exposure was greater than 6%.

The equipment financing portfolio decreased $71 million in 2011 compared to 2010, reflecting organic loan growth of $300 million, offset by a $371 million, or 54%, decrease in the PUEFC acquired loan portfolio since December 31, 2010. Operating on a national scale, equipment financing represented 14% of the Commercial Banking loan portfolio at December 31, 2011 compared to 17% at December 31, 2010. While People’s United Financial continues to focus on asset quality, the performance of the equipment financing portfolio may be adversely impacted if the economy weakens in 2012.

Equipment Financing Diversification

As of December 31, 2011 (percent)

 

LOGO

Equipment Financing Portfolio

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

 

LOGO

 

61


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth the contractual maturity (based on final payment date) and interest rate sensitivity (based on next repricing date) of People’s United Financial’s commercial and industrial loans and construction loans:

 

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   One Year
or Less
     After One
Year Through
Five Years
     After
Five Years
     Total  

Contractual maturity:

           

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 1,481.7       $ 1,800.3       $ 2,070.6       $ 5,352.6   

Construction loans:

           

Commercial real estate

     374.5         148.2         129.9         652.6   

Residential mortgage

     3.7         50.4         0.9         55.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,859.9       $ 1,998.9       $ 2,201.4       $ 6,060.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   One Year
or Less
     After One
Year Through
Five Years
     After
Five Years
     Total  

Interest rate sensitivity:

           

Variable rates

   $ 3,093.7       $ 579.9       $ 175.5       $ 3,849.1   

Predetermined rates

     466.6         754.9         989.6         2,211.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,560.3       $ 1,334.8       $ 1,165.1       $ 6,060.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential Mortgage Lending

People’s United Financial offers its customers a wide range of residential mortgage loan products. These include conventional fixed-rate loans, jumbo fixed-rate loans (loans with principal balances greater than established Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae limits), adjustable-rate loans, sometimes referred to as ARM loans, interest-only loans (loans where payments made by the borrower consist of only interest for a set period of time, before the payments change to principal and interest), as well as Federal Housing Administration insured loans and various state housing finance authority loans. People’s United Financial originates these loans through its network of branches and calling officers, as well as in the wholesale market.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, approximately 92% and 87%, respectively, of the residential mortgage loan portfolio was secured by properties located in New England. At December 31, 2011, the residential mortgage loan portfolio included $547 million of interest-only loans of which $24 million are stated income loans, compared to $447 million and $59 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010. See Asset Quality for further discussion of interest-only and stated income loans. Also included in residential mortgage loans are construction loans totaling $55 million and $94 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

People’s United Financial’s residential mortgage originations totaled $1.2 billion in both 2011 and 2010 and $1.3 billion in 2009. The mix and volume of residential mortgage loan originations vary in response to changes in market interest rates and customer preferences. Adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans accounted for 61% of total residential mortgage originations in 2011, compared to 20% in 2010 and 13% in 2009.

In 2011, adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans increased $830 million compared to 2010, reflecting the addition of loans acquired in connection with the Danvers acquisition, as well as organic growth of $777 million, or 37% of adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans. In 2010, adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans decreased $112 million compared to 2009, reflecting People’s United Financial’s past practice, through May 2010, of selling essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans. Fixed-rate residential mortgage loans increased $151 million in 2011 compared to 2010 and increased $347 million in 2010 compared to 2009. These increases reflect the addition of the acquisitions completed in 2011 and 2010, as well as organic growth of $82 million, or 15% of fixed-rate residential mortgage loans in 2011, and $184 million, or 101% of fixed-rate residential mortgage loans in 2010.

 

62


Table of Contents

Historically, People’s United Financial held virtually all of the adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans that it originated on its balance sheet and has sold virtually all of the fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that it originated into the secondary market. In 2006, People’s United Financial completed a reassessment of its pricing with respect to adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans in light of the prevailing interest rate environment at that time. As a result, People’s United Financial made the decision in the fourth quarter of 2006 to sell essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans. People’s United Financial continued to actively offer residential mortgage loans of all types through its extensive distribution system and, in May 2010, People’s United Financial made the decision to retain in its portfolio most of its originated adjustable-rate and fixed-rate residential mortgage loans. The Company currently retains in its portfolio most of its originated adjustable-rate and 10-year fixed-rate residential mortgage loans.

People’s United Financial’s loan loss experience within the residential mortgage portfolio continues to be primarily attributable to a small number of loans. The continued performance of the residential mortgage loan portfolio in 2012 may be adversely impacted by the level and direction of interest rates, consumer preferences and the regional economy.

Residential Mortgage Originations

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

 

LOGO

Residential Mortgage Originations by Product

Year ended December 31, 2011 (percent)

 

LOGO

 

63


Table of Contents

Consumer Lending

People’s United Financial offers home equity lines of credit and home equity loans, and to a lesser extent, other forms of installment and revolving credit loans. Future growth of People’s United Financial’s consumer loan portfolio is highly dependent upon economic conditions, the interest rate environment and competitors’ strategies.

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010  

Home equity lines of credit

   $ 1,862.3       $ 1,759.2   

Home equity loans

     195.4         217.6   

Indirect auto

     117.0         155.2   

Other loans

     42.7         45.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer

   $ 2,217.4       $ 2,177.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The consumer loan portfolio increased $40 million in 2011, reflecting the addition of loans acquired in connection with the Danvers acquisition, as well as organic growth of $16 million in the home equity portfolios, partially offset by a decrease of $38 million in indirect auto loans. At both December 31, 2011 and 2010, approximately 96% of the consumer loan portfolio was to customers located in New England.

 

Asset Quality

 

Recent Trends

The past several years have been marked by significant volatility in the financial and capital markets initially brought about by the fallout associated with the subprime mortgage market. This disruption led to significant credit and liquidity concerns, which resulted in government intervention within the banking sector and a substantial decline in activity within the secondary mortgage market. All of these issues have been further exacerbated by an accelerated softening of the real estate market, a worsening recessionary economic environment and, in turn, weakness within the commercial sector.

While People’s United Financial continues to adhere to prudent underwriting standards, the loan portfolio is geographically diverse and, therefore, is not immune to potential negative consequences arising as a result of general economic weakness and, in particular, a prolonged downturn in the housing market on a national scale. Decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral for loans. In addition, adverse changes in the economy could have a negative effect on the ability of borrowers to make scheduled loan payments, which would likely have an adverse impact on earnings. Further, an increase in loan delinquencies may serve to decrease net interest income and adversely impact loan loss experience, resulting in an increased provision and allowance for loan losses.

People’s United Financial actively manages asset quality through its underwriting practices and collection operations. Underwriting practices tend to focus on optimizing the return of a given risk classification while collection operations focus on minimizing losses once an account becomes delinquent. People’s United Financial attempts to minimize losses associated with commercial banking loans by requiring borrowers to pledge adequate collateral and/or provide for third-party guarantees. Loss mitigation within the residential mortgage loan portfolio is highly dependent on the value of the underlying real estate.

 

64


Table of Contents

During the recent credit cycle, People’s United Financial has experienced an increase in the number of loan modification requests. Certain originated loans whose terms have been modified are considered TDRs. Acquired loans that are modified are not considered for TDR classification because they are evaluated for impairment on a pool basis. Originated loans are considered TDRs if the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and is afforded a concession by People’s United Financial, such as, but not limited to: (i) payment deferral; (ii) a reduction of the stated interest rate for the remaining contractual life of the loan; (iii) an extension of the loan’s original contractual term at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk; (iv) capitalization of interest; or (v) forgiveness of principal or interest. Generally, TDRs are placed on non-accrual status (and reported as non-performing loans) until the loan qualifies for return to accrual status. Loans qualify for return to accrual status once they have demonstrated performance with the restructured terms of the loan agreement for a minimum of six months. Loans may continue to be reported as TDRs after they are returned to accrual status.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, we performed 24 loan modifications that were not classified as TDRs. In each case, we concluded that the modification did not result in the granting of a concession based on one or more of the following considerations: (i) the receipt of additional collateral (the nature and amount of which was deemed to serve as adequate compensation for other terms of the restructuring) and/or guarantees; (ii) the borrower having access to funds at a market rate for debt with similar risk characteristics as the restructured debt; and (iii) the restructuring resulting in a delay in payment that is insignificant in relation to the other terms of the obligation. See Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional disclosures relating to TDRs.

Portfolio Risk Elements – Residential Mortgage Lending

People’s United Financial does not engage in subprime mortgage lending, which has been the riskiest sector of the residential housing market. People’s United Financial has virtually no exposure to subprime loans, or to similarly high-risk Alt-A loans and structured investment vehicles.

At December 31, 2011, the loan portfolio included $547 million of interest-only residential mortgage loans, of which $24 million are stated income loans. People’s United Financial began originating interest-only residential mortgage loans in March 2003. The underwriting guidelines and requirements for such loans are generally more restrictive than those applied to other types of residential mortgage loans. In general, People’s United Financial’s underwriting guidelines for residential mortgage loans require the following: (i) properties must be single-family and owner-occupied primary residences; (ii) lower loan-to-value ratios (less than 60% on average); (iii) higher credit scores (greater than 700 on average); and (iv) sufficient post closing reserves. People’s United Financial has not originated interest-only residential mortgage loans that permit negative amortization or optional payment amounts. Amortization of an interest-only residential mortgage loan begins after the initial interest rate changes (e.g. after 5 years for a 5/1 adjustable-rate mortgage).

Stated income loans, which People’s United Financial has not offered since mid-2007, represent a form of reduced documentation loan that requires a potential borrower to complete a standard mortgage application with full verification of the borrower’s asset information as contained in the loan application, but no verification of the provided income information. As with interest-only loans, underwriting guidelines for stated income loans require properties to be single-family and owner-occupied primary residences with lower loan-to-value ratios and higher credit scores. In addition, stated income loans require the receipt of an appraisal for the real estate used as collateral and a credit report on the prospective borrower.

Updated property values are obtained from an independent third-party for residential mortgage loans 90 days past due. At December 31, 2011, non-performing residential mortgage loans totaling $7.1 million had current loan-to-value ratios of more than 100%.

 

65


Table of Contents

Several of the nation’s largest residential mortgage loan servicers have come under the scrutiny of state attorneys general and various regulatory authorities, in light of allegations of “robo-signing” (signing foreclosure affidavits without an appropriate review) and other issues related to their foreclosure practices. In light of these developments, the Company has reviewed its foreclosure policies and procedures and found no systemic concerns or instances of “robo-signing” with respect to its loan servicing activities. We believe that our established procedures for reviewing foreclosure affidavits and validating information contained in related loan documentation are sound and consistently applied, and that our foreclosure affidavits are accurate. As a result, People’s United Bank has not found it necessary to interrupt or suspend foreclosure proceedings. We have also considered the effect of representations and warranties that we made to third-party investors in connection with whole loan sales, and believe our representations and warranties were true and correct and do not expose People’s United Bank to any material loss.

During 2011, we repurchased from GSEs and other third-party investors a total of 20 residential mortgage loans that we had previously sold to such parties. The total balance of the loans at the time of repurchase was $3.5 million and we incurred $0.3 million in related fees and expenses. During that same time period, we issued investor refunds and/or make-whole payments, including payments under contractual obligations as a result of early payoffs, totaling $0.7 million related to 21 loans. Based on the limited number of repurchase requests we have historically received, the immaterial cost associated with such repurchase requests, and management’s view that this past experience is consistent with our current and near-term estimate of such exposure, the Company has not established a related liability.

The aforementioned foreclosure issues and the potential for additional legal and regulatory action could impact future foreclosure activities, including lengthening the time required for residential mortgage lenders, including People’s United Bank, to initiate and complete the foreclosure process. In recent years, foreclosure timelines have increased as a result of, among other reasons: (i) delays associated with the significant increase in the number of foreclosure cases as a result of the economic crisis; (ii) additional consumer protection initiatives related to the foreclosure process; and (iii) voluntary and/or mandatory programs intended to permit or require lenders to consider loan modifications or other alternatives to foreclosure. Further increases in the foreclosure timeline may have an adverse effect on collateral values and our ability to minimize losses.

Portfolio Risk Elements – Home Equity Lending

The majority of our home equity lines of credit (“HELOCs”) have an initial draw period of 9  1 / 2 years followed by a 20-year repayment phase. During the initial draw period, interest-only payments are required, after which the disbursed balance is fully amortized over a 20-year repayment term. HELOCs carry variable rates indexed to the Prime Rate with a lifetime interest rate ceiling and floor, and are secured by first or second liens on the borrower’s primary residence. The rate used to qualify borrowers is the Prime Rate plus 5.00%, even though the initial rate may be substantially lower. The maximum loan-to-value ratio is 80% on a single-family property, 70% on a two-family property and 65% on a condominium. Lower loan-to-value ratios are required on larger line amounts. The minimum FICO credit score is 680. The borrower has the ability to convert the entire balance or a portion of the balance to a fixed-rate term loan during the draw period. There is a limit of three term loans that must be fully amortized over a term not to exceed the original HELOC maturity date.

A smaller portion of our HELOC portfolio has an initial draw period of 10 years with a variable-rate interest-only payment, after which there is a 5-year amortization period. An additional small portion of our HELOC portfolio has a 5-year draw period which, at our discretion, may be renewed for an additional 5-year interest-only draw period.

 

66


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2011, the amount of HELOCs scheduled to have the draw period end during the years shown:

 

December 31, (in millions)

   Credit Lines  

2012

   $ 123.8   

2013

     275.2   

2014

     356.7   

2015

     387.8   

2016

     391.4   

Later years

     2,127.8   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,662.7   
  

 

 

 

Essentially all of our HELOCs (98%) are presently in their draw period. Our default and delinquency statistics indicate a higher level of occurrence for converted amortizing payment loans when compared to HELOCs that are still in the draw period.

Delinquency statistics for the HELOC portfolio at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

     Portfolio
Balance
     Delinquencies  

(dollars in millions)

      Amount      Percent  

HELOC status:

        

Still in draw period

   $ 1,826.5       $ 28.4         1.55

Amortizing payment

     35.8         2.0         5.59   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the three months ended December 31, 2011, approximately 35% of our borrowers with balances outstanding under HELOCs paid only the minimum amount due.

The majority of our home equity loan (“HEL”) portfolio fully amortizes over terms ranging from 5 to 20 years. HELs are limited to first or second liens on a borrower’s primary residence. The maximum loan-to-value ratio is 80% on a single-family property, 70% on a two-family property and 65% on a condominium. Lower loan-to-value ratios are required on larger line amounts.

We are not able, at this time, to develop statistics for the entire HEL portfolio with respect to first liens serviced by third parties that have priority over our junior liens, as lien position data has not historically been captured on our loan servicing systems. As of December 31, 2011, full and complete first lien position data was not readily available for approximately 88% of the HEL portfolio. Effective January 2011, we began tracking lien position data for all new originations and our Collections Department continues to add lien position data once a loan reaches 75 days past due in connection with our updated assessment of combined loan-to-value (“CLTV”) exposure, which takes place for loans 90 days past due. In addition, when we are notified that the holder of a superior lien has commenced a foreclosure action, our home equity account is identified in the collections system for ongoing monitoring of the legal action. As of December 31, 2011, the portion of the HEL portfolio greater than 90 days past due with a CLTV greater than 80% was $8.2 million.

When the first lien is held by a third party, we can, in some cases, obtain an indication that a first lien is in default through information reported to credit bureaus. However, because more than one mortgage may be reported in a borrower’s credit report and there may not be a corresponding property address associated with reported mortgages, we are often unable to associate a specific first lien with our junior lien. As of December 31, 2011, there were 64 loans totaling $4.0 million for which we have received notification that the holder of a superior lien has commenced foreclosure action. For 21 of the loans (totaling $0.9 million), our second lien position was performing at the time such foreclosure action was commenced. The total estimated loss related to those 21 loans was $0.4 million as of December 31, 2011. It is important to note that the percentage of new home equity originations for which we hold the first lien has increased steadily from approximately 40% in 2009 to approximately 60% in 2011.

 

67


Table of Contents

We believe there are several factors that serve to mitigate the potential risk associated with the limitations on available first lien data. Most importantly, our underwriting guidelines for home equity loans, which have been, and continue to be, consistently applied, generally require the following: (i) properties located within our geographic footprint; (ii) lower loan-to-value ratios; and (iii) higher credit scores. Notwithstanding the maximum loan-to-value ratios and minimum FICO scores discussed previously, actual loan-to-value ratios at origination were less than 60% on average and current FICO scores of our borrowers are greater than 750 on average. In addition, as of December 31, 2011, approximately 72% of the portfolio balance relates to originations that occurred since 2005, which is generally recognized as the peak of the recent housing bubble. We believe these factors are a primary reason for the portfolio’s relatively low level of non-performing loans and net loan charge-offs, both in terms of absolute dollars and as a percentage of average loans.

Each month, all home equity and second mortgage loans greater than 180 days past due (regardless of our lien position) are analyzed in order to determine the amount by which the balance outstanding (including any amount subject to a first lien) exceeds the underlying collateral value. To the extent a shortfall exists, a charge-off is recognized. This charge-off activity is reflected in our established allowance for loan losses for home equity and second mortgage loans as part of the component attributable to historical portfolio loss experience, which considers losses incurred over the most recent 12-month period. While the limitations on available first lien data could impact the accuracy of our loan loss estimates, we believe that our methodology results in an allowance for loan losses that appropriately estimates the inherent probable losses within the portfolio, including those loans originated prior to January 2011 for which certain lien position data is not available.

Portfolio Risk Elements – Commercial Real Estate Lending

In general, construction loans originated by People’s United Financial are used to finance improvements to commercial, industrial or residential property. Repayment is typically derived from the sale of the property as a whole, the sale of smaller individual units, or by a take-out from a permanent mortgage. The term of the construction period generally does not exceed two years. Loan commitments are based on established construction budgets which represent an estimate of total costs to complete the proposed project, including both hard (direct) costs (building materials, labor, etc.) and soft (indirect) costs (legal and architectural fees, etc.). In addition, project costs may include an appropriate level of interest reserve to carry the project through to completion. If established, such interest reserves are determined based on: (i) a percentage of the committed loan amount; (ii) the loan term; and (iii) the applicable interest rate. Regardless of whether a loan contains an interest reserve, the total project cost statement serves as the basis for underwriting and determining which items will be funded by the loan and which items will be funded through borrower equity.

Construction loans are funded, at the request of the borrower, not more than once per month, based on the extent of work completed, and are monitored, throughout the life of the project, by an independent professional construction engineer and the Company’s commercial real estate lending department. Interest is advanced to the borrower, upon request, based upon the progress of the project toward completion. The amount of interest advanced is added to the total outstanding principal under the loan commitment. Should the project not progress as scheduled, the adequacy of the interest reserve necessary to carry the project through to completion is subject to close monitoring by management. Should the interest reserve be deemed to be inadequate, the borrower is required to fund the deficiency. Similarly, once a loan is fully funded, the borrower is required to fund all interest payments.

People’s United Financial’s construction loan portfolio totaled $653 million (approximately 3% of total loans) at December 31, 2011. The total committed amount at that date, including both the outstanding balance and the unadvanced portion of such loans, totaled $933 million. In some cases, a portion of the total committed amount includes an accompanying interest reserve. At December 31, 2011, construction loans totaling $223 million had remaining available interest reserves totaling $20 million. At that date, the Company had construction loans with interest reserves totaling $1 million that were on non-accrual status and included in non-performing loans.

 

68


Table of Contents

The recent economic downturn has resulted in an increase in the number of extension requests for commercial real estate and construction loans, some of which have related repayment guarantees. Modifications of originated commercial real estate loans involving maturity extensions are evaluated according to the Company’s normal underwriting standards and are classified as TDRs if the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and is afforded a concession by People’s United Financial similar to those discussed previously. People’s United Financial had approximately $18 million of restructured construction loans as of December 31, 2011.

An extension may be granted to allow for the completion of the project, marketing or sales of completed units, or to provide for permanent financing, and is based on a re-underwriting of the loan and management’s assessment of the borrower’s ability to perform according to the agreed-upon terms. Typically, at the time of an extension, borrowers are performing in accordance with contractual loan terms. Extension terms generally do not exceed 12 to 18 months and typically require that the borrower provide additional economic support in the form of partial repayment, additional collateral or guarantees. In cases where the fair value of the collateral or the financial resources of the borrower are deemed insufficient to repay the loan, reliance may be placed on the support of a guarantee, if applicable. However, such guarantees are never considered the sole source of repayment.

People’s United Financial evaluates the financial condition of guarantors based on the most current financial information available. Most often, such information takes the form of (i) personal financial statements of net worth, cash flow statements and tax returns (for individual guarantors) and (ii) financial and operating statements, tax returns and financial projections (for legal entity guarantors). The Company’s evaluation is primarily focused on various key financial metrics, including net worth, leverage ratios and liquidity. It is the Company’s policy to update such information annually, or more frequently as warranted, over the life of the loan.

While People’s United Financial does not specifically track the frequency with which it has pursued guarantor performance under a guarantee, the Company’s underwriting process, both at origination and upon extension, as applicable, includes an assessment of the guarantor’s reputation, creditworthiness and willingness to perform. Historically, when the Company has found it necessary to seek performance under a guarantee, it has been able to effectively mitigate its losses.

In considering the impairment status of such loans, an evaluation is made of the collateral and future cash flow of the borrower as well as the anticipated support of any repayment guarantor. In the event that the guarantor is unwilling or unable to perform, a legal remedy is pursued. When performance under the loan terms is deemed to be uncertain, including performance of the guarantor, all or a portion of the loan may be charged-off, typically based on the fair value of the collateral securing the loan.

Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance for loan losses when realized.

People’s United Financial maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that is deemed to be appropriate to absorb probable losses inherent in the respective loan portfolios, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: (i) People’s United Financial’s historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; (ii) risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, and equipment financing loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by People’s United Financial’s independent loan review function; (iii) an evaluation of delinquent and non-performing loans and related collateral values; (iv) the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; (v) the present financial condition of borrowers; and (vi) current economic conditions.

 

69


Table of Contents

For a more detailed discussion of the Company’s allowance for loan losses methodology and related policies, see Critical Accounting Policies.

Acquired loans that have evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination and for which it is probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments will not be collected are initially recorded at fair value without recording an allowance for loan losses. Fair value of the loans is determined using market participant assumptions in estimating the amount and timing of both principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected, as adjusted for an estimate of future credit losses and prepayments, and then applying a market-based discount rate to those cash flows. Acquired loans are generally accounted for on a pool basis, with pools formed based on the loans’ common risk characteristics, such as loan collateral type and accrual status. Each pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows.

Under the accounting model for acquired loans, the excess of cash flows expected to be collected over the carrying amount of the loans, referred to as the “accretable yield”, is accreted into interest income over the life of the loans in each pool using the effective yield method. Accordingly, acquired loans are not subject to classification as non-accrual in the same manner as originated loans. Rather, acquired loans are considered to be accruing loans because their interest income relates to the accretable yield recognized at the pool level and not to contractual interest payments at the loan level. The difference between contractually required principal and interest payments and the cash flows expected to be collected, referred to as the “nonaccretable difference”, includes estimates of both the impact of prepayments and future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loans in each pool. As such, charge-offs on acquired loans are first applied to the nonaccretable difference and then to any allowance for loan losses recognized subsequent to acquisition. A decrease in expected cash flows in subsequent periods may indicate that the loan pool is impaired which would require the establishment of an allowance for loan losses by a charge to the provision for loan losses. At December 31, 2011, the allowance for loan losses on acquired loans was $7.4 million (none at December 31, 2010).

Selected asset quality metrics presented below distinguish between the ‘originated’ portfolio and the ‘acquired’ portfolio. All loans acquired in connection with acquisitions beginning in 2010 comprise the acquired loan portfolio; all other loans of the Company comprise the originated portfolio, including originations subsequent to the respective acquisition dates.

 

 

70


Table of Contents

Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses

The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses and ratios:

 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Allowance for loan losses on originated loans:

          

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 172.5      $ 172.5      $ 157.5      $ 72.7      $ 74.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs:

          

Commercial Banking:

          

Commercial real estate

     (21.7     (27.5     (10.9     (3.4     —     

Commercial and industrial

     (12.6     (14.3     (9.8     (5.6     (7.0

Equipment financing

     (9.0     (9.5     (8.8     (1.5     (1.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (43.3     (51.3     (29.5     (10.5     (8.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retail:

          

Residential mortgage

     (7.4     (4.3     (5.4     (1.5     —     

Home equity

     (3.8     (3.8     (3.5     (1.0     (0.4

Other consumer

     (3.6     (5.3     (7.1     (6.2     (2.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (14.8     (13.4     (16.0     (8.7     (2.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     (58.1     (64.7     (45.5     (19.2     (11.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

          

Commercial Banking:

          

Commercial real estate

     0.5        0.8        0.3        0.2        0.1   

Commercial and industrial

     1.0        1.0        1.0        1.3        0.3   

Equipment financing

     0.2        0.3        0.2        0.3        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1.7        2.1        1.5        1.8        0.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retail:

          

Residential mortgage

     1.0        0.6        0.2        0.4        0.6   

Home equity

     0.4        0.4        0.2        0.1        0.1   

Other consumer

     1.7        1.6        1.6        2.0        1.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     3.1        2.6        2.0        2.5        1.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     4.8        4.7        3.5        4.3        2.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loan charge-offs

     (53.3     (60.0     (42.0     (14.9     (9.3

Provision for loan losses

     56.3        60.0        57.0        26.2        8.0   

Allowance recorded in the Chittenden acquisition

     —          —          —          73.5        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 175.5      $ 172.5      $ 172.5      $ 157.5      $ 72.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses on acquired loans:

          

Balance at beginning of period

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Provision for loan losses

     7.4        —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 7.4      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses on originated loans as a percentage of:

          

Originated loans

     1.04     1.19     1.22     1.08     0.82

Originated non-performing loans

     59.7        70.3        102.2        186.8        357.8   

Commercial banking allowance for loan losses as
a percentage of originated commercial banking loans

     1.39        1.61        1.72        1.61        1.58   

Retail allowance for loan losses as a percentage of
originated retail loans

     0.29        0.25        0.14        0.11        0.04   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

The provision for loan losses on originated loans in 2011 totaled $56.3 million, reflecting $53.3 million in net loan charge-offs (including $19.6 million against previously established specific reserves) and an increase in the originated allowance for loan losses in response to loan growth in the commercial and residential mortgage loan portfolios. The provision for loan losses on acquired loans in 2011 reflects loan impairment attributable to certain acquired loans. The provision for loan losses in 2010 totaled $60.0 million, reflecting $60.0 million in net loan charge-offs. Commercial real estate loan charge-offs in 2010 include (i) two construction loans totaling $9.8 million, both of which carried specific reserves totaling $9.0 million, and (ii) partial charge-offs totaling $4.8 million related to two shared national credits. Commercial and industrial charge-offs in 2010 include a $6.0 million partial charge-off of a single commercial and industrial loan. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of originated loans was 1.04% at December 31, 2011 and 1.19% at December 31, 2010.

Loan Charge-Offs

The Company’s charge-off policies, which comply with standards established by banking regulators, are consistently applied from period to period. Charge-offs are recorded on a monthly basis. Partially charged-off loans continue to be evaluated on a monthly basis and additional charge-offs or loan loss provisions may be recorded on the remaining loan balance based on the same criteria.

For unsecured consumer loans, charge-offs are generally recorded when the loan is deemed to be uncollectible or 120 days past due, whichever occurs first. For consumer loans secured by real estate, including residential mortgage loans, charge-offs are generally recorded when the loan is deemed to be uncollectible or 180 days past due, whichever occurs first, unless it can be clearly demonstrated that repayment will occur regardless of the delinquency status. Factors that demonstrate an ability to repay may include: (i) a loan that is secured by adequate collateral and is in the process of collection; (ii) a loan supported by a valid guarantee or insurance; or (iii) a loan supported by a valid claim against a solvent estate.

For commercial banking loans, a charge-off is recorded when the Company determines that it will not collect all amounts contractually due based on the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell, or the present value of expected future cash flows.

The decision whether to charge-off all or a portion of a loan rather than to record a specific or general loss allowance is based on an assessment of all available information which aids in determining the loan’s net realizable value. Typically this involves consideration of both (i) the fair value of any collateral securing the loan, including whether the estimate of fair value has been derived from an appraisal or other market information, and (ii) other factors affecting the likelihood of repayment, including the existence of guarantees and insurance. If the amount by which the Company’s recorded investment in the loan exceeds its net realizable value is deemed to be a confirmed loss, a charge-off is recorded. Otherwise, a specific or general reserve is established, as applicable.

Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans equaled 0.28% in 2011, 0.40% in 2010 and 0.29% in 2009. The comparatively low level of net loan charge-offs in recent years, in terms of absolute dollars and as a percentage of average loans, may not be sustainable in the future.

 

72


Table of Contents

Net Loan Charge-Offs (Recoveries) as a Percentage of Average Total Loans

 

Years ended December 31

   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Commercial Banking:

          

Commercial real estate

     0.30     0.48     0.20     0.07     (0.01 )% 

Commercial and industrial

     0.26        0.47        0.31        0.15        0.44   

Equipment financing

     0.44        0.44        0.70        0.12        0.19   

Retail:

          

Residential mortgage

     0.21        0.15        0.19        0.03        (0.02

Home equity

     0.17        0.17        0.17        0.05        0.02   

Other consumer

     0.93        1.57        1.90        1.44        3.89   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total portfolio

     0.28     0.40     0.29     0.10     0.10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents, by class of loan, the allocation of the allowance for loan losses on originated loans and the percentage of loans in each class to total loans:

 

    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

As of December 31

(dollars in millions)

  Amount     Percent
of Loan
Portfolio
    Amount     Percent
of Loan
Portfolio
    Amount     Percent
of Loan
Portfolio
    Amount     Percent
of Loan
Portfolio
    Amount     Percent
of Loan
Portfolio
 

Commercial Banking:

                   

Commercial real estate

  $ 70.5        35.2   $ 82.0        42.2   $ 91.0        38.3   $ 84.7        34.2   $ 27.9        21.2

Commercial and industrial

    69.4        26.2        53.2        17.9        52.8        19.9        54.0        20.6        24.7        18.2   

Equipment financing

    20.5        9.9        26.3        12.1        21.8        8.8        12.7        8.4        18.3        11.0   

Retail:

                   

Residential mortgage

    8.8        17.8        5.8        15.3        4.0        17.1        2.8        21.5        0.7        35.5   

Home equity

    4.3        10.1        2.7        11.4        1.8        14.1        1.7        13.4        0.5        13.8   

Other consumer

    2.0        0.8        2.5        1.1        1.1        1.8        1.6        1.9        0.6        0.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total originated allowance for loan losses

  $ 175.5        100.0   $ 172.5        100.0   $ 172.5        100.0   $ 157.5        100.0   $ 72.7        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The allocation of the allowance for loan losses on originated loans at December 31, 2011 reflects management’s assessment of credit risk and probable loss within each portfolio. This assessment is based on a variety of internal and external factors including, but not limited to, the likelihood and severity of loss, portfolio growth and related risk characteristics, and current economic conditions. With respect to the originated portfolio, an allocation of a portion of the allowance to one loan segment does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in another loan segment. Management believes that the level of the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2011 is appropriate to cover probable losses.

Non-Performing Assets

A loan is generally considered “non-performing” when it is placed on non-accrual status. A loan is generally placed on non-accrual status when it becomes 90 days past due as to interest or principal payments. Past due status is based on the contractual payment terms of the loan. A loan may be placed on non-accrual status before it reaches 90 days past due if such loan has been identified as presenting uncertainty with respect to the collectibility of interest and principal. A loan past due 90 days or more may remain on accruing status if such loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest totaled $1.2 million and $11.8 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively (none at December 31, 2011).

 

73


Table of Contents

All previously accrued but unpaid interest on non-accrual loans is reversed from interest income in the period in which the accrual of interest is discontinued. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans (including impaired loans) are generally applied as a reduction of principal if future collections are doubtful, although such interest payments may be recognized as income. A loan remains on non-accrual status until the factors that indicated doubtful collectability no longer exist or until a loan is determined to be uncollectible and is charged off against the allowance for loan losses.

Non-Performing Assets

 

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Originated non-performing loans:

          

Commercial Banking:

          

Commercial real estate

   $ 106.7      $ 82.5      $ 72.4      $ 29.8      $ 3.7   

Commercial and industrial

     59.2        38.2        17.4        21.1        1.3   

Equipment financing

     42.9        36.0        20.6        5.8        3.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     208.8        156.7        110.4        56.7        8.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retail:

          

Residential mortgage

     68.9        78.8        52.7        24.2        8.9   

Home equity

     15.8        9.1        5.3        2.8        3.1   

Other consumer

     0.3        0.6        0.4        0.6        0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     85.0        88.5        58.4        27.6        12.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total originated non-performing loans (1)

     293.8        245.2        168.8        84.3        20.3   

REO

     26.8        39.8        23.9        7.0        3.2   

Repossessed assets

     16.1        18.1        12.9        2.4        2.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

   $ 336.7      $ 303.1      $ 205.6      $ 93.7      $ 26.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Originated non-performing loans as a percentage of originated loans

     1.75     1.70     1.20     0.58     0.23

Non-performing assets as a percentage of:

          

Originated loans, REO and repossessed assets

     2.00        2.09        1.45        0.64        0.29   

Tangible stockholders’ equity and allowance for loan losses

     10.44        8.84        5.47        2.47        0.59   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Reported net of government guarantees totaling $12.1 million, $9.4 million, $8.3 million and $6.5 million at December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively (none at December 31, 2007). These government guarantees relate, almost entirely, to guarantees provided by the Small Business Administration as well as selected other federal agencies and represent the carrying value of the loans that are covered by such guarantees, the extent of which (i.e. full or partial) varies by loan. At December 31, 2011, the principal loan classes to which these government guarantees relate are commercial and industrial loans (approximately 85%) and commercial real estate loans (approximately 15%).

The preceding table excludes acquired loans that are (i) accounted for as purchased credit impaired loans or (ii) covered by an FDIC loss-share agreement totaling $235 million and $14 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011 and $342 million and $18 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010 (none in prior periods). Such loans meet People’s United Financial’s definition of a non-performing loan but are excluded given that the risk of credit loss has been considered by virtue of our estimate of acquisition-date fair value and/or the existence of an FDIC loss-share agreement. The discounts arising from recording these loans at fair value were due, in part, to credit quality. The acquired loans are generally accounted for on a pool basis and the accretable yield on the pools is being recognized as interest income over the life of the loans based on expected cash flows at the pool level.

 

74


Table of Contents

Total non-performing assets increased $33.6 million from December 31, 2010 and equaled 2.00% of originated loans, REO and repossessed assets at December 31, 2011. The increase in total non-performing assets from December 31, 2010 reflects increases in non-performing commercial real estate loans of $24.2 million, non-performing commercial and industrial loans of $21.0 million, non-performing equipment financing loans of $6.9 million and non-performing consumer loans of $6.4 million, essentially offset by decreases in non-performing residential mortgage loans of $9.9 million, REO of $13.0 million and repossessed assets of $2.0 million. Included in non-performing commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2011 is a previously disclosed loan with a remaining balance of $23 million that was placed on non-accrual status during the second quarter of 2011.

All loans and REO acquired in the Butler Bank acquisition are subject to an FDIC loss-share agreement. The loss-share agreement provides for coverage by the FDIC, up to certain limits, on all such ‘covered assets’. The FDIC is obligated to reimburse the Company for 80% of any future losses on covered assets up to $34.0 million. The Company will reimburse the FDIC for 80% of recoveries with respect to losses for which the FDIC paid the Company 80% reimbursement under the loss-sharing coverage.

In addition to the originated non-performing loans discussed above, People’s United Financial has also identified approximately $598 million in originated potential problem loans at December 31, 2011. Originated potential problem loans represent loans that are currently performing, but for which known information about possible credit deterioration on the part of the related borrowers causes management to have concerns as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with contractual loan repayment terms and which may result in the disclosure of such loans as non-performing at some time in the future. The originated potential problem loans are generally loans that, although performing, have been classified as “substandard” in accordance with People’s United Financial’s loan rating system, which is consistent with guidelines established by banking regulators.

At December 31, 2011, originated potential problem loans consisted of $254 million of commercial and industrial loans, $237 million of commercial real estate loans and $107 million of equipment financing loans. Such loans are closely monitored by management and have remained in performing status for a variety of reasons including, but not limited to, delinquency status, borrower payment history and fair value of the underlying collateral. Management cannot predict the extent to which economic conditions may worsen or whether other factors may adversely impact the ability of these borrowers to make payments. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that originated potential problem loans will not become 90 days or more past due, be placed on non-accrual status, be restructured, or require additional provisions for loan losses.

The levels of non-performing assets and potential problem loans are expected to fluctuate in response to changing economic and market conditions, and the relative sizes of the respective loan portfolios, along with management’s degree of success in resolving problem assets. Management takes a proactive approach with respect to the identification and resolution of problem loans. However, given the current state of the U.S. economy and, more specifically, the real estate market, the level of non-performing assets may continue to increase in 2012.

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements

 

Detailed discussions pertaining to People’s United Financial’s off-balance-sheet arrangements are included in the following sections: Funding, Liquidity, Stockholders’ Equity and Dividends, and Market Risk Management.

Funding

 

At the current time, People’s United Financial’s primary funding sources are deposits and stockholders’ equity, which represent 94% of total assets at December 31, 2011. Borrowings also are an available source of funding. Based on People’s United Bank’s membership in the FHLB of Boston and the level of qualifying collateral available at December 31, 2011, People’s United Bank had up to $3.6 billion of borrowing capacity in the form of advances from the FHLB of Boston and Federal Reserve Bank of New York, and repurchase agreements. People’s United Bank also had unsecured borrowing capacity of $0.8 billion at December 31, 2011.

 

75


Table of Contents

Deposits

 

     2011     2010     2009  

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
 

Non-interest-bearing

   $ 4,506.2         —     $ 3,872.6         —     $ 3,509.0         —  

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

     10,970.4         0.37        8,897.8         0.51        7,327.9         0.65   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     15,476.6         0.26        12,770.4         0.36        10,836.9         0.44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Time deposits maturing:

               

Within 3 months

     1,397.2         0.99        1,437.2         1.10        1,355.3         1.59   

After 3 but within 6 months

     929.5         0.94        920.7         1.20        889.0         1.60   

After 6 months but within 1 year

     1,281.9         1.04        1,485.2         1.29        1,441.9         1.67   

After 1 but within 2 years

     757.3         1.66        840.0         1.69        757.1         1.90   

After 2 but within 3 years

     308.0         2.09        195.7         2.66        78.2         2.80   

After 3 years

     665.3         2.53        283.9         2.78        87.2         3.16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,339.2         1.35        5,162.7         1.42        4,608.7         1.72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 20,815.8         0.54   $ 17,933.1         0.66   $ 15,445.6         0.82
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

People’s United Financial’s strategy is to focus on increasing deposits by providing a wide range of convenient services to commercial, retail, business and wealth management customers. People’s United Financial provides customers access to their deposits through 372 branches, including 87 full-service Stop & Shop supermarket branches, 569 ATMs, telephone banking and an Internet banking site.

Deposits equaled 76% and 72% of total assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. People’s United Financial assumed deposits with fair values of $2.1 billion and $2.5 billion in connection with the acquisitions completed in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Deposits and stockholders’ equity constituted over 96% and 95% of People’s United Financial’s funding base at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The expansion of People’s United Financial’s branch network and its commitment to developing full-service relationships with its customers are integral components of People’s United Financial’s strategy to leverage the success of its supermarket banking initiative, expand market share and continue growing deposits. At December 31, 2011, People’s United Financial’s network of Stop & Shop branches held deposits totaling $2.5 billion and deposits in supermarket branches open for more than one year averaged $30 million per store.

Non-interest-bearing deposits are an important source of low-cost funding and fee income for People’s United Financial. In addition, People’s United Financial believes that checking accounts represent one of the core relationships between a financial institution and its customers, and it is from these relationships that cross-selling of other financial services can be achieved. Non-interest-bearing deposits equaled 22% of total deposits at both December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Time deposits of $100,000 or more totaled $2.2 billion at December 31, 2011, of which $571 million mature within three months, $342 million mature after three months but within six months, $486 million mature after six months but within one year and $792 million mature after one year. Brokered certificates of deposit totaled $7.9 million at December 31, 2010 (none as of December 31, 2011).

 

76


Table of Contents

Total Deposits

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

 

LOGO

The following table presents People’s United Financial’s time deposits by rate category:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2011  

1.25% or less

   $ 3,158.5   

1.26% to 2.00%

     1,076.1   

2.01% to 2.50%

     450.4   

2.51% to 3.00%

     445.5   

3.01% to 3.50%

     76.2   

3.51% to 4.00%

     71.7   

4.01% and greater

     60.8   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,339.2   
  

 

 

 

The following table presents, by rate category, the remaining period to maturity of time deposits outstanding as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Period to Maturity from December 31, 2011  

(in millions)

   Within
three
months
     Over
three to
six months
     Over six
months to
one year
     Over
one to
two years
     Over
two to
three years
     Over
three
years
     Total  

1.25% or less

   $ 960.0       $ 772.0       $ 1,001.1       $ 404.2       $ 20.5       $ 0.7       $ 3,158.5   

1.26% to 2.00%

     387.0         127.0         207.6         128.3         151.2         75.0         1,076.1   

2.01% to 2.50%

     32.5         14.8         34.1         95.4         61.7         211.9         450.4   

2.51% to 3.00%

     3.5         3.6         7.7         46.9         42.6         341.2         445.5   

3.01% to 3.50%

     2.4         1.1         2.0         20.3         25.2         25.2         76.2   

3.51% to 4.00%

     7.4         6.9         9.9         34.1         3.0         10.4         71.7   

4.01% and greater

     4.4         4.1         19.5         28.1         3.8         0.9         60.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,397.2       $ 929.5       $ 1,281.9       $ 757.3       $ 308.0       $ 665.3       $ 5,339.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

77


Table of Contents

Borrowings

 

     2011     2010     2009  

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
 

Retail repurchase agreements maturing:

               

Within 1 month

   $ 496.2         0.32   $ 472.2         0.43   $ 144.1         0.48

Within 1 year

     1.0         0.35        1.0         0.80        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retail repurchase agreements

     497.2         0.32        473.2         0.43        144.1         0.48   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed rate FHLB advances maturing:

               

Within 1 year

     —           —          27.8         3.27        7.7         3.98   

After 1 but within 2 years

     56.4         2.55        15.4         5.17        1.7         3.97   

After 2 but within 3 years

     —           —          65.9         2.65        —           —     

After 3 but within 4 years

     1.2         4.37        16.8         4.50        —           —     

After 4 but within 5 years

     —           —          1.5         4.37        —           —     

After 5 years

     274.8         2.68        380.9         3.05        5.4         2.04   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total FHLB advances

     332.4         2.82        508.3         3.13        14.8         3.28   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased and other
borrowings maturing:

               

Within 1 year

     26.1         4.78        —           —          —           —     

After 1 but within 2 years

     —           —          28.1         4.78        —           —     

After 3 but within 4 years

     1.0         1.75        —           —          —           —     

After 4 but within 5 years

     —           —          1.0         1.75        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total federal funds purchased and other borrowings

     27.1         4.66        29.1         4.67        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

   $ 856.7         1.43   $ 1,010.6         1.91   $ 158.9         0.74
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011, total borrowings equaled 3% of total assets compared to 4% at December 2010 and less than 1% at December 31, 2009. In 2011, People’s United Financial repaid a total of $284 million of callable FHLB advances, including $155 million assumed in the Danvers acquisition and $129 million assumed in acquisitions completed in 2010. People’s United Financial retained FHLB advances and term repurchase agreements with fair values of $500 million and $27 million, respectively, which were assumed in connection with the Smithtown and LSB acquisitions.

FHLB advances and retail repurchase agreements represented 1% and 2% of total assets at December 31, 2011, respectively. Retail repurchase agreements primarily consist of transactions with commercial and municipal customers.

People’s United Financial’s primary source for borrowings were federal funds purchased, which are typically unsecured overnight loans among banks, in addition to advances from the FHLB of Boston, which provides credit for member institutions within its assigned region.

Subordinated Notes and Debentures

Subordinated notes and debentures totaled $160 million and $182 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. People’s United Financial and People’s United Bank assumed subordinated notes and debentures with total fair values of $36 million and $29 million, respectively, in connection with the acquisitions completed in 2010 and People’s United Financial assumed subordinated notes with a fair value of $115 million in connection with the Chittenden acquisition in 2008. In 2011, People’s United Financial and People’s United Bank repaid $17 million and $6 million, respectively, of subordinated notes. See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information concerning subordinated notes and debentures.

 

78


Table of Contents

In the fourth quarter of 2008, People’s United Financial and People’s United Bank both opted in to the FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, which provides a temporary guarantee of newly-issued senior unsecured debt, as defined (the “Debt Guarantee Program”). As of December 31, 2011, neither People’s United Financial nor People’s United Bank had any debt outstanding that qualifies under the Debt Guarantee Program. People’s United Bank may issue up to approximately $300 million of senior unsecured debt that would qualify under the Debt Guarantee Program. While People’s United Financial has retained the right to do so, the Company does not, at this time, intend to issue senior unsecured debt that would qualify under the Debt Guarantee Program.

Contractual Cash Obligations

The following table is a summary of People’s United Financial’s contractual cash obligations, other than deposit liabilities, including operating leases. Additional information concerning these contractual cash obligations is included in Notes 10, 11 and 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Purchase obligations included in the table below represent those agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transactions. A substantial majority of People’s United Financial’s purchase obligations are renewable on a year-to-year basis. As such, the purchase obligations included in this table only reflect the contractual commitment.

 

     Payments Due by Period  

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3
Years
     4-5
Years
     After
5 Years
 

Borrowings

   $ 856.7       $ 523.3       $ 56.4       $ 2.2       $ 274.8   

Subordinated notes and debentures

     159.6         —           —           —           159.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total on-balance-sheet

     1,016.3         523.3         56.4         2.2         434.4   

Operating leases

     357.4         44.2         81.8         70.0         161.4   

Purchase obligations

     230.9         92.4         106.3         30.4         1.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,604.6       $ 659.9       $ 244.5       $ 102.6       $ 597.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax liabilities totaling $3.0 million, including related interest and penalties, are not included in the table above as the timing of their resolution cannot be estimated. Similarly, obligations totaling $17.2 million related to limited partnership affordable housing investments are not included in the above table as the timing of the related capital calls cannot be estimated. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of People’s United Financial’s unrecognized income tax positions and affordable housing investments.

Liquidity

 

Liquidity is defined as the ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet all present and future funding requirements at reasonable costs. Liquidity management addresses People’s United Financial’s and People’s United Bank’s ability to fund new loans and investments as opportunities arise, to meet customer deposit withdrawals, and to repay borrowings and subordinated notes as they mature. People’s United Financial’s, as well as People’s United Bank’s, liquidity positions are monitored daily by management. The Asset and Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) of People’s United Bank has been authorized by the Board of Directors of People’s United Financial to set guidelines to ensure maintenance of prudent levels of liquidity for People’s United Financial as well as for People’s United Bank. ALCO reports to the Treasury and Finance Committee of the Board of Directors of People’s United Bank.

 

79


Table of Contents

Asset liquidity is provided by: cash; short-term investments and security resale agreements; proceeds from security sales, maturities and principal repayments; and proceeds from scheduled principal collections, prepayments and sales of loans. In addition, certain securities may be used to collateralize borrowings under repurchase agreements. The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows present data on cash provided by and used in People’s United Financial’s operating, investing and financing activities. At December 31, 2011, People’s United Financial (parent company) liquid assets included $53 million in debt securities available for sale. People’s United Bank’s liquid assets included $781 million in cash and cash equivalents, $2.7 billion in debt securities available for sale and $72 million in trading account securities. Securities available for sale with a fair value of $1.44 billion at December 31, 2011 were pledged as collateral for public deposits and for other purposes.

Liability liquidity is measured by People’s United Financial’s and People’s United Bank’s ability to obtain deposits and borrowings at cost-effective rates that are diversified with respect to markets and maturities. Deposits, which are considered the most stable source of liability liquidity, totaled $20.8 billion at December 31, 2011 and represented 77% of total funding (the sum of total deposits, total borrowings, subordinated notes and debentures, and stockholders’ equity). Borrowings are used to diversify People’s United Financial’s funding mix and to support asset growth. Borrowings and subordinated notes and debentures totaled $857 million and $160 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011, representing 3.2% and 0.6%, respectively, of total funding at that date.

People’s United Bank’s current sources of borrowings include: federal funds purchased, advances from the FHLB of Boston and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, and repurchase agreements. At December 31, 2011, People’s United Bank’s total borrowing limit from the FHLB of Boston and Federal Reserve Bank of New York for advances, and repurchase agreements, was $3.6 billion, based on the level of qualifying collateral available for these borrowings. In addition, People’s United Bank had unsecured borrowing capacity of $0.8 billion at that date.

At December 31, 2011, People’s United Bank had outstanding commitments to originate loans totaling $1.1 billion and approved, but unused, lines of credit extended to customers totaling $4.1 billion (including $1.8 billion of home equity lines of credit).

The sources of liquidity discussed above are deemed by management to be sufficient to fund outstanding loan commitments and to meet People’s United Financial’s and People’s United Bank’s other obligations.

Earning Asset Mix

$23.8 billion as of December 31, 2011 (percent)

 

LOGO

Funding Base

$27.1 billion as of December 31, 2011 (percent)

 

LOGO

 

80


Table of Contents

Stockholders’ Equity and Dividends

 

People’s United Financial’s total stockholders’ equity was $5.23 billion at December 31, 2011, a $6 million increase from December 31, 2010. This increase primarily reflects the issuances of 18.5 million shares of common stock with a fair value of approximately $248 million in connection with the Danvers acquisition and net income of $198.8 million, essentially offset by open market repurchases of 20.4 million shares of common stock at a total cost of $247.2 million and dividends paid of $220.9 million.

Stockholders’ equity equaled 19.0% of total assets at December 31, 2011 and 20.8% at December 31, 2010. Tangible stockholders’ equity equaled 12.0% of tangible assets at December 31, 2011 compared to 14.1% at December 31, 2010.

In April 2008, People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 5% of the Company’s then-outstanding common stock, or 17.3 million shares. In January 2011, People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors authorized an additional repurchase of common stock for up to 5% of the Company’s then-outstanding common stock, or 17.5 million shares. Under both authorizations, such shares may be repurchased either directly or through agents, in the open market at prices and terms satisfactory to management. In 2011, the Company completed the repurchase of the maximum number of shares of common stock authorized in April 2008 and January 2011, by repurchasing 20.4 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock at a total cost of $247.2 million.

In October 2011, People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors authorized an additional repurchase of common stock. Under the new repurchase authorization, up to 5% of the Company’s common stock outstanding, or 18.0 million shares, may be repurchased, either directly or through agents, in the open market at prices and terms satisfactory to management. Through February 24, 2012, 3.5 million shares of People’s United Financial’s common stock had been repurchased under this program at a total cost of $44 million.

People’s United Financial’s total stockholders’ equity was $5.22 billion at December 31, 2010, a $119 million increase compared to $5.10 billion at December 31, 2009. This increase primarily reflects the issuances of 26.0 million shares of common stock with a fair value of approximately $405 million in connection with the Financial Federal acquisition and 2.1 million shares of common stock with a fair value of approximately $26 million in connection with the Smithtown acquisition, and net income of $85.7 million, partially offset by dividends paid of $218.1 million, the open market repurchase of 14.3 million shares of common stock at a total cost of $191.2 million, and a $24.2 million increase in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss since December 31, 2009.

Dividends declared and paid per common share totaled $0.6275, $0.6175 and $0.6075 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. People’s United Financial’s dividend payout ratio (dividends paid as a percentage of net income) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was 111.1%, 254.5%, and 201.1%, respectively. People’s United Financial’s operating dividend payout ratio for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 93.2%. The Company’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend on its common stock of $0.1575 per share. The dividend was paid on February 15, 2012 to shareholders of record on February 1, 2012.

In 2011, People’s United Bank paid a cash dividend of $160 million to People’s United Financial and expects to pay a cash dividend of $40 million in March 2012.

 

81


Table of Contents

Regulatory Capital Requirements

 

OCC capital regulations require federally-chartered savings banks, such as People’s United Bank, to meet three minimum capital ratios:

Tangible Capital Ratio —A 1.5% tangible capital ratio, calculated as tangible capital to adjusted total assets.

Leverage (Core) Capital Ratio —A 4% leverage (core) capital ratio, calculated as core capital to adjusted total assets. The minimum leverage (core) capital ratio is reduced to 3% if the savings bank received the highest rating on its most recent safety and soundness examination.

Risk-Based Capital Ratio —An 8% total risk-based capital ratio, calculated as total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets. For purposes of this calculation, total risk-based capital equals the sum of core and supplementary capital, provided that supplementary capital may not exceed 100% of core capital.

In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the OCC takes into consideration not only these numeric factors but also qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where necessary. People’s United Bank, as a matter of prudent management, targets as its goal the maintenance of capital ratios that exceed these minimum requirements and that are consistent with People’s United Bank’s risk profile.

People’s United Bank’s tangible capital ratio, leverage (core) capital ratio and total risk-based capital ratios were 11.1%, 11.1% and 14.0%, respectively, at December 31, 2011, compared to 11.4%, 11.4% and 14.5%, respectively, at December 31, 2010.

The following summary compares People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2011 to the OCC minimum requirements. The leverage and risk-based capital requirements of the OCC are substantially the same as those of the OTS, People’s United Bank’s previous regulator. At December 31, 2011, People’s United Bank’s adjusted total assets, as defined, totaled $25.3 billion and its total risk-weighted assets, as defined, totaled $21.4 billion. At December 31, 2011, People’s United Bank exceeded each of its regulatory capital requirements.

 

       People’s United Bank     OCC Minimum
Requirements
 

As of December 31, 2011 (dollars in millions)

   Amount     Ratio     Amount        Ratio  

Tangible capital

   $ 2,808.6  (1)      11.1   $ 379.5           1.5

Leverage (core) capital

     2,808.6  (1)      11.1        1,011.9           4.0   

Total risk-based capital

     2,988.7  (2)      14.0        1,711.3           8.0   

 

(1) Represents total stockholder’s equity, excluding: (i) after-tax net unrealized gains (losses) on certain securities classified as available for sale; (ii) after-tax net gains on derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges; (iii) certain assets not recognized in tier 1 capital (principally goodwill and other acquisition-related intangibles); and (iv) the amount recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) relating to pension and other postretirement benefits.
(2) Represents tier 1 capital plus subordinated notes and debentures, up to certain limits, and the allowance for loan losses up to 1.25% of total risk-weighted assets.

Generally, a bank is considered “well capitalized” if it has a leverage (core) capital ratio of at least 5.0%, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.0% (calculated as tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets) and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%. People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital ratios at December 31, 2011 exceeded the OCC numeric criteria for classification as “well capitalized.” See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information concerning People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital amounts and ratios.

 

82


Table of Contents

People's United Bank Capital Ratios

Compared to Regulatory Requirements

As of December 31, 2011 (percent)

 

LOGO

The following table summarizes People’s United Financial’s capital ratios on a consolidated basis:

 

     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Tangible equity to tangible assets

     12.0     14.1

Leverage (Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets)

     12.5        14.5   

Tier 1 common equity to total risk-weighted assets (1)

     14.3        17.0   

Tier 1 risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets

     14.8        17.5   

Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets

     16.2        19.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Tier 1 common equity represents total stockholders’ equity, excluding goodwill and other acquisition-related intangibles.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision released its final framework for capital requirements, which are referred to as Basel III. When implemented by the U.S. banking agencies and fully phased-in, Basel III will require bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity. The implementation of the Basel III final framework will commence January 1, 2013. People’s United Bank’s capital ratios at December 31, 2011 were in excess of these new capital requirements.

The Basel III final capital framework, among other things: (i) introduces as a new capital measure “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”); (ii) specifies that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 Capital” instruments meeting specified requirements; (iii) defines CET1 narrowly by requiring that most adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital; and (iv) expands the scope of the adjustments as compared to existing regulations.

When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, Basel III requires financial institutions to maintain: (i) as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” (which is added to the 4.5% CET1 ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%); (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1

 

83


Table of Contents

capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full implementation); (iii) a minimum ratio of Total (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation); and (iv) as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum leverage ratio of 3%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital balance sheet exposures plus certain off-balance sheet exposures (computed as the average for each quarter of the month-end ratios for the quarter).

The U.S. banking agencies have yet to propose regulations implementing Basel III. In addition to Basel III, the DFA requires or permits federal banking agencies to adopt regulations affecting banking institutions’ capital requirements in a number of respects, including potentially more stringent capital requirements for systemically important financial institutions. Accordingly, the regulations ultimately applicable to financial institutions may be substantially different from the Basel III final framework as published in December 2010. Management will continue to monitor any proposed regulations.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market Risk Management

 

Market risk is the risk of loss to earnings, capital and the fair values of certain assets and liabilities resulting from changes in interest rates, equity prices and foreign currency exchange rates.

Interest Rate Risk

For People’s United Financial, the only relevant market risk at this time is interest rate risk (“IRR”), which is the potential exposure to earnings or capital that may result from changes in interest rates. People’s United Financial manages its IRR to achieve a balance between risk, earnings volatility and capital preservation. ALCO has primary responsibility for managing People’s United Financial’s IRR. To evaluate People’s United Financial’s IRR profile, ALCO monitors economic conditions, interest rate trends, liquidity levels and capital ratios. Management also reviews assumptions periodically for projected customer and competitor behavior, in addition to the expected repricing characteristics and cash flow projections for assets, liabilities and off-balance-sheet financial instruments. Actual conditions may vary significantly from People’s United Financial’s assumptions.

Management evaluates the impact of IRR on “Income at Risk” using an earnings simulation model to project earnings under multiple interest rate environments over a one-year time horizon resulting in a quantification of IRR.

The earnings projections are based on a dynamic balance sheet and estimates of pricing levels for People’s United Financial’s products under multiple scenarios intended to reflect instantaneous yield curve shocks. People’s United Financial estimates its base case Income at Risk using current interest rates. Internal policy regarding IRR simulations currently specifies that for instantaneous parallel shifts of the yield curve, estimated Income at Risk for the subsequent one-year period should not decline by more than: 7% for a 100 basis point shift; 10% for a 200 basis point shift; and 15% for a 300 basis point shift.

The following table shows the estimated percentage change in People’s United Financial’s Income at Risk over a one-year simulation period beginning December 31, 2011. Given the interest rate environment at that date, simulations for declines in interest rates below 25 basis points were not deemed to be meaningful.

 

Rate Change

(basis points)

   Percent Change in
Income at Risk
 

+300

     18.4

+200

     12.1   

+100

     5.5   

  -25

     (1.1

 

84


Table of Contents

While Income at Risk simulation identifies earnings exposure over a relatively short time horizon, “Economic Value of Equity at Risk” takes a long-term economic perspective when quantifying IRR, thereby identifying possible margin behavior over a longer time horizon. Base case Economic Value of Equity at Risk is calculated by estimating the net present value of all future cash flows from existing assets and liabilities using current interest rates. The base case scenario assumes that future interest rates remain unchanged.

Internal policy currently limits the exposure of a decrease in Economic Value of Equity at Risk resulting from instantaneous parallel shifts of the yield curve in the following manner: 5% for 100 basis points shift; 10% for 200 basis points shift; and 15% for 300 basis points shift.

The following table shows the estimated percentage change in People’s United Financial’s Economic Value of Equity at Risk, assuming various shifts in interest rates. Given the interest rate environment at December 31, 2011, simulations for declines in interest rates below 25 basis points were not deemed to be meaningful.

 

Rate Change

(basis points)

   Percent Change in
Economic Value of
Equity at Risk
 

+300

     —  

+200

     (0.4

+100

     (0.7

  -25

     0.3   

People’s United Financial’s interest rate risk position at December 31, 2011, as set forth in the Income at Risk and Economic Value of Equity at Risk tables above, reflects an asset sensitive Income at Risk position and a neutral Economic Value of Equity at Risk position at that date. Management’s current posture is to invest a portion of the Company’s excess capital in liquid short-term investments. While this strategy places pressure on net interest income in a low interest rate environment, management views such risk as an acceptable alternative in light of the current low interest rate environment. Based on the Company’s current interest rate position, an immediate 100 basis points increase in interest rates translates to an approximate $50 million increase in net interest income on an annualized basis. Given the uncertainty of the magnitude, timing and direction of future interest rate movements and the shape of the yield curve, actual results may vary from those predicted by People’s United Financial’s models.

People’s United Financial uses derivative financial instruments, including interest rate swaps, primarily for market risk management purposes (principally interest rate risk). Certain other derivatives are entered into in connection with transactions with commercial customers. Derivatives are not used for speculative purposes.

At December 31, 2011, People’s United Financial used interest rate swaps on a limited basis to manage IRR associated with certain interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rate swaps associated with interest-earning assets are used to match more closely the repricing of fewer than five commercial real estate loans and the funding associated with these loans. The interest rate swaps effectively convert the fixed rate assets to a variable interest rate and consequently reduces People’s United Financial’s exposure to increases in interest rates. These interest rate swaps are accounted for as fair value hedges.

People’s United Financial has entered into an interest rate swap to hedge the LIBOR-based floating interest rate payments on the Company’s $125 million subordinated notes, which begin in February 2012. The subordinated notes pay a fixed interest rate of 5.80% until February 2012, at which time the interest rate converts to the three month LIBOR plus 68.5 basis points. Specifically, People’s United Financial has agreed with the swap counterparty to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed-rate (1.99%) and floating-rate interest amounts calculated based on a notional amount of $125 million. The floating rate interest amounts received under the interest rate swap are calculated using the same floating rate paid on the subordinated notes. The interest rate swap effectively converts the variable rate subordinated notes to a fixed interest rate and consequently reduces People’s United Financial’s exposure to increases in interest rates. This interest rate swap is accounted for as a cash flow hedge.

People’s United Financial has written guidelines that have been approved by its Board of Directors and ALCO governing the use of derivative financial instruments, including approved counterparties and credit limits. Credit risk associated with these instruments is controlled and monitored through policies and procedures governing collateral management and credit approval.

 

85


Table of Contents

By using derivatives, People’s United Financial is exposed to credit risk to the extent that counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as required. Should a counterparty fail to perform under the terms of a derivative contract, the Company’s counterparty credit risk is equal to the amount reported as a derivative asset in the Consolidated Statements of Condition, less any posted collateral. Amounts reported as derivative assets represent derivative contracts in a gain position, net of derivatives in a loss position with the same counterparty (to the extent subject to master netting arrangements). People’s United Financial seeks to minimize counterparty credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, execution of master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral, where appropriate. Counterparties to People’s United Financial’s derivatives include major financial institutions with investment grade credit ratings from the major rating agencies. As such, management believes the risk of incurring credit losses on derivative contracts with those counterparties is remote and losses, if any, would be immaterial.

Certain of People’s United Financial’s derivative contracts contain provisions establishing collateral requirements (subject to minimum collateral posting thresholds) based on the Company’s external credit rating. If the Company’s senior unsecured debt rating were to fall below the level generally recognized as investment grade, the counterparties to such derivative contracts could require additional collateral on those derivative transactions in a net liability position (after considering the effect of master netting arrangements and posted collateral). The aggregate fair value of derivative instruments with such credit-related contingent features that were in a net liability position at December 31, 2011 was $11.2 million, for which People’s United Financial had posted $10.1 million collateral in the normal course of business. If the Company’s senior unsecured debt rating had fallen below investment grade as of that date, $1.1 million in additional collateral would have been required.

In the first quarter of 2009, People’s United Financial terminated its remaining $600 million (notional amount) interest rate floor contracts. The decision to do so was based on management’s belief that, in light of the current interest rate environment, the derivative contracts had achieved their stated market risk management objective. Termination of the derivative contracts also served to reduce the Company’s counterparty credit risk. At the time of termination, the interest rate floors had an unrealized gain of $40.1 million. The gain was included (on a net-of-tax basis) as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss and was recognized in income over the period during which the hedged items (certain floating rate commercial loans) affected earnings (approximately 2 years).

Foreign Currency Risk

Foreign exchange contracts are commitments to buy or sell foreign currency on a future date at a contractual price. People’s United Financial uses these instruments on a limited basis to eliminate its exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates on certain of its commercial loans that are denominated in foreign currencies. Gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts substantially offset the translation gains and losses on the related loans. Effective in the first quarter of 2010, People’s United Financial no longer designates foreign exchange contracts as hedging instruments.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The following table summarizes certain information concerning derivative financial instruments utilized by People’s United Financial in its management of IRR and foreign currency risk. Also see Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

       Interest Rate Swaps      Foreign
Exchange
Contracts
 

As of December 31, 2011

(dollars in millions)

   Loans      Subordinated Notes     

Notional principal amounts

   $ 4.1       $ 125.0       $ 8.1   

Weighted average interest rates:

        

Pay fixed (receive floating)

     5.66%(0.27%)         1.99%(Libor + 0.685%)         N/A   

Weighted average remaining term to
maturity (in months)

     2         62         2   

Fair value recognized as an asset

   $ —         $ —         $ 0.3   

Fair value recognized as a liability

     —           0.4         —     

 

86


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial has entered into interest rate swaps with certain of its commercial customers. In order to minimize its risk, these customer derivatives (pay floating/receive fixed) have been offset with essentially matching interest rate swaps with People’s United Financial’s counterparties (pay fixed/receive floating). Hedge accounting has not been applied for these derivatives. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of all such interest rate swaps are recognized in current earnings.

The following table summarizes certain information concerning these interest rate swaps:

 

       Interest Rate Swaps  

As of December 31, 2011

(dollars in millions)

   Commercial
Customers
     Other
Counterparties
 

Notional principal amounts

   $ 878.2       $ 878.2   

Weighted average interest rates:

     

Pay floating (receive fixed)

     0.25%(2.80%)         —     

Pay fixed (receive floating)

     —           2.73%(0.28%)   

Weighted average remaining term to maturity (in months)

     86         86   

Fair value:

     

Recognized as an asset

   $ 61.3       $ —     

Recognized as a liability

     —           57.1   

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The information required by this item begins on page F-1.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

People’s United Financial’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of People’s United Financial’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that People’s United Financial’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective, as of December 31, 2011, to ensure that information relating to People’s United Financial, which is required to be disclosed in the reports People’s United Financial files with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act, is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported as and when required and (ii) accumulated and communicated to management, including the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

During the quarter ended December 31, 2011, there has not been any change in People’s United Financial’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, People’s United Financial’s internal control over financial reporting.

People’s United Financial’s Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appears on page 96 and the related Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm appears on page F-3.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

 

87


Table of Contents

Part III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors of the Corporation

The information required by this item appears under the caption “Election of Directors” in the People’s United Financial Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed within 120 days of People’s United Financial’s fiscal year end (the “Proxy Statement”) and is herein incorporated by reference.

Audit Committee Financial Expert

The Board of Directors has determined that John K. Dwight and Janet M. Hansen, members of the Audit Committee of the Board, are each an “audit committee financial expert” and are “independent” within the meaning of those terms as used in the instructions to this Item 10.

Executive Officers of the Corporation

The name, age, principal occupation and business experience for at least the last five years of each executive officer who is not a director of People’s United Financial is set forth below as of February 10, 2012.

Robert R. D’Amore, age 59, has been a Senior Executive Vice President (Retail and Business Banking Group) since January 2008. Mr. D’Amore was an Executive Vice President (Marketing and Regional Banking) since 2000. Mr. D’Amore has served in various capacities for People’s United Bank since 1981.

David K. Norton, age 56, has been a Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer since October 2009. Prior to joining People’s United Financial, Mr. Norton was a Senior Vice President, Human Resources at The New York Times Co. since 2006. For more than five years prior to that date, Mr. Norton was employed by Starwood Hotels and Resorts, where he was an Executive Vice President, Human Resources.

Lee C. Powlus, age 51, has been a Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer since May 2011. Mr. Powlus was an Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer since September 2010. Mr. Powlus was a Senior Vice President (Information Technology) since January 2008. Mr. Powlus served as Director of Information Technology for Chittenden Corporation since 2001.

Louise T. Sandberg, age 60, has been a Senior Executive Vice President (Wealth Management Group) since January 2008. Mrs. Sandberg was a Senior Vice President (Wealth Management Division) at Chittenden Bank since 1997. Mrs. Sandberg has served in various capacities for Chittenden Corporation since 1977.

Chantal D. Simon, age 47, has been a Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer since July 2010. Ms. Simon was an Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer since May 2009. Prior to joining People’s United Financial, Ms. Simon was employed by Merrill Lynch & Co. for 20 years, serving most recently as Chief Risk Officer of Merrill Lynch Bank USA and as head of risk management for all U.S. regulated bank entities at Merrill Lynch since June 2006.

Jeffrey J. Tengel, age 49, has been a Senior Executive Vice President (Commercial Banking Group) since January 2011. Mr. Tengel was an Executive Vice President (Commercial Banking) since February 2010. Prior to joining People’s United Financial, Mr. Tengel was an Executive Vice President at PNC Financial Services Group since January 2009. Mr. Tengel was previously employed by National City Corporation for 23 years.

Robert E. Trautmann, age 58, has been a Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel since July 2010. Mr. Trautmann was an Executive Vice President and General Counsel since November 2008 and served as Acting General Counsel from February 2008 until his appointment as General Counsel. Mr. Trautmann was a Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel since January 2008. Mr. Trautmann has served in various capacities for People’s United Bank since 1994.

 

88


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Controller. The text of the Code of Ethics is available on People’s United Financial’s website at www.peoples.com , under “Investor Relations—Corporate Governance—Management.”

Additional information required by this item appears under the caption “Board of Directors Committees” in the Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item appears under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in the Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table provides summary information about People’s United Financial’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2011:

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Plan category

   Number of securities to
be issued upon
exercise of outstanding
options, warrants and
rights

(a)
     Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

(b)
     Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a))

(c)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

     11,513,125       $ 16.37         16,293,202 (1) 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

     —           n/a         —     

Total

     11,513,125       $ 16.37         16,293,202 (1) 

 

(1) Of this amount, 189,339 shares are issuable as shares of restricted stock pursuant to the People’s United Financial, Inc. Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan. The remaining 16,293,202 shares are issuable pursuant to the People’s United Financial, Inc. 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan, the 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan, and the 2007 Stock Option Plan either in the form of options, stock appreciation rights, or shares of restricted stock. Information describing these plans appears in Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Additional information required by this item appears under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” in the Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item appears under the caption “Certain Transactions with Members of Our Board of Directors and Executive Officers” in the Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this item appears under the caption “Ratification of the Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

89


Table of Contents

Part IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)(1) The following consolidated financial statements of People’s United Financial, Inc. and the independent registered public accounting firm report thereon are included herein beginning on page F-1:

Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

(a)(2) Financial statement schedules have been omitted as they are not applicable or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

(a)(3) Exhibits

The following Exhibits are filed with this Report or are incorporated by reference. Each exhibit identified by an asterisk constitutes a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

 

Designation  

Description

3.1   Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
3.2   Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of People’s United Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2010)
4.1   Form of Stock Certificate of People’s United Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
4.2   Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2007, by and between Chittenden Corporation and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009)
4.3   Form of Global Note, registered in the name of Cede & Co. as nominee (February 17, 2007) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009)
4.4   Indenture dated as of March 5, 2008 between Smithtown Bancorp, Inc. as Issuer and Wilmington Trust Company as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2011)
4.4(a)   First Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 30, 2010 to Indenture dated as of March 5, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9(a) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2011)
10.1   Reserved
10.2(a)*   Form of Change in Control Agreement (Senior Executive Vice Presidents) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5(a) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009)

 

90


Table of Contents
Designation  

Description

10.2(c)*   Form of Change in Control Agreement (Senior Executive Vice Presidents)
10.3*   Short-Term Incentive Plan
10.4*   People’s United Bank Split Dollar Cash Value Restoration Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009)
10.5*   Amended and Restated People’s Bank 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2007)
10.6*   People’s United Financial, Inc. 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2010)
10.7*   Form of Stock Option Agreement
10.8*   Form of Grant Agreement for Restricted Stock
10.9(a)*   First Amendment to the First Amended and Restated People’s United Bank Cap Excess Plan
10.10*   The People’s United Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan - First Amendment and Restatement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009)
10.10(a)*   First Amendment to The People’s United Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan
10.11*   Non-Qualified Pension Trust Agreement, dated as of March 18, 1997, between People’s Bank and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.11(a)*   Amendment to People’s Bank Non-Qualified Pension Trust Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15(a) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2008)
10.12*   People’s United Bank Nonqualified Savings and Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009)
10.12(a)*   Second Amendment to The People’s United Bank Nonqualified Savings and Retirement Plan
10.13*   People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan Non-Qualified Trust Agreement, dated as of July 23, 1998, between People’s Bank and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.13(a)*   Amendment to People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan Non-Qualified Trust Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(a) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2008)
10.14*   People’s United Financial, Inc. First Amended and Restated Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan
10.15*   People’s Bank Change-in-Control Employee Severance Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.16*   People’s United Financial, Inc. 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan (amended) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 8, 2008)

 

91


Table of Contents
Designation  

Description

10.16(a)*   Form of Grant Agreement for Restricted Stock (Executive Officers) under 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan (corrected) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26(a) to Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2007)
10.16(b)*   Form of Grant Agreement for Restricted Stock (Non-Executive Employees), under 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26(b) to Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 31, 2007)
10.16(c)*   Form of Grant Agreement for Restricted Stock (Non-Employee Directors) under 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26(c) to Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2007)
10.16(d)*   Form of Grant Agreement for Restricted Stock (Employee) under 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan
10.17*   People’s United Financial, Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan (amended) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 8, 2008)
10.17(a)*   Form of Grant Agreement for Stock Options (Executive Officers) under 2007 Stock Option Plan (corrected) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27(a) to Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2007)
10.17(b)*   Form of Grant Agreement for Stock Options (Non-Executive Employees) under 2007 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27(b) to Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 31, 2007)
10.17(c)*   Form of Grant Agreement for Stock Options (Non-Employee Directors) under 2007 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27(c) to Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 31, 2007)
10.17(d)*   Form of Grant Agreement for Stock Options (Employee) under 2007 Stock Option Plan
10.18*   Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009)
10.18(a)*   Amendment No. 1 to the Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28(a) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009)
10.18(b)*   Amendment No. 2 to the Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan
10.18(c)*   Amendment No. 3 to the Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan
10.19*   The Chittenden Corporation Supplemental Executive Savings Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009)
10.19(a)*   Amendment No. 1 to the Chittenden Corporation Supplemental Executive Savings Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30(a) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009)
10.19(b)*   Amendment No. 2 to the Chittenden Corporation Supplemental Executive Savings Plan
10.20*   Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated as of April 16, 2010 among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Receiver of Butler Bank, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and People’s United Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 20, 2010)

 

92


Table of Contents
Designation   

Description

10.21*    Consulting Agreement dated January 20, 2011 among Kevin T. Bottomley, People’s United Financial, Inc. and People’s United Bank
21    Subsidiaries
23    Consent of KPMG LLP
31.1    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications
31.2    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications
32    Section 1350 Certifications
99.1    Impact of Inflation
101.1    The following financial information from People’s United Financial, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2011 and 2010; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009; and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

* Each exhibit identified by an asterisk constitutes a management contract or compensation plan, contract or arrangement.

 

93


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, People’s United Financial, Inc. has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

        PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.
Date: February 29, 2012     By:  

/s/ John P. Barnes

      John P. Barnes
      President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of People’s United Finacial, Inc. and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Date: February 29, 2012     By:  

/s/ John P. Barnes

      John P. Barnes
      President, Chief Executive Officer and
      Director (Principal Executive Officer)

 

Date: February 29, 2012     By:  

/s/ Kirk W. Walters

      Kirk W. Walters
      Senior Executive Vice President,
      Chief Financial Officer and Director
      (Principal Financial Officer)

 

Date: February 29, 2012       By:  

/s/ Jeffrey A. Hoyt

      Jeffrey A. Hoyt
      Senior Vice President and Controller
      (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

Date: February 29, 2012     By:  

/s/ Collin P. Baron

      Collin P. Baron
      Director

 

Date: February 29, 2012       By:  

/s/ Kevin T. Bottomley

      Kevin T. Bottomley
      Director

 

Date: February 29, 2012       By:  

/s/ George P. Carter

      George P. Carter
      Director

 

Date: February 29, 2012       By:  

/s/ John K. Dwight

      John K. Dwight
      Director

 

Date: February 29, 2012       By:  

/s/ Jerry Franklin

      Jerry Franklin
      Director

 

94


Table of Contents

 

Date: February 29, 2012       By:  

/s/ Eunice S. Groark

      Eunice S. Groark
      Director

 

Date: February 29, 2012       By:  

/s/ Janet M. Hansen

      Janet M. Hansen
      Director

 

Date: February 29, 2012       By:  

/s/ Richard M. Hoyt

      Richard M. Hoyt
      Director

 

Date:       By:  

 

      Mark W. Richards
      Director

 

Date: February 29, 2012       By:  

/s/ James A. Thomas

      James A. Thomas
      Director

 

95


Table of Contents

STATEMENT OF MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY

Management is responsible for the preparation, content and integrity of the consolidated financial statements and all other information included in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements and related footnotes are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Management is also responsible for compliance with laws and regulations relating to safety and soundness as designated by the Office of Comptroller of the Currency.

The Board of Directors has an Audit Committee composed of five outside directors, each of whom meets the criteria for independence as set forth in applicable listing standards. The Audit Committee meets regularly with the independent auditors, the internal auditors and management to ensure that internal control over financial reporting is being properly administered and that financial data is being properly reported. The Audit Committee reviews the scope and timing of internal audits, including recommendations made with respect to internal control over financial reporting. The independent auditors and the internal auditors have free access to the Audit Committee.

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting for People’s United Financial, Inc. Management maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting, including an internal audit function, which is designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition, transactions are properly authorized, and that accounting records are reliable for the preparation of financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that internal control over financial reporting may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In order to evaluate the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, management has conducted an assessment, including testing, using the criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on its assessment, management has concluded that People’s United Financial, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

 

/s/ John P. Barnes

  

/s/ Kirk W. Walters

John P. Barnes    Kirk W. Walters
President and Chief Executive Officer   

Senior Executive Vice President

and Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 29, 2012

 

96


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of People’s United Financial, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of People’s United Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries (“People’s”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of People’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of People’s United Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), People’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 29, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of People’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Stamford, Connecticut

February 29, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of People’s United Financial, Inc.:

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of People’s United Financial, Inc. (“People’s”) as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) . People’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on People’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, People’s maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of condition of People’s United Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and our report dated February 29, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Stamford, Connecticut

February 29, 2012

 

F-3


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Condition

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2011     2010  

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks (note 3)

   $ 370.2      $ 354.7   

Short-term investments (note 3)

     410.7        599.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     780.9        954.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (note 3)

     —          520.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities (note 4):

    

Trading account securities, at fair value

     71.8        83.5   

Securities available for sale, at fair value

     2,725.5        2,831.1   

Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $62.5 million and $55.1 million)

     56.4        55.1   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

     77.7        63.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities

     2,931.4        3,033.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

     101.9        88.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans (note 5):

    

Commercial

     7,382.0        5,196.0   

Commercial real estate

     7,172.2        7,306.3   

Residential mortgage

     3,628.4        2,647.5   

Consumer

     2,217.4        2,177.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     20,400.0        17,327.7   

Less allowance for loan losses

     (182.9     (172.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans, net

     20,217.1        17,155.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill (notes 2 and 6)

     1,951.4        1,723.4   

Other acquisition-related intangibles (notes 2 and 6)

     222.8        238.6   

Premises and equipment, net (note 7)

     339.6        325.1   

Bank-owned life insurance

     332.7        291.8   

Other assets (note 8)

     690.1        706.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 27,567.9      $ 25,037.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Deposits (note 9):

    

Non-interest-bearing

   $ 4,506.2      $ 3,872.6   

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

     10,970.4        8,897.8   

Time

     5,339.2        5,162.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     20,815.8        17,933.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings (note 10):

    

Retail repurchase agreements

     497.2        473.2   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     332.4        508.3   

Federal funds purchased and other borrowings

     27.1        29.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     856.7        1,010.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subordinated notes and debentures (note 11)

     159.6        182.2   

Other liabilities (note 8)

     510.8        691.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     22,342.9        19,817.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (notes 20 and 21)

    

Stockholders' Equity (notes 2 and 13)

    

Common stock ($0.01 par value; 1.95 billion shares authorized;
395.5 million shares and 376.6 million shares issued)

     3.9        3.7   

Additional paid-in capital

     5,247.0        4,978.8   

Retained earnings

     744.1        772.6   

Treasury stock, at cost (38.0 million shares and 17.5 million shares)

     (493.5     (248.9

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (note 16)

     (95.8     (99.0

Unallocated common stock of Employee Stock Ownership Plan, at cost
(8.7 million shares and 9.1 million shares) (note 17)

     (180.7     (187.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     5,225.0        5,219.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 27,567.9      $ 25,037.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions, except per share data)

   2011      2010     2009  

Interest and dividend income:

       

Commercial real estate

   $ 392.4       $ 312.1      $ 287.8   

Commercial

     358.8         266.3        198.9   

Residential mortgage

     129.1         109.4        141.3   

Consumer

     84.2         89.6        95.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest on loans

     964.5         777.4        723.4   

Securities

     83.4         43.5        32.4   

Loans held for sale

     2.1         2.4        3.7   

Short-term investments

     2.0         4.6        6.5   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     0.1         0.9        0.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend income

     1,052.1         828.8        766.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

       

Deposits (note 9)

     107.4         112.8        173.4   

Borrowings (note 10)

     9.0         2.3        1.5   

Subordinated notes and debentures (note 11)

     12.1         14.7        15.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     128.5         129.8        190.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     923.6         699.0        576.8   

Provision for loan losses (note 5)

     63.7         60.0        57.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     859.9         639.0        519.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest income:

       

Bank service charges

     131.3         126.3        128.8   

Investment management fees

     33.2         32.0        32.4   

Insurance revenue

     30.7         28.8        30.0   

Brokerage commissions

     11.9         11.3        12.2   

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans (note 5)

     7.6         12.1        13.9   

Net gains on sales of acquired loans (note 5)

     7.5         —          —     

Bank-owned life insurance

     6.3         6.7        8.4   

Merchant services income, net

     4.3         4.3        3.9   

Net security gains (losses) (note 4)

     8.8         (1.0     22.0   

Other non-interest income

     66.0         49.5        32.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

     307.6         270.0        284.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest expense:

       

Compensation and benefits (notes 17 and 18)

     429.0         380.4        350.5   

Occupancy and equipment (notes 7 and 20)

     133.3         114.4        109.8   

Professional and outside service fees

     70.6         72.7        44.0   

Merger-related expenses (note 2)

     42.9         23.3        2.0   

Other non-interest expense (note 6)

     196.1         191.2        153.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

     871.9         782.0        659.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

     295.6         127.0        144.3   

Income tax expense (note 12)

     96.8         41.3        43.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 198.8       $ 85.7      $ 101.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per common share (note 15)

       

Basic

   $ 0.57       $ 0.24      $ 0.30   

Diluted

     0.57         0.24        0.30   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

 

(in millions, except per share data)

  Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Stock
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Unallocated
ESOP
Common
Stock
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $ 3.5      $ 4,485.1      $ 1,020.9      $ (57.9   $ (75.4   $ (202.4   $ 5,173.8   

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

    —          —          101.2        —          —          —          101.2   

Other comprehensive income,
net of tax (note 16)

    —          —          —          —          0.6        —          0.6   
             

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                101.8   
             

 

 

 

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.6075 per share)

    —          —          (203.6     —          —          —          (203.6

Restricted stock awards

    —          18.5        (0.1     (0.7     —          —          17.7   

ESOP common stock committed
to be released (note 17)

    —          —          (1.5     —          —          7.2        5.7   

Common stock repurchased and retired upon vesting of restricted stock awards (note 18)

    —          —          (2.4     —          —          —          (2.4

Stock options and related tax benefits

    —          7.7        —          —          —          —          7.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

    3.5        4,511.3        914.5        (58.6     (74.8     (195.2     5,100.7   

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

    —          —          85.7        —          —          —          85.7   

Other comprehensive loss,
net of tax (note 16)

    —          —          —          —          (24.2     —          (24.2
             

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                61.5   
             

 

 

 

Common stock issued in acquisitions, net (note 2):

             

Financial Federal Corporation

    0.3        405.1        —          —          —          —          405.4   

Smithtown Bancorp, Inc.

    —          26.4        —          —          —          —          26.4   

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.6175 per share)

    —          —          (218.1     —          —          —          (218.1

Restricted stock awards

    —          24.2        (0.1     0.8        —          —          24.9   

ESOP common stock committed
to be released (note 17)

    —          —          (2.4     —          —          7.3        4.9   

Common stock repurchased (note 13)

    (0.1     —          —          (191.1     —          —          (191.2

Common stock repurchased and retired upon vesting of restricted stock awards (note 18)

    —          —          (7.0     —          —          —          (7.0

Stock options and related tax benefits

    —          11.8        —          —          —          —          11.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    3.7        4,978.8        772.6        (248.9     (99.0     (187.9     5,219.3   

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

    —          —          198.8        —          —          —          198.8   

Other comprehensive income,
net of tax (note 16)

    —          —          —          —          3.2        —          3.2   
             

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                202.0   
             

 

 

 

Common stock issued in the Danvers Bancorp, Inc. acquisition, net (note 2)

    0.2        247.7        —          —          —          —          247.9   

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.6275 per share)

    —          —          (220.9     —          —          —          (220.9

Restricted stock awards

    —          12.5        (1.0     2.6        —          —          14.1   

ESOP common stock committed
to be released (note 17)

    —          —          (2.8     —          —          7.2        4.4   

Common stock repurchased (note 13)

    —          —          —          (247.2     —          —          (247.2

Common stock repurchased and retired upon vesting of restricted stock awards (note 18)

    —          —          (2.6     —          —          —          (2.6

Stock options and related tax benefits

    —          8.0        —          —          —          —          8.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 3.9      $ 5,247.0      $ 744.1      $ (493.5   $ (95.8   $ (180.7   $ 5,225.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2011     2010     2009  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

      

Net income

   $ 198.8      $ 85.7      $ 101.2   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Provision for loan losses

     63.7        60.0        57.0   

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment

     39.3        35.4        32.8   

Amortization of leased equipment

     20.8        16.1        12.3   

Amortization of other acquisition-related intangibles

     25.8        21.7        20.6   

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

     63.9        (6.0     (14.6

Net security (gains) losses

     (8.8     1.0        (22.0

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans

     (7.6     (12.1     (13.9

Net gains on sales of acquired loans

     (7.5     —          —     

ESOP common stock committed to be released

     4.4        4.9        5.7   

Expense related to share-based awards

     23.7        25.9        24.7   

Originations of loans held-for-sale

     (631.0     (892.5     (1,143.2

Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale

     625.2        887.4        1,117.5   

Net decrease (increase) in trading account securities

     11.7        (7.8     (54.3

Net changes in other assets and other liabilities

     (237.8     10.8        (20.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     184.6        230.5        103.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

      

Net decrease (increase) in securities purchased under agreements to resell

     520.0        (120.0     (400.0

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

     661.6        226.4        1,041.1   

Proceeds from principal repayments of securities available for sale

     1,166.8        994.6        1,646.0   

Proceeds from principal repayments of securities held to maturity

     0.1        0.2        0.6   

Proceeds from sales of other securities

     —          —          5.6   

Proceeds from redemption of FHLB stock

     4.1        —          —     

Purchases of securities available for sale

     (1,445.1     (2,670.3     (1,595.8

Purchases of securities held to maturity

     (1.0     —          (55.0

Proceeds from sales of loans

     136.4        5.5        9.3   

Net loan principal (disbursements) collections

     (1,465.6     148.9        288.0   

Purchases of premises and equipment

     (20.5     (30.1     (35.3

Purchases of leased equipment

     (22.8     (47.4     (26.2

Net cash paid in sales of branches

     —          —          (16.2

Proceeds from sales of real estate owned

     27.4        28.9        8.8   

Return of premiums on bank-owned life insurance, net

     0.6        3.0        —     

Net cash acquired (paid) in acquisitions

     146.8        (188.9     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (291.2     (1,649.2     870.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

      

Net increase (decrease) in deposits

     814.6        (13.9     1,194.5   

Net increase (decrease) in borrowings with terms of three months or less

     21.4        318.0        (28.8

Repayments of borrowings with terms of more than three months

     (390.0     (871.1     (1.1

Proceeds from borrowings with terms of more than three months

     —          3.7        0.7   

Repayments of subordinated notes and debentures

     (43.7     (65.7     —     

Cash dividends paid on common stock

     (220.9     (218.1     (203.6

Common stock repurchases

     (249.8     (198.2     (2.4

Proceeds from stock options exercised, including excess income tax benefits

     1.4        0.5        0.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (67.0     (1,044.8     959.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (173.6     (2,463.5     1,934.1   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     954.5        3,418.0        1,483.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 780.9      $ 954.5      $ 3,418.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Information:

      

Interest payments

   $ 135.8      $ 127.1      $ 190.2   

Income tax payments

     98.1        45.5        48.7   

Real estate properties acquired by foreclosure

     22.4        24.9        26.3   

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in acquisitions (note 2):

      

Non-cash assets, excluding goodwill and other acquisition-related intangibles

     2,232.4        4,203.3        —     

Liabilities

     2,370.7        4,053.9        —     

Common stock issued in acquisitions

     247.9        431.8        —     

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

People’s United Financial, Inc. (“People’s United Financial” or the “Company”) is a savings and loan holding company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act and is incorporated under the state laws of Delaware. The principal business of People’s United Financial is to provide, through People’s United Bank and its subsidiaries, commercial banking, retail and business banking, and wealth management services to individual, corporate and municipal customers.

People’s United Bank, which is a federally-chartered stock savings bank, provides a full range of traditional banking services, including accepting deposits and originating loans, as well as specialized financial services through its non-bank subsidiaries, including: brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance provided through People’s Securities, Inc.; equipment financing provided through People’s Capital and Leasing Corp. and People’s United Equipment Finance Corp.; and other insurance services provided through People’s United Insurance Agency, Inc. People’s United Financial’s overall financial results are particularly dependent on economic conditions in New England and New York, which are its primary markets, although economic conditions elsewhere in the United States affect its equipment financing business. Deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).

People’s United Financial is regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) and subject to FRB examination, supervision and reporting requirements. The FRB assumed responsibility for the supervision and regulation of all savings and loan holding companies from the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”) effective July 21, 2011. Under its federal charter, People’s United Bank is regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) and subject to OCC examination, supervision and reporting requirements. The OCC assumed responsibility for the supervision and regulation of all federally-chartered savings banks from the OTS effective July 21, 2011.

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and include the accounts of People’s United Financial and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation. With regard to the Consolidated Statements of Condition, such reclassifications include the presentation of (i) loans held for sale as a separate line item (rather than as a component of total loans) and (ii) loans in process as a component of other assets (rather than as a component of total loans). In addition to these reclassifications, expenses related to the Company’s merchant services business and customer derivative activities are presented on a net basis, along with the respective revenues, within non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from management’s current estimates, as a result of changing conditions and future events. The current economic environment has increased the degree of uncertainty inherent in these significant estimates.

Several accounting estimates are particularly critical and are susceptible to significant near-term change, including the allowance for loan losses and asset impairment judgments, such as the recoverability of goodwill and other intangible assets, and other-than-temporary declines in the value of securities. These significant accounting policies and critical estimates, which are included in the discussion below, are reviewed with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The judgments used by management in applying these critical accounting policies may be affected by a further and prolonged deterioration in the economic environment, which may result in changes to future financial results. For example, subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for loan losses in future periods, and the inability to collect outstanding principal may result in increased loan losses.

For purposes of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, cash equivalents include highly liquid instruments, such as: interest-earning deposits at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; government-sponsored enterprise (“GSE”) debt securities with an original maturity of three months or less (determined as of the date of purchase); federal funds sold; commercial paper; and money market mutual funds. These instruments are reported as short-term investments in the Consolidated Statements of Condition at cost or amortized cost, which approximates fair value. GSE debt securities are held to maturity and carry the implicit backing of the U.S. government, but are not direct obligations of the U.S. government.

Securities

Marketable equity and debt securities (other than those reported as short-term investments) are classified as either trading account securities, held to maturity securities (applicable only to debt securities) or available for sale securities. Management determines the classification of a security at the time of its purchase.

Securities purchased for sale in the near term as well as those held by People’s Securities, Inc. (in accordance with the requirements for a broker-dealer) are classified as trading account securities and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in non-interest income.

Debt securities for which People’s United Financial has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity securities and reported at amortized cost. All other securities are classified as available for sale and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported on an after-tax basis in stockholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss. Premiums are amortized and discounts are accreted to interest income for debt securities, using the interest method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for the effect of actual prepayments in the case of mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and other asset-backed securities.

Security transactions are recorded on the trade date. Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and reported in non-interest income.

Management conducts a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the decline in fair value of any security is deemed to be other-than-temporary. Other-than-temporary impairment losses are recognized on debt securities when: (i) People’s United Financial has an intention to sell the security; (ii) it is more likely than not that People’s United Financial will be required to sell the security prior to recovery; or (iii) People’s United Financial does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. Other-than-temporary losses on debt securities are reflected in earnings as realized losses to the extent the impairment is related to credit losses. The amount of the impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. Management has the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as held to maturity until they mature, at which time People’s United Financial expects to receive full value for the securities.

Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock is a non-marketable equity security and is, therefore, reported at cost, which equals par value (the amount at which shares have been redeemed in the past). The investment is periodically evaluated for impairment based on, among other things, the capital adequacy of the FHLB and its overall financial condition.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Securities Resale and Securities Repurchase Agreements

In securities resale agreements, a counterparty transfers securities to People’s United Financial (as transferee) and People’s United Financial agrees to resell the same or substantially the same securities to the counterparty at a fixed price in the future. In securities repurchase agreements, which include both retail arrangements with customers and wholesale arrangements with other counterparties, People’s United Financial (as transferor) transfers securities to a counterparty and agrees to repurchase the same or substantially the same securities from the counterparty at a fixed price in the future.

People’s United Financial accounts for resale agreements as secured lending transactions and repurchase agreements as secured borrowings since the transferor maintains effective control over the transferred securities and the transfer meets the other criteria for such accounting. The securities are pledged by the transferor as collateral and the transferee has the right by contract to sell or repledge that collateral provided the same or substantially the same collateral and related interest, if any, is returned to the transferor upon maturity of the underlying agreement. The fair value of the pledged collateral approximates the recorded amount of the secured loan or borrowing. Decreases in the fair value of the transferred securities below an established threshold require the transferor to provide additional collateral.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale are reported at the lower of cost or fair value in the aggregate, considering the effect of forward sales commitments, with any adjustment for net unrealized losses reported in non-interest income. Management identifies and designates as loans held for sale certain newly originated adjustable-rate and fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that meet secondary market requirements, as these loans are originated with the intent to sell. From time to time, management identifies and designates residential mortgage loans held in the loan portfolio for sale. These loans are transferred to loans held for sale at the lower of cost or fair value at the time of transfer and the resulting unrealized loss is reported in non-interest income.

Loans

Loans acquired in connection with business combinations beginning in 2010 (see Note 2) are referred to as ‘acquired’ loans as a result of the manner in which they are accounted for (see further discussion under ‘Acquired Loans’ below). All other loans are referred to as ‘originated’ loans.

Basis of Accounting

Originated loans are reported at amortized cost less the allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is accrued to income monthly based on outstanding principal balances. Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred, and the net fee or cost is recognized in interest income as an adjustment of yield. Depending on the loan portfolio, amounts are amortized or accreted using the level yield method over either the actual life or the estimated average life of the loan.

Non-accrual Loans

A loan is generally considered “non-performing” when it is placed on non-accrual status. A loan is generally placed on non-accrual status when it becomes 90 days past due as to interest or principal payments. Past due status is based on the contractual payment terms of the loan. A loan may be placed on non-accrual status before it reaches 90 days past due if such loan has been identified as presenting uncertainty with respect to the collectibility of interest and principal. A loan past due 90 days or more may remain on accruing status if such loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest totaled $1.2 million and $11.8 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively (none at December 31, 2011).

 

F-10


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

All previously accrued but unpaid interest on non-accrual loans is reversed from interest income in the period in which the accrual of interest is discontinued. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans (including impaired loans) are generally applied as a reduction of principal if future collections are doubtful, although such interest payments may be recognized as income. A loan remains on non-accrual status until the factors that indicated doubtful collectibility no longer exist or until a loan is determined to be uncollectible and is charged off against the allowance for loan losses.

Impaired Loans

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled principal and interest payments. Impaired loans also include certain originated loans whose terms have been modified in such a way that they are considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). Originated loans are considered TDRs if the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and is afforded a concession by People’s United Financial, such as, but not limited to: (i) payment deferral; (ii) a reduction of the stated interest rate for the remaining contractual life of the loan; (iii) an extension of the loan’s original contractual term at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk; (iv) capitalization of interest; or (v) forgiveness of principal or interest. Generally, TDRs are placed on non-accrual status (and reported as non-performing loans) until the loan qualifies for return to accrual status. Loans qualify for return to accrual status once they have demonstrated performance with the restructured terms of the loan agreement for a minimum of six months. Loans may continue to be reported as TDRs after they are returned to accrual status. Acquired loans that are modified are not considered for TDR classification because they are evaluated for impairment on a pool basis.

Impairment is evaluated on a collective basis for smaller-balance loans with similar credit risk and on an individual loan basis for other loans. If a loan is deemed to be impaired, a specific valuation allowance is allocated, if necessary, so that the loan is reported (net of the allowance) at the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate or at the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Interest payments on impaired loans are typically applied to principal unless collectibility of the principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest is recognized on a cash basis. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.

Acquired Loans

Acquired loans that have evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination and for which it is probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments will not be collected are initially recorded at fair value without recording an allowance for loan losses. Fair value of the loans is determined using market participant assumptions in estimating the amount and timing of both principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected, as adjusted for an estimate of future credit losses and prepayments, and then applying a market-based discount rate to those cash flows. Acquired loans are generally accounted for on a pool basis, with pools formed based on the loans’ common risk characteristics, such as loan collateral type and accrual status. Each pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows.

Under the accounting model for acquired loans, the excess of cash flows expected to be collected over the carrying amount of the loans, referred to as the “accretable yield”, is accreted into interest income over the life of the loans in each pool using the effective yield method. Accordingly, acquired loans are not subject to classification as non-accrual in the same manner as originated loans. Rather, acquired loans are considered to be accruing loans because their interest income relates to the accretable yield recognized at the pool level and not to contractual interest payments at the loan level. The difference between contractually required principal and interest payments and the cash flows expected to be collected, referred to as the “nonaccretable difference”, includes estimates of both the impact of prepayments and future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loans in each pool. As such, charge-offs on acquired loans are first applied to the nonaccretable difference and then to any allowance for loan losses recognized subsequent to acquisition.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The estimate of cash flows expected to be collected is regularly re-assessed subsequent to acquisition. These re-assessments involve updates, as necessary, of the key assumptions and estimates used in the initial estimate of fair value. Generally speaking, expected cash flows are affected by:

 

   

Changes in the expected principal and interest payments over the estimated life —Changes in expected cash flows may be driven by the credit outlook and actions taken with borrowers. Changes in expected future cash flows resulting from loan modifications are included in the assessment of expected cash flows.

 

   

Changes in prepayment assumptions —Prepayments affect the estimated life of the loans, which may change the amount of interest income expected to be collected.

 

   

Changes in interest rate indices for variable rate loans —Expected future cash flows are based, as applicable, on the variable rates in effect at the time of the assessment of expected cash flows.

A decrease in expected cash flows in subsequent periods may indicate that the loan pool is impaired which would require the establishment of an allowance for loan losses by a charge to the provision for loan losses. An increase in expected cash flows in subsequent periods serves, first, to reduce any previously established allowance for loan losses by the increase in the present value of cash flows expected to be collected, and results in a recalculation of the amount of accretable yield for the loan pool. The adjustment of accretable yield due to an increase in expected cash flows is accounted for as a change in estimate. The additional cash flows expected to be collected are reclassified from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield, and the amount of periodic accretion is adjusted accordingly over the remaining life of the loans in the pool.

An acquired loan may be resolved either through receipt of payment (in full or in part) from the borrower, the sale of the loan to a third party, or foreclosure of the collateral. In the event of a sale of the loan, a gain or loss on sale is recognized and reported within non-interest income based on the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the loan. In other cases, individual loans are removed from the pool based on comparing the amount received from its resolution (fair value of the underlying collateral less costs to sell in the case of a foreclosure) with its outstanding balance. Differences between these amounts are absorbed by the nonaccretable difference established for the entire pool. For loans resolved by payment in full, there is no adjustment of the nonaccretable difference since there is no difference between the amount received at resolution and the outstanding balance of the loan. In these cases, the remaining accretable yield balance is unaffected and any material change in remaining effective yield caused by the removal of the loan from the pool is addressed in connection with the subsequent cash flow re-assessment for the pool. For acquired loans accounted for on an individual loan basis and resolved directly with the borrower, any amount received from resolution in excess of the carrying amount of the loan is recognized and reported within interest income. Acquired loans accounted for on a pool basis and subject to modification are not removed from the pool even if those loans would otherwise be deemed TDRs as the pool, and not the individual loan, represents the unit of account.

Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance for loan losses when realized.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

People’s United Financial maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that is deemed to be appropriate to absorb probable losses inherent in the respective loan portfolios, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: (i) People’s United Financial’s historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; (ii) risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, and equipment financing loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by People’s United Financial’s independent loan review function; (iii) an evaluation of delinquent and non-performing loans and related collateral values; (iv) the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; (v) the present financial condition of borrowers; and (vi) current economic conditions.

The Company’s allowance for loan losses consists of three elements: (i) an allowance for larger-balance, non-homogeneous loans that are evaluated on an individual (loan-by-loan) basis; (ii) an allowance for smaller-balance homogeneous loans that are evaluated on a collective basis; and (iii) a specific allowance for individual loans deemed to be impaired, including originated loans classified as TDRs.

Larger-balance, Non-homogeneous Loans. The Company establishes a loan loss allowance for its larger-balance, non-homogeneous loans using a methodology that incorporates (i) the probability of default for a given loan risk rating and (ii) historical default data over a multi-year period. In accordance with the Company’s loan risk rating system, each loan, with the exception of those included in large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans, is assigned a risk rating (using a nine-grade scale) by the originating loan officer, credit management, internal loan review or loan committee. Loans rated one represent those loans least likely to default while loans rated nine represent a loss. The probability of loans defaulting for each risk rating, referred to as default factors, are estimated based on the frequency with which loans migrate from one risk rating to another and to default status over time. Estimated loan default factors are multiplied by loan balances within each risk-rating category and again multiplied by an historical loss-given-default estimate for each loan type to determine an appropriate level of allowance by loan type. The historical loss-given-default estimates are updated annually (or more frequently, if necessary) based on actual charge-off experience. This approach is applied to the commercial, commercial real estate and equipment financing components of the loan portfolio.

In developing the allowance for loan losses for larger-balance, non-homogeneous loans, the Company also gives consideration to certain qualitative factors, including the macroeconomic environment and any potential imprecision inherent in its loan loss model which may result from having limited historical loan loss data which, in turn, may result in inaccurate probability of default and loss-given-default factors. In consideration of these factors, the Company may adjust the allowance for loan losses upward or downward based on current economic conditions and portfolio trends. In determining the extent of any such adjustment, the Company considers both economic and portfolio-specific data that correlates with loan losses. The Company annually reviews this data to determine that such a correlation continues to exist. Additionally, at interim dates between annual reviews, the Company evaluates the factors in order to conclude that they continue to be adequate based on current economic conditions.

Smaller-balance, Homogeneous Loans. Pools of smaller-balance, homogeneous loans with similar risk and loss characteristics are also assessed for probable losses. These loan pools include residential mortgage, home equity and other consumer loans that are not assigned individual loan risk ratings. Rather, the assessment of these portfolios is based upon a consideration of recent historical loss experience, delinquency trends and portfolio-specific risk characteristics, the combination of which determines whether a loan is classified as “High” risk, “Moderate” risk or “Low” risk.

The allowance for loan losses for these smaller-balance, homogeneous portfolios is developed using a “build-up” approach that includes components attributable to: (i) historical portfolio loss experience; (ii) portfolio-specific risk elements; and (iii) other qualitative factors.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The risk characteristics considered include (i) collateral values/loan-to-value ratios (above and below 70%); (ii) borrower credit scores under the FICO scoring system (above and below a score of 680); and (iii) other relevant portfolio risk elements such as income verification at the time of underwriting (stated income vs. non-stated income) and the property’s intended use (owner-occupied, non-owner occupied, second home, etc.). In classifying a loan as either “High”, “Moderate” or “Low” risk, the combination of each of the aforementioned risk characteristics is considered for that loan, resulting, effectively, in a “matrix approach” to its risk classification.

In establishing the allowance for loan losses for residential mortgage loans, the Company principally considers historical portfolio loss experience of the most recent 1- and 3-year periods, as management believes this provides a reasonable basis for estimating the inherent probable losses within the residential mortgage portfolio. In establishing the allowance for loan losses for home equity loans, the Company principally considers historical portfolio loss experience of the most recent 12-month period.

With respect to portfolio stratification based on the aforementioned portfolio-specific risk characteristics, each risk category is currently assigned an applicable reserve factor. For residential mortgage loans, the “Moderate” (or baseline) reserve factor represents the portfolio’s net charge-off rate for the preceding fiscal year. For home equity loans, the “Moderate” (or baseline) reserve factor represents an average of the portfolio’s monthly net charge-off rates for the preceding three months. This component of the allowance employs a shorter look-back period as it is intended to identify emerging portfolio trends in credit quality as determined by reference to a loan’s initial underwriting as well as subsequent changes in property values and borrower credit scores. Accordingly, the shorter look-back period is deemed to provide a better basis on which to analyze such trends.

Within each respective portfolio, the loan population deemed to be “High” risk is subject to a reserve factor equal to two times that of the applicable baseline factor, while the loan population deemed to be “Low” risk is subject to a reserve factor equal to one-third of the applicable baseline factor. These adjustments around the baseline factor are intended to reflect the higher or lower probability of loss inherent in the corresponding portfolio stratification. The reserve factor multiples for the “High” and “Low” risk categories were determined by reference to actual historical portfolio loss experience and are generally reflective of the range of losses incurred over each portfolio’s respective look-back period. As such, management believes that these multiples, which are reassessed annually (or more frequently, if necessary), provide a reasonable basis for estimating the inherent probable losses within each risk classification category.

In addition to the portfolio-specific quantitative measures described above, the Company considers a variety of qualitative factors in establishing its allowance for loan losses that, generally, are based on management’s assessment of economic, market and industry conditions. Such qualitative factors include, but are not limited to: (i) present and forecasted economic conditions, including unemployment rates, new jobs creation, and consumer confidence levels; (ii) changes in industry trends, including the impact of new regulations, the origination market, the U.S. homeownership rate, and potential homebuyer levels; and (iii) trends in property values, including housing market indicators, foreclosure activity, housing inventory and distressed sale levels, and median sales prices/average market time.

In completing the “build-up” approach to the allowance for loan losses for smaller-balance, homogeneous loans, the amount reflecting the Company’s consideration of these various qualitative factors is added to the amounts attributable to historical portfolio loss experience and portfolio-specific risk elements. In this manner, historical charge-off data (whether periods or amounts) is not adjusted and the allowance for loan losses always includes a component attributable to qualitative factors, the degree of which may change from period to period as such qualitative factors indicate improving or worsening trends. There were no significant changes in the qualitative factor component of the related allowance for loan losses during 2011.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Individually Impaired Loans. The allowance for loan losses also includes specific allowances for individually impaired loans. Generally, the Company’s impaired loans consist of (i) classified commercial loans in excess of $250,000 that have been placed on non-accrual status and (ii) originated loans classified as TDRs. Individually impaired loans are measured based upon observable market prices; the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate; or, in the case of collateral dependent loans, fair value of the collateral (based on appraisals and other market information) less cost to sell. If the recorded investment in a loan exceeds the amount measured as described in the preceding sentence, a specific allowance for loan losses would be established as a component of the overall allowance for loan losses or, in the case of a collateral dependent loan, a charge-off would be recorded for the difference between the loan’s recorded investment and management’s estimate of the fair value of the collateral (less cost to sell). It would be rare for the Company to identify a loan that meets the criteria stated above and requires a specific allowance or a charge-off and not deem it impaired solely as a result of the existence of a guarantee.

People’s United Financial performs an analysis of its impaired loans, including collateral dependent impaired loans, on a quarterly basis. Individually impaired collateral dependent loans are measured based upon the appraised value of the underlying collateral and other market information. Generally, the Company’s policy is to obtain updated appraisals for commercial collateral dependent loans when the loan is downgraded to a risk rating of “substandard” or “doubtful”, and the most recent appraisal is more than 12 months old or a determination has been made that the property has experienced a significant decline in value. Appraisals are prepared by independent, licensed third-party appraisers and are subject to review by the Company’s internal commercial appraisal department or external appraisers contracted by the commercial appraisal department. The conclusions of the external appraisal review are reviewed by the Company’s Chief Commercial Appraiser prior to acceptance. The Company’s policy with respect to impaired residential mortgage loans is to receive updated appraisals upon the loan being classified as non-performing (typically upon becoming 90 days past due).

In determining the allowance for loan losses, People’s United Financial gives appropriate consideration to the age of appraisals through its regular evaluation of other relevant qualitative and quantitative information. Specifically, between scheduled appraisals, property values are monitored within the commercial portfolio by reference to current originations of collateral dependent loans and the related appraisals obtained during underwriting as well as by reference to recent trends in commercial property sales as published by leading industry sources. Property values are monitored within the residential mortgage portfolio by reference to available market indicators, including real estate price indices within the Company’s primary lending areas.

In most situations where a guarantee exists, the guarantee arrangement is not a specific factor in the assessment of the related allowance for loan losses. However, the assessment of a guarantor’s credit strength is reflected in the Company’s internal loan risk ratings which, in turn, are an important factor in its allowance for loan loss methodology for loans within the commercial and commercial real estate portfolios.

People’s United Financial did not change its methodologies with respect to determining the allowance for loan losses during 2011. While People’s United Financial seeks to use the best available information to make these determinations, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, results of regulatory examinations, further information obtained regarding known problem loans, the identification of additional problem loans and other factors.

Loan Charge-Offs

The Company’s charge-off policies, which comply with standards established by banking regulators, are consistently applied from period to period. Charge-offs are recorded on a monthly basis. Partially charged-off loans continue to be evaluated on a monthly basis and additional charge-offs or loan loss provisions may be recorded on the remaining loan balance based on the same criteria.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For unsecured consumer loans, charge-offs are generally recorded when the loan is deemed to be uncollectible or 120 days past due, whichever occurs first. For consumer loans secured by real estate, including residential mortgage loans, charge-offs are generally recorded when the loan is deemed to be uncollectible or 180 days past due, whichever occurs first, unless it can be clearly demonstrated that repayment will occur regardless of the delinquency status. Factors that demonstrate an ability to repay may include: (i) a loan that is secured by adequate collateral and is in the process of collection; (ii) a loan supported by a valid guarantee or insurance; or (iii) a loan supported by a valid claim against a solvent estate.

For commercial banking loans, a charge-off is recorded when the Company determines that it will not collect all amounts contractually due based on the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell, or the present value of expected future cash flows.

The decision whether to charge-off all or a portion of a loan rather than to record a specific or general loss allowance is based on an assessment of all available information that aids in determining the loan’s net realizable value. Typically this involves consideration of both (i) the fair value of any collateral securing the loan, including whether the estimate of fair value has been derived from an appraisal or other market information and (ii) other factors affecting the likelihood of repayment, including the existence of guarantees and insurance. If the amount by which the Company’s recorded investment in the loan exceeds its net realizable value is deemed to be a confirmed loss, a charge-off is recorded. Otherwise, a specific or general reserve is established, as applicable.

Wealth Management and Other Fee-Based Revenues

Investment management fees are accrued when earned based on total assets managed and administered, which are not reported as assets of People’s United Financial. Insurance revenue represents commissions earned solely from performing broker- and agency-related services. Insurance commission revenues related to agency-billed policies are recognized at the later of the policy billing date or the policy effective date. Insurance commission revenues on premiums directly billed by insurance carriers are generally recognized as revenue during the period commissions are paid by the insurance carrier. Brokerage commissions are recognized on a trade-date basis. Bank service charges are recorded when earned.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

Bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) represents the cash surrender value of life insurance policies purchased on the lives of certain key executives and former key executives. BOLI funds are generally invested in separate accounts and are supported by a stable wrap agreement to fully insulate the underlying investments against changes in fair value. Increases in the cash surrender value of these policies and death benefits in excess of the related invested premiums are included in non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company’s BOLI policies have been underwritten by highly-rated third party insurance carriers and the investments underlying these policies are deemed to be of low-to-moderate market risk.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are reported at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, except for land, which is reported at cost. Buildings, data processing and other equipment, computer software, furniture and fixtures are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term, the estimated useful life of the improvements or 10 years. Capitalized software development costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software. Generally, the estimated useful lives are as follows: buildings—40 years; data processing and other equipment—3 to 5 years; computer software—3 to 5 years; and furniture and fixtures—10 years.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Goodwill and Other Acquisition-Related Intangibles

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) standards on accounting for business combinations require an acquirer, upon initially obtaining control of another entity, to recognize the assets, liabilities and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree at fair value as of the acquisition date. Contingent consideration, if any, is also recognized and measured at fair value on the date of acquisition. In addition, those standards require that: (i) acquisition-related transaction costs be expensed as incurred; (ii) specific requirements be met in order to accrue for a restructuring plan as part of the acquisition; (iii) certain pre-acquisition contingencies be recognized at fair value; and (iv) acquired loans be recorded at fair value as of the acquisition date without recognition of an allowance for loan losses.

The standards described above apply to business combinations completed on or after January 1, 2009. For acquisitions completed prior to January 1, 2009, the cost of an acquisition was allocated to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition; acquisition-related transaction costs were recorded as part of the acquisition cost; and an allowance for loan losses was recognized.

Intangible assets are recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the tangible net assets acquired. “Acquisition-related intangibles” are separately identified and recognized, where appropriate, for assets such as trade names and the estimated values of acquired core deposits and/or customer relationships. The remaining intangible asset is recognized as goodwill.

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but, rather, are reviewed for impairment at least annually, with impairment losses charged to expense when they occur. Acquisition-related intangible assets other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are amortized to expense over their estimated useful lives and are periodically reviewed by management to assess recoverability. Impairment losses on other acquisition-related intangibles are recognized as a charge to expense if carrying amounts exceed fair values.

The Company’s trade name intangible is being amortized on an accelerated basis over a period of approximately 20 years, reflecting the manner in which the related benefit is expected to be realized. Core deposit intangibles are amortized over 10 years on an accelerated basis that reflects the manner in which the related benefit attributable to the acquired deposits is expected to be realized. Customer relationship intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis (approximating the manner in which the benefit is expected to be realized) over the estimated remaining average life of those relationships (ranging from 7 to 15 years from the respective acquisition dates).

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. The test is performed as of an annual impairment testing date or more frequently if a triggering event indicates that impairment may have occurred. The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step (“Step 1”) is used to identify potential impairment, and involves comparing each reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not deemed to be impaired. Should the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceed its estimated fair value, an indicator of potential impairment is deemed to exist and a second step is performed to measure the amount of such impairment, if any. None of the Company’s identified reporting units are at risk of failing the Step 1 goodwill impairment test at this time.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The second step (“Step 2”) involves calculating the implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which impairment was indicated in Step 1. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to how the amount of goodwill is determined in a business combination (i.e. by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in Step 1, over the aggregate estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities, and identifiable intangibles applicable to that reporting unit as of the impairment testing date). If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying amount of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, no impairment exists. If the carrying amount of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment loss is recorded in an amount equal to such excess. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit, and the loss (write-down) establishes a new carrying amount for the goodwill. Subsequent reversals of goodwill impairment losses are not permitted.

The Company estimates the fair value of its reporting units based on an appropriate weighting of values based on (i) a present-value measurement technique (discounted cash flow analysis based on internal forecasts) and (ii) market-based trading and transaction multiples. The discounted cash flow analysis is based on significant assumptions and judgments including future growth rates and discount rates reflecting management’s assessment of market participant views of the risks associated with the projected cash flows of the reporting units. The market-based trading and transaction multiples are derived from the market prices of stocks of companies that are actively traded and engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Company and the respective reporting unit. The derived multiples are then applied to the reporting unit’s financial metrics to produce an indication of value. Differences in the identification of reporting units or in the selection of valuation techniques and related assumptions could result in materially different evaluations of goodwill impairment.

For the purpose of goodwill impairment testing, management has identified reporting units based upon the Company’s three business segments: Commercial Banking, Retail and Business Banking, and Wealth Management. People’s United Financial performed its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1, 2011 and determined that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its respective carrying amount.

Real Estate Owned

Real estate owned (“REO”) properties acquired through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure are recorded initially at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less costs to sell. Any write-down of the recorded investment in the related loan is charged to the allowance for loan losses upon transfer to REO. Thereafter, an allowance for REO losses is established for any further declines in the property’s value. This allowance is increased by provisions charged to income and decreased by charge-offs for realized losses. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on an analysis of individual properties, as well as a general assessment of current real estate market conditions.

Income Taxes

Deferred taxes are recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to “temporary differences” and tax loss carryforwards. Temporary differences are differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. A deferred tax liability is recognized for all temporary differences that will result in future taxable income. A deferred tax asset is recognized for all temporary differences that will result in future tax deductions and for all tax loss carryforwards, subject to reduction of the asset by a valuation allowance in certain circumstances. This valuation allowance is recognized if, based on an analysis of available evidence, management determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The valuation allowance is subject to ongoing adjustment based on changes in circumstances that affect management’s judgment about the realizability of the deferred tax asset.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to future taxable income. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax laws or rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date of the change. Tax benefits attributable to deductions in excess of financial statement amounts arising from the exercise of non-statutory stock options are credited to additional paid-in capital.

Individual tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return must satisfy certain criteria in order for some or all of the related tax benefits to be recognized in the financial statements. Specifically, a recognition threshold of more-likely-than-not must be met in order to recognize those tax benefits.

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stock by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock (such as stock options) were exercised or converted into additional common shares that would then share in the earnings of the entity. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stock by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year, plus an incremental number of common-equivalent shares computed using the treasury stock method.

Unvested share-based payment awards, which include the right to receive non-forfeitable dividends or dividend equivalents, are considered to participate with common stock in undistributed earnings for purposes of computing EPS. Companies that have such participating securities, including People’s United Financial, are required to calculate basic and diluted EPS using the two-class method. Restricted stock awards granted by People’s United Financial are considered participating securities. Calculations of EPS under the two-class method (i) exclude from the numerator any dividends paid or owed on participating securities and any undistributed earnings considered to be attributable to participating securities and (ii) exclude from the denominator the dilutive impact of the participating securities.

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

People’s United Financial uses derivative financial instruments as components of its market risk management (principally to manage interest rate risk). Certain other derivatives are entered into in connection with transactions with commercial customers. Derivatives are not used for speculative purposes.

All derivatives are recognized as either assets or liabilities and are measured at fair value. Until a derivative is settled, favorable changes in fair values result in unrealized gains that are recognized as assets, while unfavorable changes result in unrealized losses that are recognized as liabilities.

People’s United Financial generally applies hedge accounting to its derivatives used for market risk management purposes. Hedge accounting is permitted only if specific criteria are met, including a requirement that a highly effective relationship exist between the derivative instrument and the hedged item, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis. The hedge accounting method depends upon whether the derivative instrument is classified as a fair value hedge (i.e. hedging an exposure related to a recognized asset or liability, or a firm commitment) or a cash flow hedge (i.e. hedging an exposure related to the variability of future cash flows associated with a recognized asset or liability, or a forecasted transaction). Changes in the fair value of effective fair value hedges are recognized in current earnings (with the change in fair value of the hedged asset or liability also recorded in earnings). Changes in the fair value of effective cash flow hedges are recognized in other comprehensive income or loss until earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the designated hedged item. Ineffective portions of hedge results are recognized in current earnings.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

People’s United Financial formally documents at inception all relationships between the derivative instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as hedges to specific assets and liabilities, or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. People’s United Financial also formally assesses, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective or has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, People’s United Financial would discontinue hedge accounting prospectively. Gains or losses resulting from the termination of a derivative accounted for as a cash flow hedge remain in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss and are amortized to earnings over the remaining period of the former hedging relationship, provided the hedged item continues to be outstanding.

People’s United Financial uses the dollar offset method, regression analysis and scenario analysis to assess hedge effectiveness at inception and on an ongoing basis. Such methods are chosen based on the nature of the hedging strategy and are used consistently throughout the life of the hedging relationship.

Certain derivative financial instruments are offered to commercial customers to assist them in meeting their financing and investing objectives and for their risk management purposes. These derivative financial instruments consist primarily of interest rate swaps, but also include foreign exchange contracts. The interest rate risk associated with customer interest rate swaps is mitigated by entering into similar derivatives having offsetting terms with other counterparties. The credit risk to these customers is evaluated at the time of entering into such transactions.

Interest rate-lock commitments may be extended to borrowers in connection with residential mortgage loan origination activities. To mitigate the interest rate risk inherent in these commitments, People’s United Financial enters into mandatory delivery and best efforts contracts to sell adjustable-rate and fixed-rate residential mortgage loans (servicing released). Forward commitments to sell and interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans are considered derivatives and their respective estimated fair values are adjusted based on changes in interest rates.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives for which hedge accounting is not applied are recognized in current earnings, including customer derivatives, interest rate-lock commitments and forward sale commitments.

Fair Value Measurements

Accounting standards related to fair value measurements define fair value, provide a framework for measuring fair value, and establish related disclosure requirements. Broadly, fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Accordingly, an “exit price” approach is required in determining fair value. In support of this principle, a fair value hierarchy has been established that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value, requiring entities to maximize the use of market or observable inputs (as more reliable measures) and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs generally require significant management judgment.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The three levels within the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

   

Level 1—Unadjusted quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access at the measurement date (such as active exchange-traded equity securities and certain U.S. and government agency debt securities).

 

   

Level 2—Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as:

 

   

quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets (such as U.S. agency and GSE issued mortgage-backed securities and CMOs);

 

   

quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in less active markets (such as certain U.S. and government agency debt securities, and corporate and municipal debt securities that trade infrequently); and

 

   

other inputs that: (i) are observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability (e.g. interest rates, yield curves, prepayment speeds, default rates, etc.); or (ii) can be corroborated by observable market data (such as interest rate and currency derivatives and certain other securities).

 

   

Level 3—Valuation techniques that require unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and are significant to the fair value measurement of the asset or liability (such as pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that typically reflect management’s own estimates of the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability).

People’s United Financial maintains policies and procedures to value assets and liabilities using the most relevant data available.

In January 2010, the FASB amended its standards related to disclosure of fair value measurements to require: (i) disclosure of amounts transferred in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; (ii) a reconciliation, presented on a gross basis rather than a net basis, of activity in the Level 3 fair value measurements; (iii) greater disaggregation of the assets and liabilities for which fair value measurements are presented; and (iv) more robust disclosure of the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure assets and liabilities in Level 2 and Level 3. The new requirements were effective January 1, 2010 for People’s United Financial, with the exception of the requirement related to the Level 3 activity reconciliation, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 (January 1, 2011 for People’s United Financial). The applicable disclosures have been provided in Note 19.

Stock-Based Compensation

People’s United Financial’s stock-based compensation plans provide for awards of stock options and restricted stock to directors, officers and employees (see Note 18). Costs resulting from the issuance of such share-based payment awards are required to be recognized in the financial statements based on the grant date fair value of the award. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Accounting Standards

Credit Quality and Allowance for Credit Losses Disclosures

In July 2010, the FASB amended its standards related to required disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses. As a result, companies are required to provide expanded credit risk disclosures (such as aging information and credit quality indicators) and expanded disclosures related to the allowance for credit losses (such as a disaggregated rollforward of activity in the allowance). Both new and existing disclosures must be disaggregated either by portfolio segment or by class of financing receivable that are based, in part, on how a company develops its allowance for credit losses and manages its credit exposure. The amendments requiring disclosure as of the end of a reporting period were effective for People’s United Financial beginning December 31, 2010. The amendments requiring disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period generally became effective for People’s United Financial on January 1, 2011, except for disclosures about TDR activity, which became effective on July 1, 2011. The applicable disclosures have been provided in Note 5.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

In December 2010, the FASB amended its standards related to intangible assets by modifying Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that an impairment may exist such as if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. This amendment became effective for People’s United Financial on January 1, 2011 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In September 2011, the FASB amended its standards to provide an option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of such events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the entity is not required to perform the two-step impairment test. This amendment is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 (January 1, 2012 for People’s United Financial). While early adoption is permitted, the Company has not elected to do so. The adoption of this guidance in 2012 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Business Combinations

In December 2010, the FASB amended its standards related to business combinations by (i) providing clarification regarding the acquisition date that should be used for purposes of disclosing the required pro forma financial information when comparative financial statements are presented and (ii) requiring a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments that are directly attributable to the business combination. For People’s United Financial, these amendments became effective for business combinations completed on or after January 1, 2011. The applicable disclosures have been provided in Note 2.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

In April 2011, the FASB amended its standards to provide clarifying guidance to assist creditors in determining whether a modification of the terms of a receivable meets the criteria to be considered a TDR, both for purposes of impairment loss recognition and TDR disclosures. In evaluating whether a loan modification constitutes a TDR, a creditor must separately conclude that (i) the modification constitutes a concession and (ii) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. For public companies, this clarifying guidance became effective for periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011 (July 1, 2011 for People’s United Financial), and is applied retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after January 1, 2011. The Company’s existing policies and procedures have been, and remain, consistent with this clarifying guidance. As such, the application of this guidance did not result in the identification of additional TDRs nor did it have a material impact on the Company’s allowance for loan losses, provision for loan losses or TDR-related financial statement disclosures, which have been provided in Note 5.

Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements

In April 2011, the FASB amended its standards with respect to repurchase agreements. The amendment changes (i) the effective control assessment by removing the criterion that required the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee, and (ii) the collateral maintenance guidance related to that criterion. Instead, the transferor should assess effective control based on its rights and obligations with respect to the transferred financial assets and not based on whether it has the practical ability to perform in accordance with those rights or obligations. As a result, it is anticipated that most repurchase agreements will not qualify for derecognition of the financial assets from the transferor’s financial statements. This amendment is effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after December 15, 2011 (January 1, 2012 for People’s United Financial), and will be applied prospectively to transactions or modifications of existing transactions that occur on or after the effective date. The amendment is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fair Value Measurements

In May 2011, the FASB issued amendments to its standards on fair value with the objective of establishing (i) a consistent definition of fair value and (ii) common requirements for the measurement of and disclosure about fair value between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The amendments, which are generally consistent with existing fair value measurement principles contained in U.S. GAAP, serve to expand the related disclosure requirements for fair value measurements and provide necessary clarifications in order to align with IFRS.

Specifically, the amendments include provisions relating to: (i) application of the highest and best use and valuation premise concepts; (ii) application of premiums and discounts, including blockage factors, in a fair value measurement; (iii) measuring the fair value of an instrument classified in a reporting entity’s shareholders’ equity; and (iv) additional disclosures about fair value measurements, including quantitative information (e.g. sensitivity analysis) about the unobservable inputs used for Level 3 items and the fair value hierarchy of items that are not measured at fair value in the statement of condition but whose fair value is required to be disclosed. These amendments, for which early adoption is not permitted, are effective prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011 (January 1, 2012 for People’s United Financial) and are not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Comprehensive Income

In June 2011, the FASB amended its standards relating to the presentation of comprehensive income to require that all nonowner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate consecutive statements. These amendments will make the financial statement presentation of other comprehensive income more prominent by eliminating the alternative to present comprehensive income within the statement of stockholders’ equity. In December 2011, the FASB deferred indefinitely the portion of the new guidance requiring that items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) be presented on the face of the financial statements together with the related components of net income and other comprehensive income.

The effective date of the deferral is consistent with the effective date of the June 2011 amendments. For public entities, the effective date is fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011 (January 1, 2012 for People’s United Financial). The amendments should be applied retrospectively. The adoption of these amendments in 2012 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Balance Sheet Offsetting Disclosures

In December 2011, the FASB issued amendments to its standards to provide for certain additional disclosures about financial instruments and derivatives instruments that are subject to netting arrangements. Specifically, entities will be required to provide information about both net and gross amounts in the notes to the financial statements for relevant assets and liabilities that are offset. For People’s United Financial, these new disclosures are required for interim and annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and are not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

NOTE 2—Acquisitions

 

Acquisition Completed in 2011

After the close of business on June 30, 2011, People’s United Financial acquired Danvers Bancorp, Inc. (“Danvers”) based in Danvers, Massachusetts. The transaction was effective July 1, 2011. Total consideration paid in the Danvers acquisition of approximately $462 million consisted of approximately $214 million in cash and 18.5 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock with a fair value of approximately $248 million. Cash consideration was paid at the rate of $23.00 per share of Danvers common stock and stock consideration was paid at the rate of 1.624 shares of People’s United Financial common stock per share of Danvers common stock. At the acquisition date, Danvers operated 28 branches in the greater Boston area.

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in this transaction were recorded by People’s United Financial at their estimated fair values as of the effective date and People’s United Financial’s results of operations include the results of Danvers beginning with the effective date. Merger-related expenses recorded in 2011 related to the Danvers acquisition totaled $28.0 million, including: (i) fees for investment advisory, legal, accounting and valuation services; (ii) debt prepayment costs; and (iii) compensatory charges.

The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill, which was allocated to the Commercial Banking segment and the Retail and Business Banking segment.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The acquisition-date estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition of Danvers are summarized as follows:

 

(in millions)

      

Assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 361.3   

Securities

     220.5   

Loans

     1,868.0   

Goodwill

     229.5   

Core deposit intangible

     10.0   

Premises and equipment

     33.2   

REO

     1.3   

Other assets

     109.4   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,833.2   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

  

Deposits

   $ 2,068.1   

Borrowings

     232.8   

Subordinated debentures

     20.5   

Other liabilities

     49.3   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 2,370.7   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 462.5   
  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets totaling $14.9 million were established in connection with recording the related purchase accounting adjustments (other than goodwill). People’s United Financial repaid $155.0 million of borrowings and all subordinated debentures assumed from Danvers prior to September 30, 2011. Included in merger-related expenses are debt prepayment costs of $4.3 million relating to the repayment of FHLB advances. Fair value adjustments to assets acquired (other than acquired loans, see Note 1) and liabilities assumed are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over periods consistent with the average life, useful life and / or contractual term of the related assets and liabilities. The core deposit intangible will be amortized over a 6-year period using an accelerated amortization method reflective of the manner in which the related benefit attributable to the deposits will be recognized.

The above summary includes adjustments to record the acquired assets and assumed liabilities at their respective fair values based on management’s best estimate using the information available at this time. While there may be changes in the respective acquisition-date fair values of certain balance sheet amounts and other items, management does not expect that such changes, if any, will be material.

Fair values of the major categories of assets acquired and liabilities assumed were determined as follows:

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The fair values of cash and cash equivalents approximate the respective carrying amounts because the instruments are payable on demand or have short-term maturities.

Securities

The fair values of securities were based on quoted market prices for identical securities received from an independent, nationally-recognized, third-party pricing service. When quoted market prices for identical securities were unavailable, prices provided by the independent pricing service were based on recent trading activity and other observable information including, but not limited to, market interest rate curves, referenced credit spreads and estimated prepayment rates where applicable.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Loans

The loans acquired in the Danvers acquisition were recorded at fair value without a carryover of Danvers’ allowance for loan losses. Fair value of the loans is determined using market participant assumptions in estimating the amount and timing of both principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected, as adjusted for an estimate of future credit losses and prepayments, and then applying a market-based discount rate to those cash flows. In doing so, the loans were segregated into pools based on their common risk characteristics such as loan collateral type and accrual status. The discount on the loans acquired in this transaction was due, in part, to credit quality (see Note 5). Included in the Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2011 is approximately $44 million of interest income attributable to Danvers since the acquisition date.

Deposits

The fair value of acquired savings and transaction deposit accounts was assumed to approximate the carrying value as these accounts have no stated maturity and are payable on demand. The fair value of time deposits were determined based on the present value of the contractual cash flows over the remaining period to maturity using a market interest rate.

Borrowings and Subordinated Debentures

The fair values of FHLB advances and repurchase agreements represent contractual repayments discounted using interest rates currently available on borrowings with similar characteristics and remaining maturities. The fair value of subordinated debentures was based on dealer quotes.

The following table presents selected pro forma financial information of the Company reflecting the acquisition of Danvers assuming the acquisition was completed as of the beginning of the respective periods:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions, except per share data)

   2011      2010  

Selected Financial Results:

     

Net interest income

   $ 969.0       $ 784.3   

Provision for loan losses

     63.7         60.0   

Non-interest income

     314.0         283.4   

Non-interest expense

     910.0         852.5   

Net income

     207.7         104.0   

Basic and diluted EPS

   $ 0.58       $ 0.28   

The selected pro forma financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the financial results of the combined companies had the acquisition actually been completed at the beginning of the periods presented, nor does it indicate future results for any other interim or full-year period. There are no material, non-recurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the Danvers acquisition included in the pro forma financial information. Pro forma basic and diluted EPS were calculated using People’s United Financial’s actual weighted-average shares outstanding for the periods presented, plus the incremental shares issued, assuming the acquisition occurred at the beginning of the periods presented.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Acquisitions Completed in 2010

On November 30, 2010, People’s United Financial acquired Smithtown Bancorp, Inc. (“Smithtown”) based in Hauppauge, New York and LSB Corporation (“LSB”) based in North Andover, Massachusetts.

Total consideration paid in the Smithtown acquisition of approximately $56 million consisted of approximately $30 million in cash and 2.1 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock with a fair value of approximately $26 million. Cash consideration was paid at the rate of $3.77 per share of Smithtown common stock and stock consideration was paid at the rate of 0.304 shares of People’s United Financial common stock per share of Smithtown common stock. The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Smithtown acquisition totaled $2.3 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively. Total consideration paid in the LSB acquisition consisted of approximately $95 million in cash, and the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed totaled $837 million and $742 million, respectively. Merger-related expenses recorded in 2011 and 2010 related to the Smithtown and LSB acquisitions totaled $14.3 million and $5.5 million, respectively.

On April 16, 2010, People’s United Bank entered into a definitive purchase and assumption agreement (the “Agreement”) with the FDIC pursuant to which People’s United Bank assumed all of the deposits, certain assets and the banking operations of Butler Bank, located in Lowell, Massachusetts. The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Butler Bank acquisition both totaled $245 million. Merger-related expenses recorded in 2011 and 2010 related to the Butler Bank acquisition totaled $0.6 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

The Agreement also provides for loss-share coverage by the FDIC, up to certain limits, on all covered assets (loans and REO). The FDIC is obligated to reimburse People’s United Bank for 80% of any future losses on covered assets up to $34.0 million. People’s United Bank will reimburse the FDIC for 80% of recoveries with respect to losses for which the FDIC paid 80% reimbursement under the loss-sharing coverage.

The asset arising from the loss-sharing coverage, referred to as the “FDIC loss-share receivable,” is included in other assets ($19.4 million at December 31, 2011 and $26.2 million at December 31, 2010) in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The FDIC loss-share receivable is measured separately from the covered loans because the coverage is not contractually embedded in the loans and is not transferable should People’s United Bank choose to dispose of the covered loans. The FDIC loss-share receivable will be reduced as losses are realized on covered assets and as loss-sharing payments are received from the FDIC. Realized losses in excess of the acquisition date estimates will result in an increase in the FDIC loss-share receivable. Conversely, the FDIC loss-share receivable will be reduced if realized losses are less than the estimates at acquisition. The amount ultimately collected for the FDIC loss-share receivable is dependent upon the performance of the underlying covered assets over time and claims submitted to the FDIC. In the event that losses under the loss-share coverage do not reach expected levels, People’s United Bank has agreed to make a cash payment to the FDIC on approximately the tenth anniversary of the Agreement.

On February 19, 2010, People’s United Financial acquired Financial Federal Corporation (“Financial Federal”), a financial services company providing collateralized lending, financing and leasing services nationwide to small and medium sized businesses. Total consideration paid in the Financial Federal acquisition of approximately $699 million consisted of approximately $293 million in cash and 26.0 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock with a fair value of approximately $406 million. Cash consideration was paid at the rate of $11.27 per share of Financial Federal common stock and stock consideration was paid at the rate of one share of People’s United Financial common stock per share of Financial Federal common stock. The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Financial Federal acquisition totaled $1.5 billion and $825 million, respectively. Merger-related expenses recorded in 2010 related to the Financial Federal acquisition totaled $17.1 million.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The acquisitions in 2011 and 2010 were undertaken with the objective of expanding the Company’s business, both geographically and through the products it offers, as well as realizing synergies and economies of scale by combining with the acquired entities. For these reasons, the Company paid a market-based premium for the acquired entities which, in turn, resulted in the recognition of goodwill, representing the excess of the respective purchase prices over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired (see Note 6).

All of People’s United Financial’s tax deductible goodwill was created in transactions in which the Company purchased the assets of the target (as opposed to purchasing the issued and outstanding stock of the target). At December 31, 2011, tax deductible goodwill totaled $16.7 million and related, almost entirely, to the Butler Bank acquisition. People’s United Financial’s results of operations include the results of the acquired entities beginning with the respective closing dates.

NOTE 3—Cash and Short-Term Investments

 

A combination of reserves in the form of deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and vault cash totaling $50.0 million and $50.8 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, was maintained to satisfy federal regulatory requirements. Vault cash is included in cash and due from banks and deposits at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York are included in short-term investments in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.

Short-term investments consist of the following cash equivalents:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010  

Deposits at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York

   $ 378.6       $ 570.3   

Money market mutual funds

     25.8         16.7   

Federal funds sold

     —           7.1   

Other

     6.3         5.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term investments

   $ 410.7       $ 599.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Federal Reserve began paying interest on both required reserves and excess cash balances on deposit at the Federal Reserve. These deposits represent an alternative to overnight federal funds sold and had a yield of 0.25% at both December 31, 2011 and 2010.

In connection with its securities purchased under agreements to resell, People’s United Financial takes delivery of collateral from all counterparties. The fair value of the collateral securing the agreements outstanding at December 31, 2010 was $531 million (no agreements were outstanding at December 31, 2011).

 

F-28


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 4—Securities

 

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of People’s United Financial’s securities available for sale and securities held to maturity are as follows:

 

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Securities available for sale:

        

Debt securities:

        

U.S. Treasury and agency

   $ 80.5      $ 0.5      $ —        $ 81.0   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

     2,388.9        60.4        (1.5     2,447.8   

State and municipal

     127.8        9.9        —          137.7   

Corporate

     57.4        0.3        (1.2     56.5   

Other

     2.6        —          (0.3     2.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     2,657.2        71.1        (3.0     2,725.3   

Equity securities

     0.2        —          —          0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 2,657.4      $ 71.1      $ (3.0   $ 2,725.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities held to maturity:

        

Debt securities:

        

Corporate

   $ 55.0      $ 6.1      $ —        $ 61.1   

Other

     1.4        —          —          1.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 56.4      $ 6.1      $ —        $ 62.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010 (in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Securities available for sale:

        

Debt securities:

        

U.S. Treasury and agency

   $ 476.2      $ 0.3      $ (0.2   $ 476.3   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

     2,289.0        14.5        (12.9     2,290.6   

State and municipal

     57.6        0.6        —          58.2   

Other

     4.5        —          —          4.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     2,827.3        15.4        (13.1     2,829.6   

Equity securities

     1.5        —          —          1.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 2,828.8      $ 15.4      $ (13.1   $ 2,831.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities held to maturity:

        

Debt securities:

        

Corporate

   $ 55.0      $ —        $ —        $ 55.0   

Other

     0.1        —          —          0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 55.1      $ —        $ —        $ 55.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Securities available for sale with a fair value of $1.44 billion and $1.43 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were pledged as collateral for public deposits and for other purposes.

People’s United Bank, as a member of the FHLB of Boston, is currently required to purchase and hold shares of FHLB capital stock (total cost of $63.9 million and $45.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively) in an amount equal to its membership base investment plus an activity based investment determined according to People’s United Bank’s level of outstanding FHLB advances. As a result of operating losses and a decline in capital, in February 2009 the FHLB of Boston suspended paying dividends and placed a moratorium on certain stock repurchases. In the first quarter of 2011, the FHLB of Boston resumed dividend payments. Based on the current capital adequacy and liquidity position of the FHLB of Boston, management believes there is no impairment in the Company’s investment at December 31, 2011 and the cost of the investment approximates fair value.

As a result of the Smithtown acquisition, People’s United Financial acquired shares of capital stock in the FHLB of New York (total cost of $13.8 million and $18.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively), which also pays a dividend. Dividend income on FHLB stock totaled $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 (none in 2010 and 2009).

 

F-30


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table is a summary of the amortized cost, fair value and fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) yield of debt securities at December 31, 2011, based on remaining period to contractual maturity. Information for GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs is based on the final contractual maturity dates without considering repayments and prepayments.

 

     Available for Sale     Held to Maturity  

(dollars in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     FTE
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     FTE
Yield
 

U.S. Treasury and agency:

                

Within 1 year

   $ 7.7       $ 7.7         0.21   $ —         $ —           —  

After 1 but within 5 years

     67.5         67.6         0.79        —           —           —     

After 5 but within 10 years

     5.3         5.7         3.03        —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     80.5         81.0         0.88        —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs:

                

After 5 but within 10 years

     731.6         731.8         1.30        —           —           —     

After 10 years

     1,657.3         1,716.0         3.17        —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,388.9         2,447.8         2.60        —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

State and municipal:

                

Within 1 year

     2.0         2.0         2.20        —           —           —     

After 1 but within 5 years

     12.0         12.5         2.32        —           —           —     

After 5 but within 10 years

     29.5         32.5         3.38        —           —           —     

After 10 years

     84.3         90.7         3.87        —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     127.8         137.7         3.59        —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Corporate:

                

After 1 but within 5 years

     39.1         38.5         1.02        —           —           —     

After 5 but within 10 years

     18.3         18.0         2.48        55.0         61.1         9.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     57.4         56.5         2.11        55.0         61.1         9.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other:

                

Within 1 year

     —           —           —          0.2         0.2         2.28   

After 1 but within 5 years

     —           —           —          1.2         1.2         1.36   

After 10 years

     2.6         2.3         12.68        —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2.6         2.3         12.68        1.4         1.4         1.53   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total:

                

Within 1 year

     9.7         9.7         0.62        0.2         0.2         2.28   

After 1 but within 5 years

     118.6         118.6         1.32        1.2         1.2         1.36   

After 5 but within 10 years

     784.7         788.0         1.41        55.0         61.1         9.00   

After 10 years

     1,744.2         1,809.0         3.22        —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,657.2       $ 2,725.3         2.59   $ 56.4       $ 62.5         8.81
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The components of net security gains (losses) are summarized below. Net gains (losses) on trading account securities included below totaled $0.1 million or less for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2011     2010     2009  

Debt securities:

      

Gains

   $ 9.3      $ —        $ 16.9   

Losses

     (0.5     (1.0     (0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     8.8        (1.0     16.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities:

      

Gains

     —          —          5.6   

Losses

     —          —          (0.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity securities

     —          —          5.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net security gains (losses)

   $ 8.8      $ (1.0   $ 22.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

People’s United Financial uses the specific identification method to determine the cost of securities sold and records securities transactions on the trade date. In 2011, People’s United Financial sold residential mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost of $507 million and recorded $9.1 million of gross realized gains. Security losses in 2010 resulted from the sale of securities acquired in the Smithtown and LSB acquisitions as a result of changes in market interest rates subsequent to the acquisition date. In 2009, People’s United Financial sold residential mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost of $1.03 billion and recorded $16.9 million of gross realized gains. Net security gains in 2009 also include a gain of $5.6 million resulting from the sale of People’s United Financial’s remaining Class B Visa, Inc. shares that are described below.

In connection with the sale of the aforementioned Class B Visa shares, People’s United Financial and the purchaser entered into a derivative contract providing for cash settlements that will depend, in part, on the ultimate resolution of certain litigation involving Visa. The amounts recorded for the derivative contract were insignificant through December 31, 2011.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following tables summarize debt securities available for sale with unrealized losses, segregated by the length of time the securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at the respective dates:

 

     Continuous Unrealized Loss Position                
     Less Than 12 Months     12 Months Or
Longer
     Total  

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

GSE residential mortgage-backed
securities and CMOs

   $ 324.0       $ (1.5   $ —         $ —         $ 324.0       $ (1.5

Corporate

     42.3         (1.2     —           —           42.3         (1.2

Other

     2.3         (0.3     —           —           2.3         (0.3

State and municipal (1)

     0.7         —          —           —           0.7         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 369.3       $ (3.0   $ —         $ —         $ 369.3       $ (3.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Unrealized losses totaled less than $50,000.

 

    Continuous Unrealized Loss Position              
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months Or
Longer
    Total  

As of December 31, 2010 (in millions)

  Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Losses
 

GSE residential mortgage-backed
securities and CMOs

  $ 1,125.7      $ (12.9   $ —        $ —        $ 1,125.7      $ (12.9

U.S. Tresury and agency

    198.0        (0.2     —          —          198.0        (0.2

State and municipal (1)

    4.6        —          0.3        —          4.9        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,328.3      $ (13.1   $ 0.3      $ —        $ 1,328.6      $ (13.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Unrealized losses totaled less than $50,000.

Management believes that all gross unrealized losses within the securities portfolio at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are temporary impairments. No other-than-temporary impairment losses were recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

NOTE 5—Loans

 

For purposes of disclosures related to the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for loan losses, People’s United Financial has identified two loan portfolio segments, Commercial Banking and Retail, which are comprised of the following loan classes:

 

   

Commercial Banking : commercial real estate; commercial and industrial; and equipment financing.

 

   

Retail : residential mortgage; home equity; and consumer.

Loans acquired in connection with business combinations beginning in 2010 (see Note 2) are referred to as ‘acquired’ loans as a result of the manner in which they are accounted for (see further discussion under ‘Acquired Loans’ in Note 1). All other loans are referred to as ‘originated’ loans. Accordingly, selected credit quality disclosures that follow are presented separately for the ‘originated’ loan portfolio and the ‘acquired’ loan portfolio.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table summarizes People’s United Financial’s loans by loan portfolio segment and class:

 

     2011      2010  

As of December 31 (in millions)

   Originated      Acquired      Total      Originated      Acquired      Total  

Commercial Banking:

                 

Commercial real estate (1)

   $ 5,485.5       $ 1,686.7       $ 7,172.2       $ 5,605.1       $ 1,701.2       $ 7,306.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial (1)

     4,351.9         1,000.7         5,352.6         3,016.0         79.6         3,095.6   

Equipment financing

     1,718.9         310.5         2,029.4         1,419.4         681.0         2,100.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial

     6,070.8         1,311.2         7,382.0         4,435.4         760.6         5,196.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial Banking

     11,556.3         2,997.9         14,554.2         10,040.5         2,461.8         12,502.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail:

                 

Residential mortgage:

                 

Adjustable-rate

     2,704.1         243.6         2,947.7         1,927.5         190.4         2,117.9   

Fixed-rate

     448.2         232.5         680.7         366.5         163.1         529.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total residential mortgage

     3,152.3         476.1         3,628.4         2,294.0         353.5         2,647.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer:

                 

Home equity

     1,934.6         123.1         2,057.7         1,919.0         57.8         1,976.8   

Other consumer

     155.5         4.2         159.7         196.7         4.4         201.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer

     2,090.1         127.3         2,217.4         2,115.7         62.2         2,177.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Retail

     5,242.4         603.4         5,845.8         4,409.7         415.7         4,825.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 16,798.7       $ 3,601.3       $ 20,400.0       $ 14,450.2       $ 2,877.5       $ 17,327.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Following the Company’s 2010 acquisitions and core system conversion, the Company undertook a portfolio review to ensure consistent classification of commercial loans in an effort to align policy across the Company’s expanded franchise and better conform to industry practice for such loans. As a result, approximately $875 million of loans secured, in part, by owner-occupied commercial properties were reclassified from commercial real estate loans to commercial and industrial loans as of March 31, 2011. The primary collateral for these loans generally consists of the borrower’s general business assets (i.e. non-real estate collateral) and the loans were underwritten principally on the basis of the adequacy of business cash flows. This reclassification was applied prospectively as it was deemed impracticable to do so for prior periods due to the fact that the underlying loan information is no longer available as it previously resided on legacy loan systems that are no longer utilized or supported following the Company’s core system conversion.

Net deferred loan costs that are included in total loans and accounted for as interest yield adjustments totaled $37.2 million and $26.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Approximately 71% and 68% of the total loan portfolio represents loans to customers within the New England states at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and approximately 12% and 15% represents loans to customers in New York state at those dates.

Substantially the entire equipment financing portfolio (approximately 97% and 96% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively) involves customers outside of New England. At December 31, 2011, approximately 33% of the equipment financing portfolio was to customers located in Texas, California and Florida and no other state exposure was greater than 6% at that date.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Commercial real estate loans include construction loans totaling $652.6 million and $1.04 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, net of the unadvanced portion of such loans totaling $280.9 million and $176.2 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, residential mortgage loans included $547.1 million of interest-only loans, of which $23.6 million are stated-income loans, compared to $447.2 million and $59.2 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010. People’s United Financial’s underwriting guidelines and requirements for such loans are generally more restrictive than those applied to other types of residential mortgage products. Also included in residential mortgage loans are construction loans totaling $55.0 million and $94.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, net of the unadvanced portion of such loans totaling $21.8 million and $26.1 million, respectively.

People’s United Financial continues to sell newly-originated residential mortgage loans in the secondary market, without recourse. Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans totaled $7.6 million, $12.1 million and $13.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In 2011, the Company sold acquired loans with an outstanding balance of $152.3 million (carrying amount of $104.6 million) and recognized a net gain on sale of $7.5 million.

The following table presents a summary, by loan portfolio segment, of activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. With respect to the originated portfolio, an allocation of a portion of the allowance to one segment does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in another segment.

 

     Commercial Banking              

(in millions)

   Originated     Acquired      Total     Retail     Total  

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 151.4      $ —         $ 151.4      $ 6.1      $ 157.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs

     (29.5     —           (29.5     (16.0     (45.5

Recoveries

     1.5        —           1.5        2.0        3.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loan charge-offs

     (28.0     —           (28.0     (14.0     (42.0

Provision for loan losses

     42.2        —           42.2        14.8        57.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     165.6        —           165.6        6.9        172.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs

     (51.3     —           (51.3     (13.4     (64.7

Recoveries

     2.1        —           2.1        2.6        4.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loan charge-offs

     (49.2     —           (49.2     (10.8     (60.0

Provision for loan losses

     45.1        —           45.1        14.9        60.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     161.5        —           161.5        11.0        172.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs

     (43.3     —           (43.3     (14.8     (58.1

Recoveries

     1.7        —           1.7        3.1        4.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loan charge-offs

     (41.6     —           (41.6     (11.7     (53.3

Provision for loan losses

     40.5        7.4         47.9        15.8        63.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 160.4      $ 7.4       $ 167.8      $ 15.1      $ 182.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following is a summary, by loan portfolio segment and impairment methodology, of the allowance for loan losses and related portfolio balances:

 

As of December 31, 2011    Originated Loans
Individually Evaluated
for Impairment
     Originated Loans
Collectively Evaluated
for Impairment
     Acquired Loans
(Discounts Related to
Credit Quality)
     Total  

(in millions)

   Portfolio      Allowance      Portfolio      Allowance      Portfolio      Allowance      Portfolio      Allowance  

Commercial Banking

   $ 246.2       $ 23.0       $ 11,310.1       $ 137.4       $ 2,997.9       $ 7.4       $ 14,554.2       $ 167.8   

Retail

     15.6         —           5,226.8         15.1         603.4         —           5,845.8         15.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 261.8       $ 23.0       $ 16,536.9       $ 152.5       $ 3,601.3       $ 7.4       $ 20,400.0       $ 182.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010    Originated Loans
Individually Evaluated
for Impairment
     Originated Loans
Collectively Evaluated
for Impairment
     Acquired Loans
(Discounts Related to
Credit Quality)
     Total  

(in millions)

   Portfolio      Allowance      Portfolio      Allowance      Portfolio      Allowance      Portfolio      Allowance  

Commercial Banking

   $ 174.4       $ 27.6       $ 9,866.1       $ 133.9       $ 2,461.8       $ —         $ 12,502.3       $ 161.5   

Retail

     8.2         —           4,401.5         11.0         415.7         —           4,825.4         11.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 182.6       $ 27.6       $ 14,267.6       $ 144.9       $ 2,877.5       $ —         $ 17,327.7       $ 172.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The recorded investments, by class of loan, of originated non-performing loans are summarized as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010      2009  

Commercial Banking:

        

Commercial real estate

   $ 106.7       $ 82.5       $ 72.4   

Commercial and industrial

     59.2         38.2         17.4   

Equipment financing

     42.9         36.0         20.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (1)

     208.8         156.7         110.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail:

        

Residential mortgage

     68.9         78.8         52.7   

Home equity

     15.8         9.1         5.3   

Other consumer

     0.3         0.6         0.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     85.0         88.5         58.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 293.8       $ 245.2       $ 168.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Reported net of government guarantees totaling $12.1 million, $9.4 million and $8.3 million at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These government guarantees relate, almost entirely, to guarantees provided by the Small Business Administration as well as selected other Federal agencies and represent the carrying value of the loans that are covered by such guarantees, the extent of which (i.e. full or partial) varies by loan. At December 31, 2011, the principal loan classes to which these government guarantees relate are commercial and industrial loans (approximately 85%) and commercial real estate loans (approximately 15%).

 

F-36


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The preceding table excludes acquired loans that are (i) accounted for as purchased credit impaired loans or (ii) covered by an FDIC loss-share agreement totaling $235 million and $14 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011 and $342 million and $18 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010 (none at December 31, 2009). Such loans meet People’s United Financial’s definition of a non-performing loan but are excluded given that the risk of credit loss has been considered by virtue of our estimate of acquisition-date fair value and/or the existence of an FDIC loss-share agreement. The discounts arising from recording these loans at fair value were due, in part, to credit quality. The acquired loans are generally accounted for on a pool basis and the accretable yield on the pools is being recognized as interest income over the life of the loans based on expected cash flows at the pool level.

If interest payments on all originated loans classified as non-performing at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 had been made during the respective years in accordance with the loan agreements, interest income of $41.7 million, $35.0 million and $12.5 million would have been recognized on such loans for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Interest income actually recognized on originated non-performing loans totaled $10.7 million, $13.9 million and $3.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

As discussed in Note 1, in the third quarter of 2011, the Company adopted new accounting guidance concerning the identification of TDRs, which applies retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after January 1, 2011. The application of this guidance did not result in the identification of additional TDRs.

People’s United Financial’s recorded investment in originated loans classified as TDRs totaled $112.9 million and $62.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The related allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $7.5 million and $8.4 million, respectively. Interest income recognized on these loans totaled $5.3 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively (insignificant in 2009). Fundings under commitments to lend additional amounts to borrowers with loans classified as TDRs were immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Originated loans that were modified and classified as TDRs during 2011 principally involve payment deferral, extension of term (generally ranging from four to twelve months) and/or a temporary reduction of interest rate (generally less than 200 basis points).

The following is a summary, by class of loan, of the recorded investments in these TDRs. For purposes of this disclosure, recorded investments represent amounts immediately prior to and subsequent to the restructuring.

 

     Year ended December 31, 2011  

(dollars in millions)

   Number of Contracts      Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 

Commercial Banking:

        

Commercial real estate (1)

     23       $ 29.2       $ 29.2   

Commercial and industrial (2)

     19         23.6         23.6   

Equipment financing (3)

     28         43.6         43.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     70         96.4         96.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail:

        

Residential mortgage (4)

     21         8.9         8.9   

Home equity (5)

     1         0.5         0.5   

Other consumer

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     22         9.4         9.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     92       $ 105.8       $ 105.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents the following concessions: extension of term (14 contracts; recorded investment of $22.1 million); payment deferral (4 contracts; recorded investment of $2.7 million); temporary rate reduction (1 contract; recorded investment of $1.2 million); or a combination of such concessions (4 contracts; recorded investment of $3.2 million).
(2) Represents the following concessions: extension of term (10 contracts; recorded investment of $21.3 million); payment deferral (7 contracts; recorded investment of $1.3 million); or a combination of such concessions (2 contracts; recorded investment of $1.0 million).
(3) Represents the following concessions: payment deferral (8 contracts; recorded investment of $13.1 million); extension of term (4 contracts; recorded investment of $5.7 million); or a combination of such concessions (16 contracts; recorded investment of $24.8 million).
(4) Represents the following concessions: payment deferral (7 contracts; recorded investment of $3.7 million); temporary rate reduction (8 contracts; recorded investment of $2.7 million); or a combination of such concessions (6 contracts; recorded investment of $2.5 million).
(5) Represents the following concession: payment deferral (1 contract; recorded investment of $0.5 million).

 

F-38


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following is a summary, by class of loan, of information related to TDRs of originated loans that were completed within the previous 12 months that subsequently defaulted during 2011. For purposes of this disclosure, the previous 12 months is measured from January 1, 2011 and a default represents a previously-modified loan that became past due 30 days or more during 2011.

 

(dollars in millions)

   Number
of Contracts
     Recorded
Investment as of
December 31,
2011
 

Commercial Banking:

     

Commercial real estate

     —         $ —     

Commercial and industrial

     2         0.5   

Equipment financing

     6         5.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     8         5.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail:

     

Residential mortgage

     9         2.8   

Home equity

     1         0.5   

Other consumer

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     10         3.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     18       $ 8.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

People’s United Financial’s impaired loans consist of certain originated loans, including all TDRs. The following is a summary, by class of loan, of information related to individually-evaluated impaired loans within the originated portfolio. The average recorded investment amounts are based on month-end balances.

 

     As of December 31, 2011      Year Ended
December 31, 2011
 

(in millions)

   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
     Related
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Without a related allowance for loan losses:

              

Commercial Banking:

              

Commercial real estate

   $ 84.3       $ 76.9       $ —         $ 32.1       $ 2.6   

Commercial and industrial

     20.0         16.5         —           19.1         0.4   

Equipment financing

     31.1         24.3         —           22.3         0.6   

Retail:

              

Residential mortgage

     15.4         15.0         —           12.2         0.5   

Home equity

     0.6         0.6         —           0.7         —     

Other consumer

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 151.4       $ 133.3       $ —         $ 86.4       $ 4.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

With a related allowance for loan losses:

              

Commercial Banking:

              

Commercial real estate

   $ 71.0       $ 50.9       $ 10.4       $ 56.1       $ 0.6   

Commercial and industrial

     52.6         43.5         5.7         14.9         2.2   

Equipment financing

     39.6         34.1         6.9         33.9         0.6   

Retail:

              

Residential mortgage

     —           —           —           —           —     

Home equity

     —           —           —           —           —     

Other consumer

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 163.2       $ 128.5       $ 23.0       $ 104.9       $ 3.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans:

              

Commercial Banking:

              

Commercial real estate

   $ 155.3       $ 127.8       $ 10.4       $ 88.2       $ 3.2   

Commercial and industrial

     72.6         60.0         5.7         34.0         2.6   

Equipment financing

     70.7         58.4         6.9         56.2         1.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     298.6         246.2         23.0         178.4         7.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail:

              

Residential mortgage

     15.4         15.0         —           12.2         0.5   

Home equity

     0.6         0.6         —           0.7         —     

Other consumer

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     16.0         15.6         —           12.9         0.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 314.6       $ 261.8       $ 23.0       $ 191.3       $ 7.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

As of December 31, 2010 (in millions)

   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
     Related
Allowance for
Loan Losses
 

Without a related allowance for loan losses:

        

Commercial Banking:

        

Commercial real estate

   $ 37.4       $ 33.6       $ —     

Commercial and industrial

     13.5         12.3         —     

Equipment financing

     24.9         22.4         —     

Retail:

        

Residential mortgage

     8.1         8.0         —     

Home equity

     0.2         0.2         —     

Other consumer

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 84.1       $ 76.5       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

With a related allowance for loan losses:

        

Commercial Banking:

        

Commercial real estate

   $ 89.5       $ 70.5       $ 18.1   

Commercial and industrial

     20.6         5.8         2.4   

Equipment financing

     31.1         29.8         7.1   

Retail:

        

Residential mortgage

     —           —           —     

Home equity

     —           —           —     

Other consumer

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 141.2       $ 106.1       $ 27.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans:

        

Commercial Banking:

        

Commercial real estate

   $ 126.9       $ 104.1       $ 18.1   

Commercial and industrial

     34.1         18.1         2.4   

Equipment financing

     56.0         52.2         7.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     217.0         174.4         27.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail:

        

Residential mortgage

     8.1         8.0         —     

Home equity

     0.2         0.2         —     

Other consumer

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     8.3         8.2         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 225.3       $ 182.6       $ 27.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

People’s United Financial’s average recorded investment in impaired loans was approximately $132.1 million and $89.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Interest collections and income recognized on impaired loans totaled $6.1 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following is a summary, by class of loan, of aging information for originated loans:

 

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   Current      Past Due         
      30-89
Days
     90 Days
or More
     Total      Total
Originated
 

Commercial Banking:

              

Commercial real estate

   $ 5,365.1       $ 27.2       $ 93.2       $ 120.4       $ 5,485.5   

Commercial and industrial

     4,272.1         27.7         52.1         79.8         4,351.9   

Equipment financing

     1,646.1         56.2         16.6         72.8         1,718.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     11,283.3         111.1         161.9         273.0         11,556.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail:

              

Residential mortgage

     3,014.5         69.6         68.2         137.8         3,152.3   

Home equity

     1,899.7         19.4         15.5         34.9         1,934.6   

Other consumer

     151.6         3.6         0.3         3.9         155.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,065.8         92.6         84.0         176.6         5,242.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total originated loans

   $ 16,349.1       $ 203.7       $ 245.9       $ 449.6       $ 16,798.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in the “Current” and “30-89 Days” categories above are early non-performing commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, and equipment financing loans totaling $15.0 million, $17.5 million and $26.3 million, respectively. These loans are less than 90 days past due but have been placed on non-accrual status as a result of having been identified as presenting uncertainty with respect to the collectibility of interest and principal.

 

As of December 31, 2010 (in millions)

   Current      Past Due         
      30-89
Days
     90 Days
or More
     Total      Total
Originated
 
              

Commercial Banking:

              

Commercial real estate

   $ 5,501.9       $ 35.3       $ 67.9       $ 103.2       $ 5,605.1   

Commercial and industrial

     2,953.5         23.9         38.6         62.5         3,016.0   

Equipment financing

     1,376.0         21.6         21.8         43.4         1,419.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     9,831.4         80.8         128.3         209.1         10,040.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail:

              

Residential mortgage

     2,142.2         75.6         76.2         151.8         2,294.0   

Home equity

     1,895.7         14.4         8.9         23.3         1,919.0   

Other consumer

     189.5         6.6         0.6         7.2         196.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4,227.4         96.6         85.7         182.3         4,409.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total originated loans

   $ 14,058.8       $ 177.4       $ 214.0       $ 391.4       $ 14,450.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in the “Current” and “30-89 Days” categories above are early non-performing commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, and equipment financing loans totaling $17.3 million, $6.3 million and $16.7 million, respectively. These loans are less than 90 days past due but have been placed on non-accrual status as a result of having been identified as presenting uncertainty with respect to the collectibility of interest and principal.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following is a summary, by class of loan, of credit quality indicators:

 

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   Commercial
Real Estate
     Commercial
and
Industrial
     Equipment
Financing
     Total  

Commercial Banking:

           

Originated loans

           

Pass

   $ 5,052.8       $ 3,942.2       $ 1,466.1       $ 10,461.1   

Special mention

     90.8         115.9         102.7         309.4   

Substandard

     341.8         289.7         150.1         781.6   

Doubtful

     0.1         4.1         —           4.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total originated loans

     5,485.5         4,351.9         1,718.9         11,556.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquired loans

           

Pass

     1,053.6         762.2         81.9         1,897.7   

Special mention

     162.1         103.5         69.6         335.2   

Substandard

     467.4         131.5         157.1         756.0   

Doubtful

     3.6         3.5         1.9         9.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total acquired loans

     1,686.7         1,000.7         310.5         2,997.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,172.2       $ 5,352.6       $ 2,029.4       $ 14,554.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   Residential
Mortgage
     Home
Equity
     Other
Consumer
     Total  

Retail:

           

Originated loans

           

Low risk

   $ 2,502.2       $ 1,199.6       $ 126.9       $ 3,828.7   

Moderate risk

     625.7         624.4         8.0         1,258.1   

High risk

     24.4         110.6         20.6         155.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total originated loans

     3,152.3         1,934.6         155.5         5,242.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquired loans

           

Low risk

     138.8         32.1         0.9         171.8   

Moderate risk

     335.7         91.0         0.6         427.3   

High risk

     1.6         —           2.7         4.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total acquired loans

     476.1         123.1         4.2         603.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,628.4       $ 2,057.7       $ 159.7       $ 5,845.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

As of December 31, 2010 (in millions)

   Commercial
Real Estate
     Commercial
and
Industrial
     Equipment
Financing
     Total  

Commercial Banking:

           

Pass

   $ 5,084.1       $ 2,735.7       $ 1,109.3       $ 8,929.1   

Special mention

     233.5         116.7         79.0         429.2   

Substandard

     277.9         160.1         228.5         666.5   

Doubtful

     9.6         3.5         2.6         15.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total originated loans

     5,605.1         3,016.0         1,419.4         10,040.5   

Acquired loans

     1,701.2         79.6         681.0         2,461.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,306.3       $ 3,095.6       $ 2,100.4       $ 12,502.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010 (in millions)

   Residential
Mortgage
     Home
Equity
     Other
Consumer
     Total  

Retail:

           

Low risk

   $ 1,391.2       $ 1,215.4       $ 165.6       $ 2,772.2   

Moderate risk

     883.3         623.9         7.3         1,514.5   

High risk

     19.5         79.7         23.8         123.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total originated loans

     2,294.0         1,919.0         196.7         4,409.7   

Acquired loans

     353.5         57.8         4.4         415.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,647.5       $ 1,976.8       $ 201.1       $ 4,825.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial Banking Credit Quality Indicators

The Company utilizes an internal loan risk rating system as a means of monitoring portfolio credit quality and identifying both problem and potential problem loans. Under the Company’s risk rating system, loans not meeting the criteria for problem and potential problem loans as specified below are considered to be “Pass”-rated loans. Problem and potential problem loans are classified as either “Special Mention,” “Substandard” or “Doubtful.” Loans that do not currently expose the Company to sufficient enough risk of loss to warrant classification as either Substandard or Doubtful, but possess weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention, are classified as Special Mention. Substandard loans represent those credits characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loans classified as Doubtful possess all the weaknesses inherent in those classified Substandard with the added characteristic that collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of existing facts, conditions and values, is highly questionable and/or improbable.

Risk ratings on commercial banking loans are subject to ongoing monitoring by lending and credit personnel with such ratings updated annually or more frequently, if warranted. The Company’s Internal Loan Review function is responsible for independently evaluating the appropriateness of those credit risk ratings in connection with its cyclical portfolio reviews, the approach to which is risk-based and determined by reference to underlying portfolio credit quality and the results of prior reviews. Differences in risk ratings noted in conjunction with such periodic portfolio loan reviews, if any, are reported to management each month.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Retail Credit Quality Indicators

Pools of smaller-balance, homogeneous loans with similar risk and loss characteristics are also assessed for probable losses. These loan pools include residential mortgage, home equity and other consumer loans that are not assigned individual loan risk ratings. Rather, the assessment of these portfolios is based upon a consideration of recent historical loss experience, delinquency trends, and portfolio-specific risk characteristics, the combination of which determines whether a loan is classified as “High” risk, “Moderate” risk or “Low” risk.

The risk characteristics considered include (i) collateral values/loan-to-value ratios (above and below 70%); (ii) borrower credit scores under the FICO scoring system (above and below a score of 680); and (iii) other relevant portfolio risk elements such as income verification at the time of underwriting (stated income vs. non-stated income) and the property’s intended use (owner occupied, non-owner occupied, second home, etc.). In classifying a loan as either “High”, “Moderate” or “Low” risk, the combination of each of the aforementioned risk characteristics is considered for that loan, resulting, effectively, in a “matrix approach” to its risk rating.

For example, to the extent loan-to-value ratios exceed 70% (reflecting a weaker collateral position for the Company) or borrower FICO scores are less than 680 (reflecting weaker financial standing and/or credit history of the customer), the loans are considered to have an increased level of inherent loss. As a result, a loan with a combination of these characteristics would generally be classified as “High” risk. Conversely, as loan-to-value ratios decline (reflecting a stronger collateral position for the Company) or borrower FICO scores exceed 680 (reflecting stronger financial standing and/or credit history of the customer), the loans are considered to have a decreased level of inherent loss. A loan with a combination of these characteristics would generally be classified as “Low” risk. This analysis also considers (i) the extent of underwriting that occurred at the time of origination (direct income verification provides further support for credit decisions) and (ii) the property’s intended use (owner-occupied properties are less likely to default compared to ‘investment-type’ non-owner occupied properties, second homes, etc.). Loans not otherwise deemed to be “High” or “Low” risk are classified as “Moderate” risk.

Loan-to-value ratios and FICO scores are determined at origination and updated periodically throughout the life of the loan. Loan-to-value ratios are updated for loans 90 days past due and FICO scores are updated for the entire portfolio twice each year, in January and July. The portfolio stratification (High, Moderate and Low risk) and identification of the corresponding credit quality indicators occurs quarterly.

Commercial banking and retail loans, other than acquired loans, are also evaluated to determine whether they are impaired loans, which are included in the preceding tabular disclosures of credit quality indicators. Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled principal and interest payments. Impaired loans also include certain loans whose terms have been modified in such a way that they are considered TDRs.

Acquired Loans Credit Quality Indicators

Upon acquiring a loan portfolio, the Company’s Internal Loan Review function undertakes the process of assigning risk ratings to all Commercial Banking loans in accordance with our established policy, which may differ in certain respects from the risk rating policy of the predecessor company. The length of time necessary to complete this process varies based on the size of the acquired portfolio, the quality of the documentation maintained in the underlying loan files, and the extent to which the predecessor company followed a risk rating approach comparable to ours. As a result, while acquired loans are risk rated, there are occasions when such ratings may be deemed “preliminary” until our re-rating process has been completed.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In contrast to originated loans, risk ratings for acquired loans are not directly considered in the establishment of the allowance for loan losses. Rather, acquired loans are initially recorded at fair value, determined based upon an estimate of the amount and timing of both principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected and discounted using a market interest rate. The difference between contractually required principal and interest payments at the acquisition date and the undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected at the acquisition date is referred to as the “nonaccretable difference”, which includes an estimate of future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the portfolio. A decrease in the expected cash flows in subsequent periods requires the establishment of an allowance for loan losses at that time. At December 31, 2011, the allowance for loan losses on acquired loans was $7.4 million (none at December 31, 2010).

Acquired Loans

At the respective acquisition dates in 2011 and 2010, on an aggregate basis, the acquired loan portfolio had contractually required principal and interest payments receivable of $7.57 billion; expected cash flows of $7.02 billion; and a fair value (initial carrying amount) of $5.36 billion. The difference between the contractually required principal and interest payments receivable and the expected cash flows ($550.9 million) represented the initial nonaccretable difference. The difference between the expected cash flows and fair value ($1.66 billion) represented the initial accretable yield. Both the contractually required principal and interest payments receivable and the expected cash flows reflect anticipated prepayments, determined based on historical portfolio experience. At December 31, 2011, the outstanding principal balance and carrying amount of the acquired loan portfolio were $3.74 billion and $3.60 billion, respectively ($3.21 billion and $2.88 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2010).

The following table summarizes activity in the accretable yield for the acquired loan portfolio:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2011     2010  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 954.8      $ —     

Additions:

    

Danvers

     629.0        —     

Smithtown

     —          783.4   

LSB

     —          134.0   

Butler Bank

     —          35.6   

Financial Federal

     —          84.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total additions

     629.0        1,037.7   

Accretion

     (257.7     (82.9

Reclassification from nonaccretable difference for loans with improved cash flows (1)

     55.3        —     

Other changes in expected cash flows (2)

     (71.0     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 1,310.4      $ 954.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Results in increased interest income as a prospective yield adjustment over the remaining life of the corresponding pool of loans.
(2) Represents changes in cash flows expected to be collected due to loan sales, changes in prepayment assumptions and/or changes in interest rates on variable rate loans.

Accretable yield adjustments arising during 2011, which are subject to continued re-assessment, will be recognized over the remaining lives of the related loan pools (weighted average period of approximately 7 years from the date of the last re-assessment). At December 31, 2011, the aggregate remaining nonaccretable difference (representing both principal and interest) applicable to acquired loans totaled $249.3 million.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 6—Goodwill and Other Acquisition-Related Intangibles

 

Goodwill

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are summarized as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. There were no changes in goodwill during 2009.

 

     Business Segment  

(in millions)

   Commercial
Banking
    Retail and
Business
Banking
    Wealth
Management
     Total  

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 616.9      $ 595.0      $ 49.8       $ 1,261.7   

Acquisition of:

         

Financial Federal

     268.2        —          —           268.2   

Smithtown

     102.9        11.4        —           114.3   

LSB

     40.7        17.4        —           58.1   

Butler Bank

     10.1        14.0        —           24.1   

Other adjustments

     (1.7     (1.3     —           (3.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     1,037.1        636.5        49.8         1,723.4   

Acquisition of Danvers

     183.6        45.9        —           229.5   

Other adjustments

     0.2        (1.7     —           (1.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 1,220.9      $ 680.7      $ 49.8       $ 1,951.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Acquisition-Related Intangibles

The following is a summary of People’s United Financial’s other acquisition-related intangibles:

 

     2011      2010  

As of December 31 (in millions)

   Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Carrying
Amount
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Carrying
Amount
 

Trade name intangible

   $ 122.7       $ 10.2       $ 112.5       $ 122.7       $ 3.0       $ 119.7   

Core deposit intangible

     140.8         63.8         77.0         130.8         48.5         82.3   

Trust relationships

     42.7         11.4         31.3         42.7         8.5         34.2   

Insurance relationships

     31.5         29.5         2.0         31.5         29.1         2.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other acquisition-related intangibles

   $ 337.7       $ 114.9       $ 222.8       $ 327.7       $ 89.1       $ 238.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other acquisition-related intangible assets have an original weighted-average amortization period of 14 years. Amortization expense of other acquisition-related intangible assets totaled $25.8 million, $21.7 million and $20.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and is included in other non-interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Scheduled amortization expense attributable to other acquisition-related intangible assets for each of the next five years is as follows: $26.4 million in 2012; $25.7 million in 2013; $24.3 million in 2014; $23.3 million in 2015; and $13.0 million in 2016.

There were no impairment losses relating to goodwill or other acquisition-related intangible assets recorded during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 7—Premises and Equipment

 

The components of premises and equipment are summarized below:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010  

Land

   $ 41.9       $ 39.5   

Buildings

     289.9         284.6   

Leasehold improvements

     148.3         116.2   

Furniture and equipment

     256.6         293.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     736.7         733.8   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     397.1         408.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total premises and equipment, net

   $ 339.6       $ 325.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense included in occupancy and equipment expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income totaled $39.3 million, $35.4 million and $32.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

NOTE 8—Other Assets and Other Liabilities

 

The components of other assets are as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010  

Leased equipment

   $ 107.6       $ 105.6   

Accrued interest receivable

     80.3         67.6   

Current income tax receivable (note 12)

     72.9         28.5   

Fair value of derivative financial instruments (notes 19 and 21)

     62.6         17.1   

Loans in process

     51.6         102.0   

Assets held in trust for supplemental retirement plans (note 17)

     40.4         39.0   

Affordable housing investments (note 12)

     39.7         30.6   

Receivables arising from securities brokerage and insurance businesses

     38.4         37.8   

Prepaid FDIC assessment (1)

     32.6         48.4   

Other prepaid expenses

     22.9         28.6   

FDIC loss-share receivable (note 2)

     19.4         26.2   

Economic development investments

     18.0         16.2   

Repossessed assets

     16.1         18.1   

REO:

     

Commercial

     15.9         18.5   

Residential

     10.9         21.3   

Net deferred tax asset (note 12)

     14.7         51.4   

Funded status of defined benefit pension plans (note 17)

     —           14.8   

Other

     46.1         35.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other assets

   $ 690.1       $ 706.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents estimated deposit insurance premiums for the three years ending December 31, 2012 assessed in December 2009 in accordance with FDIC regulations.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The components of other liabilities are as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010  

Payables arising from securities brokerage and insurance businesses

   $ 109.9       $ 101.4   

Accrued expenses payable

     90.0         76.9   

Accrued employee benefits

     81.5         64.7   

Fair value of derivative financial instruments (notes 19 and 21)

     58.9         14.9   

Funded status of defined benefit pension plans (note 17)

     49.5         —     

Liability for supplemental retirement plans (note 17)

     39.6         37.4   

Other postretirement benefits (note 17)

     12.1         10.7   

Accrued interest payable

     7.9         9.1   

Liability for unsettled security purchases

     4.0         300.4   

Other

     57.4         76.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other liabilities

   $ 510.8       $ 691.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 9—Deposits

 

The following is an analysis of People’s United Financial’s total deposits by product type:

 

     2011     2010  

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   Amount      Weighted
Average Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average Rate
 

Non-interest-bearing

   $ 4,506.2         —     $ 3,872.6         —  

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

     10,970.4         0.37        8,897.8         0.51   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     15,476.6         0.26        12,770.4         0.36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Time deposits maturing:

          

Within 3 months

     1,397.2         0.99        1,437.2         1.10   

After 3 but within 6 months

     929.5         0.94        920.7         1.20   

After 6 months but within 1 year

     1,281.9         1.04        1,485.2         1.29   

After 1 but within 2 years

     757.3         1.66        840.0         1.69   

After 2 but within 3 years

     308.0         2.09        195.7         2.66   

After 3 years

     665.3         2.53        283.9         2.78   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,339.2         1.35        5,162.7         1.42   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 20,815.8         0.54   $ 17,933.1         0.66
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

People’s United Financial assumed deposits with fair values of $2.1 billion and $2.5 billion in connection with the acquisitions completed in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Time deposits issued in amounts of $100,000 or more totaled $2.2 billion and $1.9 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Overdrafts of non-interest-bearing deposit accounts totaling $3.5 million and $4.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, have been classified as loans.

Interest expense on deposits is summarized as follows:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010      2009  

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

   $ 51.0       $ 47.4       $ 48.2   

Time

     56.4         65.4         125.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 107.4       $ 112.8       $ 173.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 10—Borrowings

 

People’s United Financial’s borrowings are summarized as follows:

 

     2011     2010  

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   Amount      Weighted
Average Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average Rate
 

Retail repurchase agreements maturing:

          

Within 1 month

   $ 496.2         0.32   $ 472.2         0.43

Within 1 year

     1.0         0.35        1.0         0.80   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retail repurchase agreements

     497.2         0.32        473.2         0.43   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed rate FHLB advances maturing:

          

Within 1 year

     —           —          27.8         3.27   

After 1 but within 2 years

     56.4         2.55        15.4         5.17   

After 2 but within 3 years

     —           —          65.9         2.65   

After 3 but within 4 years

     1.2         4.37        16.8         4.50   

After 4 but within 5 years

     —           —          1.5         4.37   

After 5 years

     274.8         2.68        380.9         3.05   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total FHLB advances

     332.4         2.67        508.3         3.13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased and other borrowings maturing:

          

Within 1 year

     26.1         4.78        —           —     

After 1 but within 2 years

     —           —          28.1         4.78   

After 3 but within 4 years

     1.0         1.75        —           —     

After 4 but within 5 years

     —           —          1.0         1.75   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total federal funds purchased and other borrowings

     27.1         4.66        29.1         4.67   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

   $ 856.7         1.43   $ 1,010.6         1.91
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2011, People’s United Financial repaid a total of $284 million of callable FHLB advances, including $155 million assumed in the Danvers acquisition and $129 million assumed in acquisitions completed in 2010. At December 31, 2011, People’s United Bank’s total borrowing limit from the FHLB of Boston and Federal Reserve Bank of New York for advances, and repurchase agreements, was $3.6 billion, based on the level of qualifying collateral available for these borrowings. In addition, People’s United Bank had unsecured borrowing capacity of $0.8 billion at that date. FHLB advances are secured by People’s United Bank’s investment in FHLB stock and by a security agreement that requires People’s United Bank to maintain, as collateral, sufficient qualifying assets not otherwise pledged (principally single-family residential mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit and loans, and commercial real estate loans).

Interest expense on borrowings consists of the following:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010      2009  

FHLB advances

   $ 6.7       $ 1.1       $ 0.8   

Retail repurchase agreements

     2.0         1.0         0.7   

Federal funds purchased and other borrowings

     0.3         0.2         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 9.0       $ 2.3       $ 1.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Information concerning People’s United Financial’s borrowings is presented below:

 

As of and for the years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2011     2010     2009  

Retail repurchase agreements:

      

Balance at year end

   $ 497.2      $ 473.2      $ 144.1   

Carrying amount of collateral securities at year end

     505.7        471.6        151.3   

Average outstanding during the year

     486.6        209.2        151.2   

Maximum outstanding at any month end

     538.2        473.2        173.1   

Average interest rate during the year

     0.41     0.48     0.46

FHLB advances:

      

Balance at year end

   $ 332.4      $ 508.3      $ 14.8   

Average outstanding during the year

     456.1        52.3        14.8   

Maximum outstanding at any month end

     631.9        509.3        15.0   

Average interest rate during the year

     1.48     2.22     5.28

Federal funds purchased and other borrowings:

      

Balance at year end

   $ 27.1      $ 29.1      $ —     

Carrying amount of collateral securities at year end

     29.1        31.5        —     

Average outstanding during the year

     36.6        9.0        2.1   

Maximum outstanding at any month end

     431.2        29.1        11.1   

Average interest rate during the year

     0.75     2.20     1.92

NOTE 11— Subordinated Notes and Debentures

 

Subordinated notes and debentures are summarized as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010  

People’s United Financial:

     

5.80% fixed rate/floating rate subordinated notes due 2017

   $ 118.7       $ 117.5   

Floating rate subordinated debentures due 2038

     19.7         18.5   

Floating rate subordinated debentures due 2033

     —           10.8   

6.53% fixed rate/floating rate subordinated debentures due 2036

     —           6.9   

People’s United Bank:

     

11% fixed rate subordinated notes due 2019

     21.2         22.0   

8.5% fixed rate subordinated notes due 2016

     —           6.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total subordinated notes and debentures

   $ 159.6       $ 182.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

People’s United Financial assumed the 5.80% subordinated notes in connection with its 2008 acquisition of Chittenden Corporation (“Chittenden”). These subordinated notes, which were issued in February 2007, represent unsecured general obligations of People’s United Financial with interest payable semi-annually. The notes have a coupon of 5.80% for the first five years and convert to a variable rate in year six that is tied to the three month LIBOR plus 68.5 basis points. Beginning February 14, 2012, People’s United Financial has the option to redeem some or all of the notes. In 2011, People’s United Financial entered into an interest rate swap to hedge the LIBOR-based floating rate payments on these subordinated notes, which begin in February 2012 (see Note 21).

 

F-51


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

People’s United Financial assumed three issuances of subordinated debentures in connection with the Smithtown acquisition. The subordinated debentures due June 1, 2038, which were issued in 2008, are redeemable in whole or in part at a premium declining ratably to par on September 1, 2013. Interest is payable quarterly and the coupon rate is tied to the three month LIBOR plus 3.75%. At December 31, 2011, the interest rate was 4.28%. In 2011, People’s United Financial repaid both the floating rate subordinated debentures due in 2033 and the 6.53% fixed rate/floating rate subordinated debentures due in 2036.

People’s United Bank assumed the 11% fixed rate subordinated notes due July 1, 2019 in connection with the Smithtown acquisition. These subordinated notes, which were issued in June and July 2009, are redeemable in whole or in part on any interest payment date after July 1, 2014, with interest payable semi-annually. In 2011, People’s United Bank repaid the 8.5% fixed rate subordinated notes due in 2016. For regulatory capital purposes, subordinated note issuances qualify, up to certain limits, as supplementary (tier 2) capital for People’s United Bank’s total risk-based capital (see Note 14).

NOTE 12—Income Taxes

 

The following is a summary of total income tax expense:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010     2009  

Income tax expense applicable to pre-tax income

   $ 96.8       $ 41.3      $ 43.1   

Income tax expense (benefit) applicable to items reported in other comprehensive income (note 16)

     1.2         (14.4     (1.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 98.0       $ 26.9      $ 42.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of income tax expense applicable to pre-tax income are summarized as follows:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010     2009  

Current tax expense:

       

Federal

   $ 29.4       $ 44.0      $ 57.1   

State

     3.5         3.3        0.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current tax expense

     32.9         47.3        57.7   

Deferred tax expense (benefit) (1)

     63.9         (6.0     (14.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 96.8       $ 41.3      $ 43.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes the effect of (decreases) increases in the valuation allowance for state deferred tax assets of $(1.4) million, $11.0 million and $13.5 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The following is a reconciliation of expected income tax expense, computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35%, to actual income tax expense:

 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2011     2010     2009  

Expected income tax expense

   $ 103.5      $ 44.5      $ 50.5   

State income tax, net of federal tax effect (1)

     6.0        4.2        (0.3

Federal income tax credits

     (6.6     (4.6     (4.2

Tax-exempt interest

     (5.8     (3.2     (3.3

Tax-exempt income from bank-owned life insurance

     (2.2     (2.3     (2.9

Other, net

     1.9        2.7        3.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual income tax expense

   $ 96.8      $ 41.3      $ 43.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     32.7     32.5     29.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Reflects a $2.0 million deferred tax benefit in 2009 due to a reduction in the combined state income tax rate following the charter consolidations of the former Chittenden banks.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

People’s United Financial maintains an ownership interest in several limited partnership investments to develop and operate affordable housing units for lower income tenants throughout its franchise area. These investments have historically played a role in enabling People’s United Bank to meet its Community Reinvestment Act requirements while, at the same time, providing federal income tax credits. The cost of these investments is amortized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the related federal income tax credits are realized (generally ten years). At December 31, 2011, People’s United Financial had $39.7 million invested in these partnerships. The underlying partnerships, which are considered variable interest entities, are not consolidated into the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In 1998, People’s United Bank formed a passive investment company, People’s Mortgage Investment Company, in accordance with Connecticut tax laws, which permit transfers of mortgage loans to such subsidiaries on or after January 1, 1999. The related earnings of the subsidiary, and any dividends it pays to the parent, are not subject to Connecticut income tax. As a result of the exclusion of such earnings and dividends from Connecticut taxable income beginning in 1999, People’s United Bank has established a valuation allowance for the full amount of its Connecticut deferred tax asset attributable to net temporary differences and state net operating loss carryforwards. Connecticut tax net operating loss carryforwards totaled $1.4 billion at December 31, 2011 and expire between 2020 and 2031.

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to People’s United Financial’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2011     2010  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for loan losses and non-accrual interest

   $ 70.6      $ 66.5   

State tax net operating loss carryforwards, net of federal tax effect

     70.2        69.2   

Pension and other postretirement benefits

     46.7        12.8   

Leasing activities

     43.1        31.6   

Equity-based compensation

     16.3        11.2   

Acquisition-related deferred tax assets

     —          30.2   

Other deductible temporary differences

     25.1        21.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     272.0        243.1   

Less valuation allowance for state deferred tax assets

     (70.2     (71.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance

     201.8        171.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Tax over book depreciation

     (93.3     (77.9

Unrealized gain on securities available for sale

     (24.9     (0.8

Acquisition-related deferred tax liabilities

     (23.9     —     

Deferred cancellation-of-indebtedness income

     (22.1     (22.2

Mark-to-market and original issue discounts for tax purposes

     (6.2     (4.4

Book over tax income recognized on consumer loans

     (4.6     (2.3

Other taxable temporary differences

     (12.1     (12.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (187.1     (120.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 14.7      $ 51.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Based on People’s United Financial’s recent historical and anticipated future pre-tax earnings and the reversal of taxable temporary differences, management believes it is more likely than not that People’s United Financial will realize its total deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance.

People’s United Financial’s current income tax receivable at December 31, 2011 and 2010 totaled $72.9 million and $28.5 million, respectively.

The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of People’s United Financial’s unrecognized income tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions:

 

(in millions)

   2011     2010     2009  

Balance at January 1

   $ 4.7      $ 3.6      $ 3.0   

Additions for tax positions taken in prior years

     0.4        1.2        0.9   

Unrecognized benefits recorded resulting from acquisitions

     —          1.0        —     

Reductions for tax positions taken in prior years

     —          —          —     

Reductions attributable to audit settlements/lapse of statue of limitations

     (2.1     (1.1     (0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

   $ 3.0      $ 4.7      $ 3.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

If recognized, the unrecognized income tax benefits at December 31, 2011 would minimally affect People’s United Financial’s annualized income tax rate. Accrued interest expense related to the unrecognized income tax benefits totaled $0.8 million and $0.7 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. People’s United Financial recognizes accrued interest related to unrecognized income tax benefits and penalties, if incurred, as components of income tax expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

People’s United Financial files a consolidated U.S. Federal income tax return and files income tax returns in several states. People’s United Financial has minimal foreign operations which, at the present time, are not subject to income taxes.

People’s United Financial is no longer subject to federal or state income tax examinations through 2007. While People’s United Financial is not currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service, several state examinations are currently underway. It is not anticipated that the amount of total unrecognized income tax benefits will change significantly within the next twelve months.

NOTE 13—Stockholders’ Equity and Dividends

 

People’s United Financial is authorized to issue 50 million shares of preferred stock, par value of $0.01 per share, none of which were outstanding as of December 31, 2011, and 1.95 billion shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, of which 395.5 million shares were issued as of December 31, 2011.

Treasury stock includes (i) common stock repurchased in the open market by People’s United Financial in connection with its stock repurchase programs authorized by its Board of Directors and (ii) common stock purchased for awards under the People’s United Financial, Inc. 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan (the “RRP”).

 

F-54


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In April 2008, People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 5% of the Company’s then-outstanding common stock, or 17.3 million shares. In January 2011, People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors authorized an additional repurchase of common stock for up to 5% of the Company’s then-outstanding common stock, or 17.5 million shares. Under both authorizations, such shares may be repurchased either directly or through agents, in the open market at prices and terms satisfactory to management. In 2011, the Company completed the repurchase of the maximum number of shares of common stock authorized in April 2008 and January 2011, by repurchasing 20.4 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock at a total cost of $247.2 million.

In October 2011, People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors authorized an additional repurchase of common stock. Under the new repurchase authorization, up to 5% of the Company’s common stock outstanding, or 18.0 million shares, may be repurchased, either directly or through agents, in the open market at prices and terms satisfactory to management. As of December 31, 2011, no shares had been repurchased under this program.

In conjunction with establishing the RRP in October 2007 (see Note 18), a trustee purchased 7.0 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the open market with funds provided by People’s United Financial. At December 31, 2011, 3.0 million shares were available to be awarded in the form of restricted stock under the provisions of the RRP.

In April 2007, People’s United Financial established an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”) (see Note 17). At the time, People’s United Financial loaned the ESOP $216.8 million to purchase 10.5 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the open market. Shares of People’s United Financial common stock are held by the ESOP and allocated to eligible participants annually based upon a percentage of each participant’s eligible compensation. At December 31, 2011, 8.7 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock, with a contra-equity balance of $180.7 million, have not been allocated or committed to be released.

Dividends declared and paid per common share totaled $0.6275, $0.6175 and $0.6075 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. People’s United Financial’s dividend payout ratio (dividends paid as a percentage of net income) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was 111.1%, 254.5% and 201.1%, respectively.

As a federally-chartered stock savings bank, People’s United Bank’s ability to make capital distributions directly or indirectly to People’s United Financial, such as cash dividends, is governed by federal regulations. As the subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, People’s United Bank currently must file a notice with the FRB and the OCC at least 30 days prior to each capital distribution. However, if the total amount of all capital distributions (including any proposed capital distribution) for the applicable calendar year exceeds net income (as determined under generally accepted accounting principles) for that year to date plus the retained net income for the preceding two years, then People’s United Bank must file an application to receive the approval of both the FRB and the OCC for a proposed capital distribution. The term “retained net income” as defined by federal regulations means People’s United Bank’s net income for each year, less the amount of capital distributions declared in each such year.

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

People’s United Bank may not pay dividends to People’s United Financial if, after paying those dividends, it would fail to meet the required minimum levels under risk-based capital guidelines and the minimum leverage and tangible capital ratio requirements or if the OCC notified People’s United Bank that it was in need of more than normal supervision. See Note 14 for a discussion of regulatory capital requirements. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, an insured depository institution such as People’s United Bank is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become “undercapitalized” (as such term is used in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act). Payment of dividends by People’s United Bank also may be restricted at any time at the discretion of the appropriate regulator if it deems the payment to constitute an unsafe and unsound banking practice.

In 2011, People’s United Bank paid a $160 million cash dividend to People’s United Financial (none in 2010 and 2009). At December 31, 2011, People’s United Bank’s retained net income, as defined by federal regulations, totaled $138.7 million.

NOTE 14—Regulatory Capital Requirements

 

OCC regulations require federally-chartered savings banks to meet three minimum capital ratios: (i) a tangible capital ratio of 1.5% (calculated as tangible capital to adjusted total assets); (ii) a leverage (core) capital ratio of 4.0% (calculated as core capital to adjusted total assets); and (iii) a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% (calculated as total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets).

Under its prompt corrective action regulations, the OCC is required to take certain supervisory actions (and may take additional discretionary actions) with respect to an undercapitalized bank. These actions could have a direct material effect on a bank’s financial statements. The regulations establish a framework for the classification of banks into five categories: well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly-undercapitalized and critically-undercapitalized. Generally, a bank is considered well-capitalized if it has a leverage (core) capital ratio of at least 5.0%, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.0% (calculated as tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets) and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%.

The foregoing capital ratios are based in part on specific quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting guidelines. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the OCC about capital components, risk weightings and other factors.

Management believes that, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, People’s United Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. Further, the most recent regulatory notification categorized People’s United Bank as a well-capitalized institution under the prompt corrective action regulations. No conditions or events have occurred since that notification that have caused management to believe any change in People’s United Bank’s capital classification would be warranted.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following summary compares People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 to the OCC requirements for classification as a well-capitalized institution and for minimum capital adequacy. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, People’s United Bank’s adjusted total assets, as defined, totaled $25.3 billion and $22.1 billion, respectively, and its total risk-weighted assets, as defined, totaled $21.4 billion and $18.5 billion, respectively.

 

     People’s United Bank     OCC Requirements  
     Classification as
Well-Capitalized
    Minimum
Capital Adequacy
 

(dollars in millions)

     Amount         Ratio       Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

As of December 31, 2011

              

Tangible capital

   $ 2,808.7 (1)      11.1     n/a         n/a      $ 379.5         1.5

Leverage (core) capital

     2,808.7 (1)      11.1      $ 1,264.9         5.0     1,011.9         4.0   

Risk-based capital:

              

Tier 1

     2,808.7 (1)      13.1        1,283.5         6.0        855.6         4.0   

Total

     2,988.7 (2)      14.0        2,139.1         10.0        1,711.3         8.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010

              

Tangible capital

   $ 2,522.2 (1)      11.4     n/a         n/a      $ 331.3         1.5

Leverage (core) capital

     2,522.2 (1)      11.4      $ 1,104.3         5.0     883.4         4.0   

Risk-based capital:

              

Tier 1

     2,522.2 (1)      13.6        1,111.0         6.0        740.7         4.0   

Total

     2,693.1 (2)      14.5        1,851.7         10.0        1,481.4         8.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents total stockholder’s equity, excluding: (i) after-tax net unrealized gains (losses) on certain securities classified as available for sale; (ii) after-tax net gains on derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges; (iii) certain assets not recognized in tier 1 capital (principally goodwill and other acquisition-related intangibles); and (iv) the amount recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) relating to pension and other postretirement benefits.
(2) Represents tier 1 capital plus subordinated notes and debentures, up to certain limits, and the allowance for loan losses up to 1.25% of total risk-weighted assets.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 15—Earnings Per Common Share

 

The following is an analysis of People’s United Financial’s basic and diluted EPS, reflecting the application of the two-class method, as described in Note 1:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions, except per share data)

   2011     2010     2009  

Net income

   $ 198.8      $ 85.7      $ 101.2   

Dividends on participating securities

     (1.3     (1.8     (1.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 197.5      $ 83.9      $ 99.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average common shares outstanding for basic EPS

     348.6        352.5        332.0   

Effect of dilutive equity-based awards

     0.1        0.1        0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average common and common-equivalent shares for diluted EPS

     348.7        352.6        332.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic EPS

   $ 0.57      $ 0.24      $ 0.30   

Diluted EPS

   $ 0.57      $ 0.24      $ 0.30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All unallocated ESOP shares and all common shares accounted for as treasury shares have been excluded from the calculation of basic and diluted EPS. Anti-dilutive equity-based awards totaling 11.0 million, 10.9 million and 9.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, have been excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS.

NOTE 16—Comprehensive Income

 

Comprehensive income represents the sum of net income and items of “other comprehensive income or loss” that are reported directly in stockholders’ equity on an after-tax basis. These items include: (i) net actuarial gains and losses, prior service credits and costs, and transition assets and obligations related to People’s United Financial’s pension and other postretirement benefit plans; (ii) net unrealized gains or losses on securities available for sale; and (iii) net gains or losses on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges. People’s United Financial’s total comprehensive income for 2011, 2010 and 2009 is reported in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity.

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, which are included in People’s United Financial’s stockholders’ equity on an after-tax basis, are as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2011     2010     2009  

Net actuarial loss and other amounts related to pension and
other postretirement benefit plans

   $ (138.8   $ (101.0   $ (87.6

Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale

     43.2        1.5        (1.1

Net unrealized (loss) gain on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges

     (0.2     0.5        13.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ (95.8   $ (99.0   $ (74.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The deferred income taxes applicable to the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss are as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2011     2010     2009  

Net actuarial loss and other amounts related to pension and
other postretirement benefit plans

   $    80.3      $    57.8      $  49.3   

Net unrealized (gain) loss on securities available for sale

     (24.9     (0.8     0.9   

Net unrealized loss (gain) on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges

     0.1        (0.3     (7.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred income taxes

   $ 55.5      $ 56.7      $ 42.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following is a summary of the components of People’s United Financial’s other comprehensive income (loss):

 

Year ended December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   Pre-Tax
Amount
    Tax Effect     After-Tax
Amount
 

Net actuarial gain or loss on pension plans and other postretirement benefits:

      

Net actuarial loss arising during the year

   $ (70.4   $ 26.4      $ (44.0

Reclassification adjustment for net actuarial loss included in net income

     11.8        (4.4     7.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net actuarial loss

     (58.6     22.0        (36.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Prior service credit on pension plans and other postretirement benefits:

      

Reclassification adjustment for prior service credit included in net income

     (2.1     0.7        (1.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transition obligation on other postretirement benefits:

      

Reclassification adjustment for transition obligation on other
postretirement benefits included in net income

     0.4        (0.2     0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net actuarial loss, prior service cost and transition obligation

     (60.3     22.5        (37.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale:

      

Net unrealized holding gains arising during the year

     74.6        (27.3     47.3   

Reclassification adjustment for net realized gains included in net income

     (8.8     3.2        (5.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains

     65.8        (24.1     41.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains and losses on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges:

      

Net unrealized losses arising during the year

     (0.4     0.1        (0.3

Reclassification adjustment for net realized gains included in net income

     (0.7     0.3        (0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses

     (1.1     0.4        (0.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

   $ 4.4      $ (1.2   $ 3.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010 (in millions)

   Pre-Tax
Amount
    Tax Effect     After-Tax
Amount
 

Net actuarial gain or loss on pension plans and other postretirement benefits:

      

Net actuarial loss arising during the year

   $ (30.0   $ 11.6      $ (18.4

Reclassification adjustment for net actuarial loss included in net income

     8.9        (3.4     5.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net actuarial loss

     (21.1     8.2        (12.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Prior service credit on pension plans and other postretirement benefits:

      

Reclassification adjustment for prior service credit included in net income

     (1.2     0.5        (0.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transition obligation on other postretirement benefits:

      

Reclassification adjustment for transition obligation on other
postretirement benefits included in net income

     0.4        (0.2     0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net actuarial loss, prior service cost and transition obligation

     (21.9     8.5        (13.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale:

      

Net unrealized holding gains arising during the year

     3.3        (1.3     2.0   

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     1.0        (0.4     0.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains

     4.3        (1.7     2.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains and losses on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges:

      

Reclassification adjustment for net realized gains included in net income

     (21.0     7.6        (13.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

   $ (38.6   $ 14.4      $ (24.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2009 (in millions)

   Pre-Tax
Amount
    Tax Effect     After-Tax
Amount
 

Net actuarial gain or loss on pension plans and other postretirement benefits:

      

Net actuarial gain arising during the year

   $ 12.9      $ (3.9   $ 9.0   

Reclassification adjustment for net actuarial loss included in net income

     6.6        (2.0     4.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net actuarial gain

     19.5        (5.9     13.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Prior service credit on pension plans and other postretirement benefits:

      

Prior service credit adjustment arising during the year

     6.9        (2.1     4.8   

Reclassification adjustment for prior service credit included in net income

     (0.4     0.1        (0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Prior service credit

     6.5        (2.0     4.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transition obligation on other postretirement benefits:

      

Reclassification adjustment for transition obligation on other
postretirement benefits included in net income

     0.4        (0.1     0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net actuarial gain, prior service credit and transition obligation

     26.4        (8.0     18.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale:

      

Net unrealized holding gains arising during the year

     9.2        (3.0     6.2   

Reclassification adjustment for net realized gains included in net income

     (16.4     5.3        (11.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses

     (7.2     2.3        (4.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains and losses on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges:

      

Net unrealized gains arising during the year

     1.2        (0.4     0.8   

Reclassification adjustment for net realized gains included in net income

     (20.8     7.1        (13.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses

     (19.6     6.7        (12.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

   $ (0.4   $ 1.0      $ 0.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 17—Employee Benefit Plans

 

People’s United Financial Employee Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Plans

People’s United Financial maintains a qualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plan (the “Plan”) that covers substantially all full-time and part-time employees who meet certain age and length of service requirements and who were employed by People’s United Bank prior to August 14, 2006. Benefits are based upon the employee’s years of credited service and either the average compensation for the last five years or the average compensation for the five consecutive years of the last ten years that produce the highest average.

In July 2011, People’s United Bank amended the Plan to “freeze”, effective December 31, 2011, the accrual of pension benefits for Plan participants. As such, Plan participants will not earn any additional benefits after that date. Instead, effective January 1, 2012, People’s United Bank will make a contribution on behalf of these participants to a qualified defined contribution plan in an annual amount equal to 3% of the employee’s eligible compensation.

New employees of People’s United Bank starting on or after August 14, 2006 are not eligible to participate in the Plan. Instead, People’s United Financial makes contributions on behalf of these employees to a qualified defined contribution plan in an annual amount equal to 3% of the employee’s eligible compensation. Employee participation in this plan is restricted to employees who are at least 18 years of age and worked at least 1,000 hours in a year. Both full-time and part-time employees are eligible to participate as long as they meet these requirements.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

People’s United Financial also maintains (i) unfunded, nonqualified supplemental plans to provide retirement benefits to certain senior officers and (ii) an unfunded plan that provides retirees with optional medical, dental and life insurance benefits (“other postretirement benefits”). People’s United Financial accrues the cost of these postretirement benefits over the employees’ years of service to the date of their eligibility for such benefits.

An employer is required to recognize an asset or a liability for the funded status of pension and other postretirement benefit plans. The funded status is measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the applicable benefit obligation, which is the projected benefit obligation for a pension plan and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for an other postretirement benefit plan. Plan assets and benefit obligations are required to be measured as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end.

People’s United Financial’s funding policy is to contribute the amounts required by applicable regulations, although additional amounts may be contributed from time to time. In 2012, no employer contributions are expected to be made for the qualified plan. Employer contributions for 2012 are expected to total $3.4 million for all of the unfunded supplemental pension plans and the other postretirement benefits plan, representing net benefit payments expected to be paid under these plans.

Expected future net benefit payments for the pension plans as of December 31, 2011 are: $15.0 million in 2012; $16.4 million in 2013; $15.1 million in 2014; $15.8 million in 2015; $17.1 million in 2016; and an aggregate of $101.2 million in 2017 through 2021. Expected future net benefit payments for the other postretirement benefits plan as of December 31, 2011 are: $1.0 million in 2012; $1.0 million in 2013; $0.9 million in 2014; $0.9 million in 2015; $0.9 million in 2016; and an aggregate of $4.1 million in 2017 through 2021.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table summarizes changes in the benefit obligations and plan assets for the following plans of People’s United Financial: (i) the pension plans (combining the funded plan and the unfunded supplemental plans); and (ii) the other postretirement benefits plan. The table also shows the funded status (or the difference between benefit obligations and plan assets) recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. All plans have a December 31 measurement date that coincides with People’s United Financial’s year end.

 

     Pension Benefits     Other
Postretirement Benefits
 

(in millions)

   2011     2010         2011             2010      

Benefit obligations: (1)

        

Beginning of year

   $ 344.3      $ 282.6      $ 10.7      $ 10.8   

Service cost

     8.4        9.5        0.1        0.2   

Interest cost

     18.5        16.6        0.6        0.6   

Actuarial loss

     51.0        29.0        0.8        0.2   

Transfers in from acquired pension plans (2)

     3.3        19.4        1.0        —     

Benefits paid

     (12.5     (11.1     (1.1     (1.1

Curtailments

     (20.9     —          —          —     

Settlements

     (3.3     (3.8     —          —     

Special termination benefits

     —          2.1        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

     388.8        344.3        12.1        10.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets:

        

Beginning of year

     318.1        273.6        —          —     

Actual (loss) return on assets

     (4.7     30.1        —          —     

Employer contributions

     5.4        6.5        1.1        1.1   

Transfers in from acquired pension plan (2)

     —          22.8        —          —     

Benefits paid

     (12.5     (11.1     (1.1     (1.1

Settlements

     (3.3     (3.8     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

     303.0        318.1        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

   $ (85.8   $ (26.2   $ (12.1   $ (10.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Condition:

        

Other assets

   $ —        $ 11.2      $ —        $ —     

Other liabilities

     (85.8     (37.4     (12.1     (10.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

   $ (85.8   $ (26.2   $ (12.1   $ (10.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents projected benefit obligations for pension plans and accumulated benefit obligations for postretirement plans.
(2) See Chittenden Pension Plan below.

Plan assets for the funded plan of $303.0 million as of December 31, 2011 were exceeded by both the related accumulated benefit obligation of $349.2 million and the projected benefit obligation of $349.2 million at that date. Although the nonqualified supplemental plans hold no assets, People’s United Financial has funded trusts to provide benefit payments to the extent such benefits are not paid directly by People’s United Financial. Trust assets of $40.4 million as of December 31, 2011 (which are included in other assets in the Consolidated Statements of Condition) exceeded both the related accumulated benefit obligation of $39.6 million and the projected benefit obligation of $39.6 million at that date.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table summarizes the accumulated and projected benefit obligations for the funded and unfunded pension plans at the respective measurement dates:

 

     Pension Benefits  

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010  

Accumulated benefit obligations:

     

Funded plan

   $ 349.2       $ 287.5   

Unfunded plans

     39.6         34.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 388.8       $ 322.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligations:

     

Funded plan

   $ 349.2       $ 306.9   

Unfunded plans

     39.6         37.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 388.8       $ 344.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Components of the net periodic benefit expense and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income or loss are as follows:

 

    Pension Benefits      Other Postretirement Benefits  

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

  2011     2010     2009      2011      2010      2009  

Net periodic benefit expense:

              

Service cost

  $ 8.4      $ 9.5      $ 9.3       $ 0.1       $ 0.2       $ 0.2   

Interest cost

    18.5        16.6        15.8         0.6         0.6         0.6   

Expected return on plan assets

    (26.6     (25.1     (24.6      —           —           —     

Amortization of unrecognized net transition obligation

    —          —          —           0.4         0.4         0.4   

Recognized net actuarial loss

    9.3        6.7        5.7         —           —           —     

Recognized prior service credit

    (0.2     (0.2     (0.2      (0.2      (0.2      (0.2

Settlements

    0.9        0.8        —           —           —           —     

Special termination benefits (1)

    —          2.1        0.2         —           —           —     

Curtailments (2)

    (0.9     —          —           —           —           —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit expense

    9.4        10.4        6.2         0.9         1.0         1.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income or loss:

              

Net actuarial loss (gain)

    51.3        16.6        (26.5      0.7         0.3         0.3   

Transition obligation

    —          —          —           (0.3      (0.4      (0.4

Prior service credit

    1.1        0.2        0.2         0.2         0.2         0.2   

Transfer in from acquired pension plans (3)

    —          4.8        —           —           —           —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total pre-tax changes recognized in other comprehensive income or loss

    52.4        21.6        (26.3      0.6         0.1         0.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total recognized in net periodic benefit expense and other comprehensive income or loss

  $ 61.8      $ 32.0      $ (20.1    $ 1.5       $ 1.1       $ 1.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Amount in 2010 is included in other non-interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
(2) Reflects the recognition of prior service credit associated with the decision in July 2011 to “freeze,” effective December 31, 2011, the accrual of pension benefits for Plan participants.
(3) See Chittenden Pension Plan below.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The pre-tax amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss that have not been recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other
Postretirement Benefits
 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010         2011             2010      

Net actuarial loss

   $ 202.0       $ 150.7      $ 1.5      $ 0.8   

Transition obligation

     —           —          0.3        0.6   

Prior service credit

     —           (1.1     (0.8     (1.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ 202.0       $ 149.6      $ 1.0      $ 0.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In 2012, approximately $4.5 million in net actuarial losses is expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost for the funded and unfunded pension plans, and approximately $0.3 million and $(0.2) million in net transition obligation and prior service credit, respectively, are expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost for the other postretirement benefits plan.

The following assumptions were used in determining the benefit obligations and net periodic benefit expense:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other
Postretirement Benefits
 
     2011     2010     2009     2011     2010     2009  

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine
benefit obligations at December 31:

            

Discount rate

     4.60     5.50     6.00     4.60     5.50     6.00

Rate of compensation increase

     n/a        2.40        3.40        n/a        n/a        n/a   

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net
periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31:

            

Discount rate

     5.50     6.00     6.10     5.50     6.00     6.10

Expected return on plan assets

     8.00        8.25        8.25        n/a        n/a        n/a   

Rate of compensation increase

     2.40        3.40        3.50        n/a        n/a        n/a   

Assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31: (1)

            

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

     n/a        n/a        n/a        7.70     8.00     8.25

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

     n/a        n/a        n/a        4.50        4.50        4.50   

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

     n/a        n/a        n/a        2027        2027        2027   

 

n/a – not applicable

 

(1) Changes in the net periodic benefit cost and the related benefit obligation arising as a result of a one-percentage-point increase or decrease in this assumed trend rate would not be significant.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In developing an expected long-term rate of return on asset assumption for the funded pension plan, People’s United Financial considered the historical returns and the future expectations for returns within each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio. This resulted in an expected long-term rate of return assumption of 8.00%, which is intended to reflect expected asset returns over the life of the related pension benefits expected to be paid. The discount rate reflects the current rates available on long-term high- quality fixed-income debt instruments, and is reset annually on the measurement date. To determine the discount rate, People’s United Financial reviews, along with its independent actuary, spot interest rate yield curves based upon yields from a broad population of high-quality bonds adjusted to match the timing and amounts of expected benefit payments under the pension and postretirement plans.

The investment strategy of the People’s United Financial pension plan is to develop a diversified portfolio, representing a variety of asset classes of varying duration, in order to effectively fund expected near-term and long-term benefit payments. All investment decisions are governed by an established policy which contains the following asset allocation guidelines:

 

     Asset Class  
     Policy Target %      Policy Range %  

Cash reserves

     3         1 - 15   

Equity securities

     64         50 - 76   

Fixed income securities

     33         27 - 39   

Equity securities may include convertible securities, and are required to be diversified among industries and economic sectors. Limitations have been established on the overall allocation to any individual security representing more than 3% of the market value of total plan assets. A limit of 26% of equity holdings may be invested in international equities. Short sales, margin purchases and similar speculative transactions are prohibited.

Fixed income securities are oriented toward risk-averse, investment-grade securities rated “A” or higher. A limit of up to 4% of the fixed income holdings may be invested in issues rated below “Baa” by Moody’s or “BBB” by Standard & Poor’s, if the higher investment risk is compensated for by the prospect of a positive incremental investment return. With the exception of U.S. government securities, in which the plan may invest the entire fixed income allocation, fixed income securities require diversification among individual securities and sectors. There is no limit on the maximum maturity of securities held. Short sales, margin purchases and similar speculative transactions are prohibited.

The following table summarizes the percentages of fair value for each major category of plan assets as of the respective measurement dates:

 

     Plan Assets  

At December 31

   2011     2010  

Equity securities

     64     65

Cash and fixed income securities

     36        35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-65


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following tables present People’s United Financial’s Plan assets measured at fair value (see Note 1):

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using      Total  

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

       Level 1              Level 2              Level 3         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16.0       $ —         $ —         $ 16.0   

Equity securities:

           

Corporate

     111.9         —           —           111.9   

Mutual funds

     —           82.7         —           82.7   

Fixed income securities:

           

Corporate

     —           52.7         —           52.7   

U.S. Treasury and agency

     6.6         20.6         —           27.2   

Mutual funds

     —           11.3         —           11.3   

U.S. agency residential mortgage-backed securities

     —           0.5         —           0.5   

Other

     —           0.7         —           0.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 134.5       $ 168.5       $ —         $ 303.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Fair Value Measurements Using      Total  

As of December 31, 2010 (in millions)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 18.6       $ —         $ —         $ 18.6   

Equity securities:

           

Corporate

     114.4         —           —           114.4   

Mutual funds

     —           91.9         —           91.9   

Fixed income securities:

           

Corporate

     —           51.9         —           51.9   

U.S. Treasury and agency

     8.5         22.3         —           30.8   

Mutual funds

     —           9.0         —           9.0   

U.S. agency residential mortgage-backed securities

     —           0.7         —           0.7   

Other

     —           0.8         —           0.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 141.5       $ 176.6       $ —         $ 318.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Chittenden Pension Plan

In addition to the plans described above, People’s United Financial continues to maintain a qualified defined benefit pension plan that covers former Chittenden employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Effective December 31, 2005, benefits accrued under this defined benefit plan were frozen based on participants’ then-current service and pay levels. During April 2010, participants in the Chittenden pension plan who were in payment status as of April 1, 2010, or whose accrued benefit as of that date was scheduled to be paid in the form of an annuity commencing May 1, 2010 based upon elections made by April 15, 2010, were transferred into the People’s United Financial pension plan.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

At December 31, 2011, the fair value of plan assets totaled $43.4 million (invested in cash equivalents and fixed income securities) and the projected benefit obligation totaled $46.7 million, resulting in an unfunded status of $3.3 million, which has been recognized as a liability in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The asset recognized for the plan’s funded status was $3.6 million at December 31, 2010. A discount rate of 4.5% was used in determining the projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2011. Pre-tax net actuarial losses totaling $20.2 million ($12.8 million net of tax) and pre-tax prior service credits totaling $5.3 million ($3.4 million net of tax) were included in accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2011.

Net periodic benefit expense (income) for this plan totaled $0.8 million, $(1.1) million and $(0.5) million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Included in net periodic benefit expense (income) in each year were partial settlement charges totaling $1.1 million, $1.3 million and $0.9 million, respectively, as a result of lump-sum benefit payments in each year in excess of the sum of the plan’s annual interest and service costs. When an employer settles the full amount of its obligation for vested benefits with respect to some of a plan’s participants, the employer is required to recognize in income a pro rata portion of the aggregate gain or loss recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

The weighted average assumptions used to determine 2011, 2010 and 2009 net periodic benefit expense (income) were (i) discount rates of 5.30%, 5.60% and 6.00%, respectively, and (ii) an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 4.25%, 6.50% and 6.50%, respectively. In 2012, approximately $0.2 million in net periodic benefit expense (primarily consisting of expected return on plan assets, interest cost and prior service credit) is expected to be recognized.

In 2012, no employer contributions are expected to be made for this plan. Expected future net benefit payments for this plan as of December 31, 2011 are: $2.4 million in 2012; $2.6 million in 2013; $2.9 million in 2014; $2.4 million in 2015; $2.9 million in 2016; and an aggregate of $14.5 million in 2017 through 2021.

The companies acquired by People’s United Financial in 2010 and 2011 did not maintain defined benefit plans.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

In April 2007, People’s United Financial established an ESOP. At that time, People’s United Financial loaned the ESOP $216.8 million to purchase 10,453,575 shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the open market. In order for the ESOP to repay the loan, People’s United Financial expects to make annual cash contributions of approximately $18.8 million until 2036. Such cash contributions may be reduced by the cash dividends paid on unallocated ESOP shares, which totaled $5.7 million in 2011, $5.8 million in 2010 and $5.9 million in 2009. At December 31, 2011, the loan balance totaled $201.0 million.

Employee participation in this plan is restricted to those employees who are at least 18 years of age and have worked at least 1,000 hours within 12 months of their hire date or any plan year (January 1 to December 31) after their date of hire. Employees meeting the aforementioned eligibility criteria during the plan year must continue to be employed as of the last day of the plan year in order to receive an allocation of shares for that plan year.

Shares of People’s United Financial common stock are held by the ESOP and allocated to eligible participants annually based upon a percentage of each participant’s eligible compensation. Since the ESOP was established, a total of 1,742,263 shares of People’s United Financial common stock have been allocated or committed to be released to participants’ accounts. At December 31, 2011, a total of 8,711,312 shares of People’s United Financial common stock, with a fair value of $111.9 million at that date, have not been allocated or committed to be released.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Compensation expense related to the ESOP is recognized at an amount equal to the number of common shares committed to be released by the ESOP for allocation to participants’ accounts multiplied by the average fair value of People’s United Financial’s common stock during the reporting period. The difference between the fair value of the shares of People’s United Financial’s common stock committed to be released and the cost of those common shares is recorded as a credit to additional paid-in capital (if fair value exceeds cost) or, to the extent that no such credits remain in additional paid-in capital, as a charge to retained earnings (if fair value is less than cost). Expense recognized for the ESOP totaled $4.4 million, $4.9 million and $5.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Employee Savings Plans

People’s United Financial sponsors an employee savings plan that qualifies as a 401(k) plan under the Internal Revenue Code. Under the current plan, effective January 1, 2009 employees may contribute up to 50% of their pre-tax compensation up to certain limits, and People’s United Financial makes a matching contribution equal to 100% of a participant’s contributions up to 4% of pre-tax compensation. People’s United Financial may increase the amount of its matching contribution to 5% of pre-tax compensation if certain bankwide performance objectives are met. Participants vest immediately in their own contributions and after one year in People’s United Financial contributions. A supplemental savings plan has also been established for certain senior officers. Expense recognized for these employee savings plans totaled $16.9 million, $15.3 million and $14.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

NOTE 18—Stock-Based Compensation Plans

 

Long-Term Incentive Plan

People’s United Financial’s 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2008 Incentive Plan”) and the predecessor 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “1998 Incentive Plan”) (together the “Incentive Plans”) provide for awards to officers and employees in the form of: (i) incentive stock options that may afford tax benefits to recipients; (ii) non-statutory stock options that do not afford tax benefits to recipients but may provide tax benefits to People’s United Financial; and (iii) stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and performance units. A total of 10,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock are reserved for issuance under the 2008 Incentive Plan. At December 31, 2011, a total of 6,067,887 reserved shares remain available for future awards.

Non-statutory stock options have been granted under the Incentive Plans at exercise prices equal to the fair value of People’s United Financial common stock at the grant dates. Option expiration dates are fixed at the grant date, with a maximum term of ten years. Options granted under the Incentive Plans generally vest 50% after two years, 75% after three years and 100% after four years. All options become fully exercisable in the event of a change of control, as defined in the Incentive Plans.

People’s United Financial has also granted restricted stock awards under the Incentive Plans. Employees become fully vested in these shares generally after a three- or four-year period, with requisite service conditions and no performance-based conditions to such vesting. Unvested restricted stock awards become fully vested in the event of a change in control, as defined in the Incentive Plans. During the vesting period, dividends are paid on the restricted stock and the recipients are entitled to vote these restricted shares. The fair value of all restricted stock awards is measured at the grant date based on quoted market prices.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Recognition and Retention Plan and Stock Option Plan

The People’s United Financial 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan and 2007 Stock Option Plan (together the “2007 Plans”) provide for awards to directors, officers and employees in the form of (i) incentive stock options that may afford tax benefits to recipients, (ii) non-statutory stock options that do not afford tax benefits to recipients but may provide tax benefits to People’s United Financial, and (iii) restricted stock. Shares of People’s United Financial common stock were purchased in the open market in October 2007 by a trustee with funds provided by People’s United Financial for the maximum number of shares available to be awarded in the form of restricted stock. A maximum of 6,969,050 shares and 15,244,796 shares of People’s United Financial common stock are available for restricted stock awards and stock options, respectively. At December 31, 2011, a total of 3,023,531 shares and 7,012,445 shares remain available for future restricted stock awards and stock options, respectively, under the 2007 Plans.

Non-statutory stock options are granted under the 2007 Plans at exercise prices equal to the fair value of People’s United Financial’s common stock at the grant date. The fair value of all restricted stock awarded under the 2007 Plans is measured at the grant date based on quoted market prices. Most restricted stock and stock options awarded vest 20% per year over a five year period with requisite service conditions and no performance-based conditions to such vesting. As defined in the 2007 Plans, 45% of certain awards become vested upon the death or disability of the award recipient and 55% of these awards are forfeited upon the death or disability of the award recipient. All restricted stock awards and stock options become fully vested and exercisable, respectively, in the event of a change of control, as defined in the 2007 Plans. During the vesting period, dividends are paid on the restricted stock and the recipients are entitled to vote these restricted shares.

Stock Options Granted

People’s United Financial granted stock options totaling 1,201,202 in 2011, 990,137 in 2010 and 705,586 in 2009 under the Incentive Plans. The estimated weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted in 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $2.58 per option, $3.31 per option and $3.77 per option, respectively, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with assumptions as follows: dividend yield of 4.7% in 2011, 4.1% in 2010 and 3.7% in 2009; expected volatility rate of 31% in 2011 and 33% in 2010 and 2009; risk-free interest rate of 2.6% in 2011, 2.5% in 2010 and 2.3% in 2009; and expected option life of approximately 6 years in 2011, 5 years in 2010 and 6 years in 2009.

People’s United Financial granted stock options totaling 403,400 in 2011, 98,541 in 2010 and 314,350 in 2009 to directors, key executive officers and employees under the 2007 Plans. The estimated weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted under the 2007 Plans was $2.31 per option in 2011, $3.43 per option in 2010 and $3.80 per option in 2009, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with assumptions as follows: dividend yield of 5.1% in 2011, 4.0% in 2010 and 3.8% in 2009; expected volatility rate of 33% in all years; risk-free interest rate of 2.0% in 2011 and 2.7% in 2010 and 2009; and expected option life of approximately 5 years in 2011 and 6 years in 2010 and 2009.

In arriving at the grant date fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, expected volatilities were based on the historical volatilities of People’s United Financial traded common stock. The expected term of stock options represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. People’s United Financial used historical data to estimate voluntary suboptimal (early) exercises by continuing employees, and estimates of post-vest option exercise or forfeiture by terminated employees. Suboptimal exercise data and employee termination estimates are incorporated into Monte Carlo simulations of People’s United Financial common stock prices to calculate the expected term. The risk-free interest rate approximated the U.S. Treasury rate curve matched to the expected option term at the time of the grant.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Expense relating to stock options granted is recognized on a straight-line basis generally over the applicable option vesting period and totaled $8.2 million, $7.4 million and $7.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Unamortized cost for unvested stock options, which reflects an estimated forfeiture rate of 5.3% per year over the vesting period, totaled $8.3 million at December 31, 2011, and is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 2.1 years. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

The following is a summary of stock option activity under the 2008 Incentive Plan, the 1998 Incentive Plan and the 2007 Stock Option Plan:

 

     Shares
Subject To
Option
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (1)
(in millions)
 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2008

     10,399,487      $ 17.10         

Granted

     1,019,936        16.46         

Forfeited

     (495,949     18.07         

Exercised

     (58,113     9.79         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Options outstanding at December 31, 2009

     10,865,361        17.04         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Granted

     1,088,678        15.38         

Forfeited

     (424,740     17.16         

Exercised

     (48,985     7.92         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Options outstanding at December 31, 2010

     11,480,314        16.91         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Granted

     1,604,602        13.12         

Forfeited

     (1,493,522     17.51         

Exercised

     (78,269     8.48         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Options outstanding at December 31, 2011

     11,513,125      $ 16.37         6.4       $ 1.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options exercisable at December 31, 2011

     7,559,826      $ 16.97         5.7       $ 1.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Reflects only those stock options with intrinsic value at December 31, 2011.

Additional information concerning options outstanding and options exercisable at December 31, 2011 is summarized as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  
            Weighted Average                

Exercise Price Range

   Number      Remaining
Life
(in years)
     Exercise
Price
     Number      Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

$ 4.78 -  $ 9.63

     287,046         1.9       $ 8.60         287,046       $ 8.60   

 12.02 -   15.80

     3,815,554         7.5         14.25         1,176,507         14.64   

 16.07 -   17.76

     2,871,441         6.3         16.97         2,191,337         17.00   

 18.10 -   21.63

     4,539,084         5.9         18.26         3,904,936         18.28   

 

F-70


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Restricted Stock Awarded

The following is a summary of restricted stock award activity under the 2008 Incentive Plan, the 1998 Incentive Plan and the 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan:

 

     Shares     Weighted-Average
Grant Date

Fair Value
 

Unvested restricted shares outstanding at December 31, 2008

     3,558,591      $ 17.61   

Granted

     508,010        16.56   

Forfeited

     (203,318     17.96   

Vested

     (848,126     17.48   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unvested restricted shares outstanding at December 31, 2009

     3,015,157        17.45   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Granted

     701,740        15.39   

Forfeited

     (94,594     16.89   

Vested

     (1,550,431     17.45   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unvested restricted shares outstanding at December 31, 2010

     2,071,872        16.77   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Granted

     769,858        13.18   

Forfeited

     (218,505     17.00   

Vested

     (786,185     17.17   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unvested restricted shares outstanding at December 31, 2011

     1,837,640      $ 15.06   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Straight-line amortization of unvested restricted stock awards resulted in expense of $14.6 million, $17.7 million and $16.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Unamortized cost for unvested restricted stock awards, which reflects an estimated forfeiture rate of 5.2% per year over the vesting period, totaled $19.4 million at December 31, 2011, and is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 2.4 years. The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $10.2 million, $22.4 million and $14.0 million, respectively.

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, employees of People’s United Financial tendered 196,457, 473,751 and 142,786 shares of common stock, respectively, in satisfaction of their related minimum tax withholding obligations upon the vesting of restricted stock awards granted in prior periods. There is no limit on the number of shares that may be tendered by employees of People’s United Financial in the future to satisfy their related minimum tax withholding obligations. Shares acquired in satisfaction of minimum tax withholding obligations are not eligible for reissuance in connection with any subsequent grants made pursuant to equity compensation plans maintained by People’s United Financial. Rather, all shares acquired in this manner are retired by People’s United Financial, resuming the status of authorized but unissued shares of People’s United Financial’s common stock. The total cost of shares repurchased and retired during 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $2.6 million, $7.0 million and $2.4 million, respectively.

Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan

The People’s United Financial, Inc. Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan (“Directors’ Equity Plan”) provides for an annual award of shares of People’s United Financial common stock with a fair value of $95,000 to each non-employee director immediately following each annual meeting of shareholders. Shares of People’s United Financial common stock issued pursuant to the Directors’ Equity Plan are not transferable until the third anniversary of the grant date or, if earlier, upon the director’s cessation of service. A total of 892,500 shares of People’s United Financial common stock are reserved for issuance under the Directors’ Equity Plan.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, directors were granted a total of 66,609 shares, 56,817 shares and 58,760 shares, respectively, of People’s United Financial common stock with grant date fair values of $13.30 per share, $14.54 per share and $16.02 per share, respectively, at those dates. Expense totaling $0.9 million, $0.8 million and $0.9 million was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, for the Directors’ Equity Plan. At December 31, 2011, a total of 189,339 shares remain available for issuance.

NOTE 19—Fair Value Measurements

 

Described below are the valuation methodologies used by People’s United Financial and the resulting fair value measurement of those financial instruments reported at fair value on both a recurring and a non-recurring basis.

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

Investments in Debt and Equity Securities

When available, People’s United Financial uses quoted market prices for identical securities received from an independent, nationally-recognized, third-party pricing service (as discussed further below), to determine the fair value of investment securities such as U.S. Treasury and agency securities that are included in Level 1. When quoted market prices for identical securities are unavailable, People’s United Financial uses prices provided by the independent pricing service based on recent trading activity and other observable information including, but not limited to, market interest rate curves, referenced credit spreads and estimated prepayment rates where applicable. These investments include certain U.S. and government agency debt securities, corporate and municipal debt securities, and GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs, all of which are included in Level 2.

Substantially all of the Company’s available-for-sale securities represent GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs. The fair values of these securities are based on prices obtained from the independent pricing service. The pricing service uses various techniques to determine pricing for the Company’s mortgage-backed securities, including option pricing and discounted cash flow analysis. The inputs include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers, reference data, monthly payment information and collateral performance. At both December 31, 2011 and 2010, the entire available-for-sale residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio was comprised of 15-year GSE securities. An active market exists for securities that are similar to the Company’s GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs, making observable inputs readily available.

Changes in the prices obtained from the pricing service are analyzed from month to month, taking into consideration changes in market conditions including changes in mortgage spreads, changes in U.S. Treasury security yields and changes in generic pricing of 15-year securities. As a further point of validation, the Company generates its own month-end fair value estimate for all mortgage-backed securities, agency-issued CMOs (also backed by 15-year mortgage-backed securities), and state and municipal securities. While the Company has not adjusted the prices obtained from the independent pricing service, any notable differences between those prices and the Company’s estimates are subject to further analysis. This additional analysis may include a review of prices provided by other independent parties, a yield analysis, a review of average life changes using Bloomberg analytics, and a review of historical pricing for the particular security. Based on management’s review of the prices provided by the pricing service, the fair values incorporate observable market inputs used by market participants at the measurement date and, as such, are classified as Level 2 securities.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Other Assets

People’s United Financial maintains unfunded, nonqualified supplemental plans to provide retirement benefits to certain senior officers. People’s United Financial has funded two trusts to provide benefit payments to the extent such benefits are not paid directly by People’s United Financial, the assets of which are included in other assets in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. When available, People’s United Financial uses quoted market prices for identical securities received from a third-party nationally recognized pricing service, to determine the fair value of the trust assets.

Derivatives

People’s United Financial values its derivatives using internal models that are based on market or observable inputs including interest rate curves and forward/spot prices for selected currencies. Derivative assets and liabilities included in Level 2 represent interest rate swaps, foreign exchange contracts, interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans, and forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans.

The following tables summarize People’s United Financial’s financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (see Note 1):

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using      Total  

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

     Level 1          Level 2          Level 3       

Assets:

           

Trading account securities:

           

U.S. Treasury

   $ 71.7       $ —         $ —         $ 71.7   

Equity securities

     —           0.1         —           0.1   

Securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury and agency

     31.0         50.0         —           81.0   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

     —           2,447.8         —           2,447.8   

State and municipal

     —           137.7         —           137.7   

Corporate

     —           56.5         —           56.5   

Other

     —           2.3         —           2.3   

Equity securities

     —           0.2         —           0.2   

Other assets:

           

Fixed income securities

     —           39.6         —           39.6   

Equity mutual funds

     —           0.4         —           0.4   

Interest rate swaps

     —           61.3         —           61.3   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           0.3         —           0.3   

Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans

     —           1.0         —           1.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 102.7       $ 2,797.2       $ —         $ 2,899.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Interest rate swaps

   $ —         $ 57.5       $ —         $ 57.5   

Interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans

     —           1.4         —           1.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ 58.9       $ —         $ 58.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-73


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using       Total   

As of December 31, 2010 (in millions)

    Level 1        Level 2        Level 3      

Assets:

           

Trading account securities:

           

U.S. Treasury and agency

   $ 83.4       $ —         $ —         $ 83.4   

Equity securities

     —           0.1         —           0.1   

Securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury and agency

     39.3         437.0         —           476.3   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

     —           2,290.6         —           2,290.6   

State and municipal

     —           58.2         —           58.2   

Other

     —           4.5         —           4.5   

Equity securities

     —           1.5         —           1.5   

Other assets:

           

Fixed income securities

     —           32.9         —           32.9   

Equity mutual funds

     —           0.3         —           0.3   

Interest rate swaps

     —           17.0         —           17.0   

Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans

     —           0.1         —           0.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 122.7       $ 2,842.2       $ —         $ 2,964.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Interest rate swaps

   $ —         $ 14.7       $ —         $ 14.7   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           0.1         —           0.1   

Interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans

     —           0.1         —           0.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ 14.9       $ —         $ 14.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no significant transfers into or out of the Level 1 or Level 2 categories during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements

Loans Held for Sale

Residential mortgage loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value and are therefore measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. When available, People’s United Financial uses observable secondary market data, including pricing on recent closed market transactions for loans with similar characteristics. Accordingly, such loans are classified as Level 2 measurements. When observable data is unavailable, valuation methodologies using current market interest rate data adjusted for inherent credit risk are used, and such loans are included in Level 3.

Impaired Loans

Loan impairment is deemed to exist when full repayment of principal and interest according to the contractual terms of the loan is no longer probable. Impaired loans are reported based on one of three measures: the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate; the loan’s observable market price; or the fair value of the collateral (less cost to sell) if the loan is collateral dependent. Accordingly, certain impaired loans may be subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis. People’s United Financial has estimated the fair values of these assets using Level 3 inputs, such as the fair value of collateral based on independent third-party appraisals for collateral-dependent loans.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

REO and Repossessed Assets

REO and repossessed assets are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling costs, and are therefore measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. People’s United Financial has estimated the fair values of these assets using Level 3 inputs, such as independent third-party appraisals and price opinions. Assets that are acquired through loan default are recorded as held for sale initially at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan or fair value (less estimated selling costs) upon the date of foreclosure/repossession. Subsequent to foreclosure/repossession, valuations are updated periodically and the carrying amounts of these assets may be reduced further.

The following tables summarize People’s United Financial’s assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis:

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using         

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

     Level 1          Level 2          Level 3        Total  

Loans held for sale (1)

   $ —         $ 101.9       $ —         $ 101.9   

Impaired loans (2)

     —           —           128.5         128.5   

REO and repossessed assets (3)

     —           —           42.9         42.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ 101.9       $ 171.4       $ 273.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Fair Value Measurements Using         

As of December 31, 2010 (in millions)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Loans held for sale (1)

   $ —         $ 88.5       $ —         $ 88.5   

Impaired loans (2)

     —           —           106.1         106.1   

REO and repossessed assets (3)

     —           —           57.9         57.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ 88.5       $ 164.0       $ 252.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists of residential mortgage loans; no fair value adjustments were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.
(2) Represents the recorded investment in originated impaired loans with a related allowance for loan losses measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral less cost to sell. The total consists of $50.9 million, $43.5 million and $34.1 million of commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, and equipment financing loans, respectively, at December 31, 2011. The provision for loan losses on collateral-dependent impaired loans totaled $15.0 million and $11.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
(3) Represents: (i) $16.1 million of repossessed assets; (ii) $15.9 million of commercial REO; and (iii) $10.9 million of residential REO at December 31, 2011. Charge-offs to the allowance for loan losses related to loans that were transferred to REO and repossessed assets totaled $4.6 million and $3.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Write downs and net loss on sale of foreclosed/repossessed assets charged to non-interest expense totaled $4.5 million and $2.3 million for the same periods.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The following is a summary of the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of People’s United Financial’s financial instruments:

 

     2011      2010  

As of December 31 (in millions)

   Carrying
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Carrying
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Financial assets (other than derivatives):

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 780.9       $ 780.9       $ 954.5       $ 954.5   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     —           —           520.0         520.0   

Total securities (1)

     2,931.4         2,937.5         3,033.3         3,033.3   

Loans held for sale

     101.9         101.9         88.5         88.5   

Total loans, net

     20,217.1         20,706.3         17,155.2         17,685.1   

Accrued interest receivable

     80.3         80.3         67.6         67.6   

Other assets (2)

     40.4         40.4         39.0         39.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities (other than derivatives):

           

Time deposits

     5,339.2         5,401.8         5,162.7         5,205.5   

Other deposits

     15,476.6         15,476.6         12,770.4         12,770.4   

Retail repurchase agreements

     497.2         497.2         473.2         473.2   

FHLB advances

     332.4         344.4         508.3         503.0   

Federal funds purchased and other borrowings

     27.1         26.5         29.1         30.7   

Subordinated notes and debentures

     159.6         164.0         182.2         193.6   

Accrued interest payable

     7.9         7.9         9.1         9.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments: (3)

           

Recognized as an asset:

           

Interest rate swaps

     61.3         61.3         17.0         17.0   

Foreign exchange contracts

     0.3         0.3         —           —     

Forward commitments to sell residential
mortgage loans

     1.0         1.0         0.1         0.1   

Recognized as a liability:

           

Interest rate swaps

     57.5         57.5         14.7         14.7   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           —           0.1         0.1   

Interest rate-lock commitments on residential
mortgage loans

     1.4         1.4         0.1         0.1   

 

(1) Includes (i) trading account securities of $71.8 million and $83.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively (no other financial instruments in this table were held for trading purposes) and (ii) FHLB stock, reported at cost, totaling $77.7 million and $63.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
(2) Includes fixed income securities, cash and cash equivalents, and equity mutual funds of $39.6 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011, and $32.9 million, $5.8 million and $0.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010.
(3) See Note 21 for a further discussion of derivative financial instruments.

As discussed in Note 1, fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (an “exit price” approach to value).

 

F-76


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Acceptable valuation techniques (when quoted market prices are not available) that might be used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments include discounted cash flow analyses and comparison to similar instruments. Such estimates are highly subjective and require judgments regarding significant matters such as the amount and timing of future cash flows and the selection of discount rates that appropriately reflect market and credit risks. Changes in these judgments often have a material impact on the fair value estimates. In addition, since these estimates are made as of a specific point in time, they are susceptible to material near-term changes. Fair values estimated in this manner do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from the sale of a large volume of a particular financial instrument, nor do they reflect possible tax ramifications or estimated transaction costs.

The following is a description of the principal valuation methods used by People’s United Financial for financial instruments other than securities and derivatives, which were previously discussed:

Loans

For valuation purposes, the loan portfolio was segregated into its significant categories, which are commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, equipment financing, residential mortgage, home equity and other consumer. These categories were further segregated, where appropriate, into components based on significant financial characteristics such as type of interest rate (fixed or adjustable) and payment status (performing or non-performing). Fair values were estimated for each component using a valuation method selected by management.

The fair values of performing loans were estimated by discounting the anticipated cash flows from the respective portfolios, assuming future prepayments and using market interest rates for new loans with comparable credit risk. As a result, the valuation method for performing loans, which is consistent with certain guidance provided in accounting standards, does not fully incorporate the “exit price” approach to fair value. The fair values of non-performing loans were based on recent collateral appraisals or management’s analysis of estimated cash flows discounted at rates commensurate with the credit risk involved.

The fair value of home equity lines of credit was based on the outstanding loan balances, and therefore does not reflect the value associated with earnings from future loans to existing customers. Management believes that the fair value of these customer relationships has a substantial intangible value separate from the loan balances currently outstanding.

Deposit Liabilities

The fair values of time deposits represent contractual cash flows discounted at current rates determined by reference to a LIBOR/swap curve over the remaining period to maturity. The fair values of other deposit liabilities (those with no stated maturity, such as checking and savings accounts) are equal to the carrying amounts payable on demand. Deposit fair values do not include the intangible value of core deposit relationships that comprise a significant portion of People’s United Financial’s deposit base. Management believes that People’s United Financial’s core deposit relationships provide a relatively stable, low-cost funding source that has a substantial intangible value separate from the deposit balances.

Borrowings and Subordinated Notes and Debentures

The fair values of retail repurchase agreements, FHLB advances and other borrowings represent contractual repayments discounted using interest rates currently available on borrowings with similar characteristics and remaining maturities. The fair values of subordinated notes and debentures were based on dealer quotes.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Other Financial Assets and Liabilities

Cash and cash equivalents, securities purchased under agreements to resell, federal funds purchased and accrued interest receivable and payable have fair values that approximate the respective carrying amounts because the instruments are payable on demand or have short-term maturities, and present relatively low credit risk and interest rate risk.

Off-Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments

The estimated fair values of People’s United Financial’s off-balance-sheet financial instruments approximate the respective carrying amounts. These include commitments to extend credit and unadvanced lines of credit for which fair values were estimated based on an analysis of the interest rates and fees currently charged to enter into similar transactions, considering the remaining terms of the commitments and the creditworthiness of the potential borrowers.

NOTE 20—Legal Proceedings and Lease Commitments

 

In the normal course of business, People’s United Financial has various outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities that are not required to be and, therefore, have not been reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

Legal Proceedings

Litigation Relating to the Smithtown Bancorp, Inc. Transaction

On February 25, 2010 and March 29, 2010, Smithtown and several of its officers and its directors were named in two lawsuits commenced in United States District Court, Eastern District of New York ( Waterford Township Police & Fire Retirement v. Smithtown Bancorp, Inc., et al. and Yourgal v. Smithtown Bancorp, Inc. et al. , respectively) on behalf of a putative class of all persons and entities who purchased Smithtown’s common stock between March 13, 2008 and February 1, 2010, alleging claims under Section 10(b) and Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The plaintiffs allege, among other things, that Smithtown’s loan loss reserve, fair value of its assets, recognition of impaired assets and its internal and disclosure controls were materially false, misleading or incomplete. As a result of the consummation of the merger on November 30, 2010, People’s United Financial has become the successor party to Smithtown in this matter.

On April 26, 2010, the named plaintiff in the Waterford action moved to consolidate its action with the Yourgal action, to have itself appointed lead plaintiff in the consolidated action and to obtain approval of its selection of lead counsel. The Court approved the consolidation of the two suits, with Waterford Township named the lead plaintiff. On December 23, 2011, People’s United Financial filed a Motion to Dismiss the complaint.

In addition, on April 22, 2010, a Smithtown shareholder commenced an action in New York State Supreme Court, Kings County ( Toussie v. Smithtown Bancorp, Inc., et al. ) against Smithtown and several of its officers. The complaint alleges claims for fraud and aiding and abetting fraud based upon, among other things, the plaintiff’s allegation that during 2008 and 2009, one or more defendants made material misrepresentations and incomplete statements to the plaintiff concerning Smithtown’s loan losses, delinquent loans, capitalization, quarterly earnings and financial soundness. The complaint seeks compensatory and punitive damages against the defendants. As a result of the consummation of the merger on November 30, 2010, People’s United Financial has become the successor party to Smithtown in this matter. On December 20, 2011, the parties reached an agreement in principle to resolve this matter, which was subsequently finalized in February 2012.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Other

People’s United Bank has been named as a defendant in a lawsuit (Marta Farb, on behalf of herself and all others similarly situated v. People’s United Bank) arising from its assessment and collection of overdraft fees on its checking account customers. The complaint was filed in the Superior Court of Connecticut, Judicial District of Waterbury, on April 22, 2011 and alleges that People’s United Bank engaged in certain unfair practices in the posting of electronic debit card transactions from highest to lowest dollar amount. The complaint also alleges that such practices were inadequately disclosed to customers and were unfairly used by People’s United Bank for the purpose of generating revenue by maximizing the number of overdrafts a customer is assessed. The complaint seeks certification of a class of checking account holders residing in Connecticut and who have incurred at least one overdraft fee, injunctive relief, compensatory, punitive and treble damages, disgorgement and restitution of overdraft fees paid, and attorneys’ fees. On June 16, 2011, People’s United Bank filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, and on December 7, 2011, that motion was denied by the court. Discovery is expected to begin in the case in early 2012.

In addition, in the normal course of business, People’s United Financial is also subject to various other legal proceedings. Management has discussed with legal counsel the nature of these other legal proceedings, as well as the pending actions described above. Based on the information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and the recorded liability for probable legal settlements and costs, People’s United Financial believes that the eventual outcome of these matters will not (individually or in the aggregate) have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Lease Commitments

At December 31, 2011, People’s United Financial was obligated under various noncancelable operating leases for office space, which expire on various dates through 2054. Certain leases contain renewal options and provide for increased rentals based principally on the consumer price index and fair market rental value provisions. The future minimum rental commitments under operating leases in excess of one year at December 31, 2011 were: $44.2 million in 2012; $42.3 million in 2013; $39.5 million in 2014; $36.9 million in 2015; $33.1 million in 2016; and an aggregate of $161.4 million in 2017 through 2054. Rent expense under operating leases included in occupancy and equipment in the Consolidated Statements of Income totaled $43.5 million, $31.7 million and $30.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 21—Financial Instruments

 

In the normal course of business, People’s United Financial is a party to both on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet financial instruments involving, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in addition to the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The contractual amounts of off-balance-sheet instruments reflect the extent of People’s United Financial’s involvement in particular classes of financial instruments.

A summary of the contractual or notional amounts of People’s United Financial’s financial instruments follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010  

Lending-Related Financial Instruments: (1)

     

Loan origination commitments and unadvanced lines of credit:

     

Commercial

   $ 2,420.7       $ 1,983.1   

Consumer

     2,068.2         1,865.0   

Commercial real estate

     448.5         242.2   

Residential mortgage

     260.0         249.3   

Letters of credit

     184.1         120.0   

Derivative Financial Instruments: (2)

     

Foreign exchange contracts

     8.1         8.3   

Interest rate swaps:

     

For market risk management

     129.1         5.7   

For commercial customers:

     

Customer

     878.2         491.5   

Counterparty

     878.2         491.5   

Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans

     118.4         111.2   

Interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans

     148.1         120.1   

 

(1) The contractual amounts of these financial instruments represent People’s United Financial’s maximum potential exposure to credit loss, assuming (i) the instruments are fully funded at a later date, (ii) the borrower does not meet contractual repayment obligations, and (iii) any collateral or other security proves to be worthless.
(2) The contractual or notional amounts of these financial instruments are substantially greater than People’s United Financial’s maximum potential exposure to credit loss.

Lending-Related Financial Instruments

The contractual amounts of People’s United Financial’s lending-related financial instruments do not necessarily represent future cash requirements since certain of these instruments may expire without being funded and others may not be fully drawn upon. These instruments are subject to People’s United Financial’s credit approval process, including an evaluation of the customer’s creditworthiness and related collateral requirements. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee by the customer. The geographic distribution of People’s United Financial’s lending-related financial instruments is similar to the distribution of its loan portfolio, as described in Note 5.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

People’s United Financial issues both stand-by and commercial letters of credit. Stand-by letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by People’s United Financial to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The letter of credit is generally extended for an average term of one year and is secured in a manner similar to existing extensions of credit. For each letter of credit issued, if the customer fails to perform under the terms of the agreement, People’s United Financial would have to fulfill the terms of the letter of credit. The fair value of People’s United Financial’s obligations relating to $182.9 million and $116.0 million of stand-by letters of credit at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $1.1 million at both dates, and has been included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The credit risk involved in issuing stand-by letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.

A commercial letter of credit is normally a short-term instrument issued by a financial institution on behalf of its customer. The letter of credit authorizes a beneficiary to draw drafts on the financial institution or one of its correspondent banks, provided the terms and conditions of the letter of credit have been met. In issuing a commercial letter of credit, the financial institution has substituted its credit standing for that of its customer. After drafts are paid by the financial institution, the customer is charged or an obligation is created under an existing reimbursement agreement. An advance under a reimbursement agreement is recorded as a loan by the financial institution and is subject to terms and conditions similar to other commercial obligations. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, People’s United Financial had issued $1.2 million and $4.0 million, respectively, of commercial letters of credit.

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

People’s United Financial uses derivative financial instruments as components of its market risk management (principally to manage interest rate risk). Certain other derivatives are entered into in connection with transactions with commercial customers. Derivatives are not used for speculative purposes.

By using derivatives, People’s United Financial is exposed to credit risk to the extent that counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as required. Should a counterparty fail to perform under the terms of a derivative contract, the Company’s counterparty credit risk is equal to the amount reported as a derivative asset in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. Amounts reported as derivative assets represent derivative contracts in a gain position, net of derivatives in a loss position with the same counterparty (to the extent subject to master netting arrangements) and posted collateral. People’s United Financial seeks to minimize counterparty credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, execution of master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral, where appropriate. Counterparties to People’s United Financial’s derivatives include major financial institutions with investment grade credit ratings from the major rating agencies. As such, management believes the risk of incurring credit losses on derivative contracts with those counterparties is remote and losses, if any, would be immaterial.

Certain of People’s United Financial’s derivative contracts contain provisions establishing collateral requirements (subject to minimum collateral posting thresholds) based on the Company’s external credit rating. If the Company’s senior unsecured debt rating were to fall below the level generally recognized as investment grade, the counterparties to such derivative contracts could require additional collateral on those derivative transactions in a net liability position (after considering the effect of bilateral netting arrangements and posted collateral). The aggregate fair value of derivative instruments with such credit-related contingent features that were in a net liability position at December 31, 2011 was $11.2 million, for which People’s United Financial had posted $10.1 million collateral in the normal course of business. If the Company’s senior unsecured debt rating had fallen below investment grade as of that date, $1.1 million in additional collateral would have been required.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following sections further discuss each class of derivative financial instrument used by People’s United Financial, including management’s principal objectives and risk management strategies.

Interest Rate Floors

An interest rate floor is a type of option contract that is exercised when the underlying interest rate falls below a specified strike rate. Previously, People’s United Financial purchased interest rate floors for the purpose of partially managing its exposure to decreases in the one-month LIBOR-index rate used to reprice certain long-term commercial loans. The interest rate floors were accounted for as cash flow hedges.

In the first quarter of 2009, People’s United Financial terminated its remaining $600 million (notional amount) interest rate floor contracts. The decision to do so was based on management’s belief that, in light of the current interest rate environment, the derivative contracts had achieved their stated market risk management objective. Termination of the derivative contracts also served to reduce the Company’s counterparty credit risk. At the time of termination, the interest rate floors had an unrealized gain of $40.1 million. The gain was included (on a net-of-tax basis) as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss and was recognized in income over the period during which the hedged items (certain floating rate commercial loans) affected earnings (approximately 2 years).

Interest Rate Swaps

People’s United Financial has also entered into pay fixed/receive floating interest rate swaps that are used to manage interest rate risk associated with certain interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

Interest rate swaps associated with interest-earning assets are used to match more closely the repricing of fewer than five commercial real estate loans and the funding associated with these loans. Specifically, People’s United Financial has agreed with other parties to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed-rate and floating-rate interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed notional amount. As a result, the interest rate swaps effectively convert the fixed rate assets to a variable interest rate and consequently reduce People’s United Financial’s exposure to increases in interest rates. These interest rate swaps are accounted for as fair value hedges.

People’s United Financial has entered into an interest rate swap to hedge the LIBOR-based floating rate payments on the Company’s $125 million subordinated notes, which begin in February 2012. The subordinated notes pay a fixed interest rate of 5.80% until February 2012, at which time the interest rate converts to the three month LIBOR plus 68.5 basis points. Specifically, People’s United Financial has agreed with the swap counterparty to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed-rate (1.99%) and floating-rate interest amounts calculated based on a notional amount of $125 million The floating rate interest amounts received under the interest rate swap are calculated using the same floating rate paid on the subordinated notes. The interest rate swap effectively converts the variable rate subordinated notes to a fixed interest rate and consequently reduces People’s United Financial’s exposure to increases in interest rates. This interest rate swap is accounted for as a cash flow hedge.

Foreign Exchange Contracts

Foreign exchange contracts are commitments to buy or sell foreign currency on a future date at a contractual price. People’s United Financial uses these instruments on a limited basis to eliminate its exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates on certain of its commercial loans that are denominated in foreign currencies. Gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts substantially offset the translation gains and losses on the related loans. Effective in the first quarter of 2010, People’s United Financial no longer designates foreign exchange contracts as hedging instruments.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Customer Derivatives

People’s United Financial has entered into interest rate swaps with certain of its commercial customers. In order to minimize its risk, these customer derivatives (pay floating/receive fixed) have been offset with essentially matching interest rate swaps with People’s United Financial’s counterparties (pay fixed/receive floating). Hedge accounting has not been applied for these derivatives. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of all such interest rate swaps are recognized in current earnings.

Forward Commitments to Sell Residential Mortgage Loans and Related Interest Rate-Lock Commitments

People’s United Financial enters into forward commitments to sell adjustable-rate and fixed-rate residential mortgage loans (all to be sold servicing released) in order to reduce the market risk associated with originating loans for sale in the secondary market. In order to fulfill a forward commitment, People’s United Financial delivers originated loans at prices or yields specified by the contract. The risks associated with such contracts arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the contract terms or People’s United Financial’s inability to originate the necessary loans. Gains and losses realized on the forward contracts are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income as a component of the net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans. In the normal course of business, People’s United Financial will commit to an interest rate on a mortgage loan application at a time after the application is approved by People’s United Financial. The risks associated with these interest rate-lock commitments arise if market interest rates change prior to the closing of these loans. Both forward sales commitments and interest rate-lock commitments made to borrowers on held-for-sale loans are accounted for as derivatives, with changes in fair value recognized in current earnings.

The table below provides a summary of the notional amounts and fair values of derivatives outstanding:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

  Type of
Hedge
     Notional Amounts     Fair Values (1)  
       Assets      Liabilities  
     2011      2010     2011      2010      2011      2010  

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments:

                  

Interest rate swaps:

                  

Commercial customers

    N/A       $ 878.2       $ 491.5      $ 61.3       $ 13.5       $ —         $ 2.8   

Other counterparties

    N/A         878.2         491.5        —           3.5         57.1         11.5   

Foreign exchange contracts

    N/A         8.1         8.3        0.3         —           —           0.1   

Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans

    N/A         118.4         111.2        1.0         0.1         —           —     

Interest rate-lock commitments on
residential mortgage loans

    N/A         148.1         120.1        —           —           1.4         0.1   
         

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

            62.6         17.1         58.5         14.5   
         

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments:

                  

Interest rate swaps:

                  

Loans

    Fair value         4.1         5.7        —           —           —           0.4   

Subordinated notes

    Cash flow         125.0         —          —           —           0.4         —     
         

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

            —           —           0.4         0.4   
         

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives

          $ 62.6       $ 17.1       $ 58.9       $ 14.9   
         

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Assets are recorded in other assets and liabilities are recorded in other liabilities.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table summarizes the impact of People’s United Financial’s derivatives on pre-tax income and accumulated other comprehensive loss (“AOCL”):

 

       Type of
Hedge
     Amount of Pre-Tax Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Earnings (1)
    Amount of Pre-Tax Gain (Loss)
Recognized in AOCL
 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

          2011             2010             2009             2011             2010              2009      

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments:

                

Interest rate swaps:

                

Commercial customers

     N/A       $ 64.6      $ 23.9      $ (5.9   $ —        $ —         $ —     

Other counterparties

     N/A         (62.6     (22.3     7.2        —          —           —     

Foreign exchange contracts

     N/A         0.4        —          —          —          —           —     

Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans

     N/A         —          —          (0.3     —          —           —     

Interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans

     N/A         (0.5     —          0.3        —          —           —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        1.9        1.6        1.3        —          —           —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments:

                

Interest rate swaps

     Cash flow         —          —          —          (0.4     —           —     

Interest rate floors (2)

     Cash flow         0.7        21.0        21.9        —          —           1.2   

Interest rate swaps

     Fair value         (0.2     (0.3     (0.3     —          —           —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        0.5        20.7        21.6        (0.4     —           1.2   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives

      $ 2.4      $ 22.3      $ 22.9      $ (0.4   $ —         $ 1.2   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts recognized in earnings are recorded in interest income or interest expense for derivatives designated as hedging instruments and in other non-interest income for derivatives not designated as hedging instruments.
(2) Reflects income relating to interest rate floors terminated during 2008 and 2009.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 22—Business Segment Information

 

Public companies are required to report (i) certain financial and descriptive information about “reportable operating segments,” as defined, and (ii) certain enterprise-wide financial information about products and services, geographic areas and major customers. Operating segment information is reported using a “management approach” that is based on the way management organizes the segments for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing performance.

The Company’s operating segments have been aggregated into reportable segments that have been identified and organized based on the nature of the products and services offered by the respective segment. People’s United Financial’s operations are divided into three primary business segments that represent its core businesses:

Commercial Banking consists principally of commercial real estate lending, commercial and industrial lending, and commercial deposit gathering activities. This segment also includes the equipment financing operations of People’s Capital and Leasing Corp. and People’s United Equipment Finance Corp., as well as cash management, correspondent banking and municipal banking.

Retail and Business Banking includes, as its principal business lines, business lending, consumer and business deposit gathering activities, consumer lending (including residential mortgage and home equity lending), and merchant services.

Wealth Management consists of trust services, corporate trust, brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance provided by People’s Securities, Inc., other insurance services provided through People’s United Insurance Agency, Inc. and private banking.

In addition, Treasury manages People’s United Financial’s securities portfolio, short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell, wholesale borrowings, and the funding center, which includes the impact of derivative financial instruments used for risk management purposes.

People’s United Financial’s business segment disclosure is based on information generated by an internal profitability reporting system, which generates information by operating segment based on a series of management estimates and allocations regarding funds transfer pricing (“FTP”), the provision for loan losses, non-interest expense and income taxes. These estimates and allocations, some of which can be subjective in nature, are continually being reviewed and refined. Any changes in estimates and allocations that may affect the reported results of any business segment will not affect the consolidated financial position or results of operations of People’s United Financial as a whole.

FTP is used in the calculation of each operating segment’s net interest income, and measures the value of funds used in and provided by an operating segment. Under this process, a money desk buys funds from liability-generating business lines (such as consumer deposits) and sells funds to asset-generating business lines (such as commercial lending). The price at which funds are bought and sold on any given day is set by People’s United Financial’s Treasury group and is based on the wholesale cost to People’s United Financial of assets and liabilities with similar maturities. Liability-generating businesses sell newly originated liabilities to the money desk and recognize a funding credit, while asset-generating businesses buy funding for newly originated assets from the money desk and recognize a funding charge. Once funding for an asset is purchased from or a liability is sold to the money desk, the price that is set by the Treasury group will remain with that asset or liability until it matures or reprices, which effectively transfers responsibility for managing interest rate risk to the Treasury group. This process results in a difference between total net interest income for the reportable business segments and the amounts reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income; this difference is reflected in the funding center as part of Treasury.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Beginning in the third quarter of 2011, the Company modified its FTP methodology relating to certain deposit products, which resulted in the allocation of a larger credit to net interest income within Commercial Banking and Retail and Business Banking, with the offset allocated to Treasury. Prior period segment results continue to reflect the previous FTP methodology.

A five-year rolling average net charge-off rate is used as the basis for the provision for loan losses for the respective segment in order to present a level of portfolio credit cost that is representative of the Company’s historical experience, without presenting the potential volatility from year-to-year changes in credit conditions. While this method of allocation allows management to more effectively assess the longer-term profitability of a business segment, it may result in a measure of segment provision for loan losses that does not reflect actual incurred losses for the periods presented.

People’s United Financial allocates a majority of non-interest expenses to each business segment using a full-absorption costing process (i.e. all expenses are fully-allocated to the segments). Direct and indirect costs are analyzed and pooled by process and assigned to the appropriate business segment and corporate overhead costs are allocated to the business segments. Income tax expense is allocated to each business segment using a constant rate, based on an estimate of the consolidated effective income tax rate for the year.

Total average assets are reported for each business segment due to management’s reliance, in part, on such average balances for purposes of assessing business segment performance. These averages include allocated goodwill and intangible assets.

The “Other” category includes the residual financial impact from the allocation of revenues and expenses (including the provision for loan losses) and certain revenues and expenses not attributable to a particular segment; reversal of the FTE adjustment since net interest income for each segment is presented on an FTE basis; and the FTP impact from excess capital.

The “Other” category also includes certain nonrecurring items, such as: merger-related expenses, core system conversion costs and one-time charges totaling $56.8 million, $58.9 million and $4.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively (included in non-interest expense); $4.4 million of benefit-related and other charges for the year ended December 31, 2009 (included in non-interest expense); and gains of $5.6 million related to the sale of the Company’s remaining Class B Visa, Inc. shares and $1.4 million related to the sale of two branches for the year ended December 31, 2009 (included in non-interest income). Included in “Other” are assets such as cash, premises and equipment, and other assets, including pension assets.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following tables provide selected financial information for People’s United Financial’s business segments:

 

Year ended December 31, 2011
(in millions)

   Commercial
Banking
     Retail
and
Business
Banking
     Wealth
Management
    Total
Business
Segments
     Treasury     Other     Total
Consolidated
 

Net interest income (loss)

   $ 445.3       $ 468.4       $ 6.0      $ 919.7       $ (21.1   $ 25.0      $ 923.6   

Provision for loan losses

     37.9         11.0         0.4        49.3         —          14.4        63.7   

Non-interest income

     77.8         142.6         77.0        297.4         14.1        (3.9     307.6   

Non-interest expense

     207.5         508.6         87.4        803.5         (1.2     69.6        871.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

     277.7         91.4         (4.8     364.3         (5.8     (62.9     295.6   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     91.1         30.0         (1.6     119.5         (1.5     (21.2     96.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 186.6       $ 61.4       $ (3.2   $ 244.8       $ (4.3   $ (41.7   $ 198.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average assets

   $ 13,541.4       $ 7,084.8       $ 332.5      $ 20,958.7       $ 3,870.3      $ 1,199.2      $ 26,028.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010
(in millions)

   Commercial
Banking
     Retail
and
Business
Banking
     Wealth
Management
    Total
Business
Segments
     Treasury     Other     Total
Consolidated
 

Net interest income (loss)

   $ 303.9       $ 383.1       $ 3.8      $ 690.8       $ (53.3   $ 61.5      $ 699.0   

Provision for loan losses

     26.1         6.9         0.3        33.3         —          26.7        60.0   

Non-interest income

     56.9         134.5         74.9        266.3         7.3        (3.6     270.0   

Non-interest expense

     193.8         426.0         84.5        704.3         3.1        74.6        782.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

     140.9         84.7         (6.1     219.5         (49.1     (43.4     127.0   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     46.1         27.7         (1.9     71.9         (16.1     (14.5     41.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 94.8       $ 57.0       $ (4.2   $ 147.6       $ (33.0   $ (28.9   $ 85.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average assets

   $ 10,957.0       $ 5,789.0       $ 342.7      $ 17,088.7       $ 3,924.7      $ 1,002.8      $ 22,016.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-87


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2009

(in millions)

  Commercial
Banking
    Retail
and Business
Banking
    Wealth
Management
    Total
Business
Segments
    Treasury     Other     Total
Consolidated
 

Net interest income (loss)

  $ 255.3      $ 374.9      $ 4.0      $ 634.2      $ (127.1   $ 69.7      $ 576.8   

Provision for loan losses

    22.0        4.8        0.1        26.9        —          30.1        57.0   

Non-interest income

    41.3        138.9        77.4        257.6        24.3        2.4        284.3   

Non-interest expense

    153.8        392.2        84.3        630.3        3.5        26.0        659.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

    120.8        116.8        (3.0     234.6        (106.3     16.0        144.3   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    39.0        37.8        (1.1     75.7        (37.5     4.9        43.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 81.8      $ 79.0      $ (1.9   $ 158.9      $ (68.8   $ 11.1      $ 101.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average assets

  $ 9,846.0      $ 5,874.0      $ 333.1      $ 16,053.1      $ 3,957.6      $ 746.8      $ 20,757.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 23—Parent Company Financial Information

 

The condensed financial information of People’s United Financial (parent company only) is presented below:

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION

 

             

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2011      2010  

Assets:

     

Cash at bank subsidiary

   $ 5.2       $ 18.2   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     —           520.0   

Securities available for sale, at fair value

     52.5         436.6   

Security held to maturity, at amortized cost

     —           55.0   

Loan to bank subsidiary

     430.0         —     

Investments in subsidiaries:

     

Bank subsidiary

     4,684.8         4,193.8   

Non-bank subsidiaries

     2.4         2.8   

Goodwill

     197.1         191.3   

Other assets

     27.5         3.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 5,399.5       $ 5,421.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:

     

Subordinated notes and debentures

   $ 138.4       $ 153.7   

Other liabilities

     36.1         48.0   

Stockholders’ equity

     5,225.0         5,219.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 5,399.5       $ 5,421.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-88


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2011     2010     2009  

Revenues:

      

Interest income:

      

Securities

   $ 6.5      $ 7.2      $ 3.5   

Loan to bank subsidiary

     1.0        1.8        0.6   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     0.1        0.9        0.8   

Short-term investments

     —          —          3.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     7.6        9.9        7.9   

Dividend from bank subsidiary (1)

     160.0        —          —     

Security gain (2)

     6.1        —          —     

Other non-interest income

     0.3        0.1        0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     174.0        10.0        8.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses:

      

Interest on subordinated notes and debentures

     10.8        8.7        8.5   

Other non-interest expense

     8.9        20.7        9.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     19.7        29.4        17.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax benefit and
subsidiary undistributed income

     154.3        (19.4     (9.7

Income tax benefit

     (4.1     (6.8     (3.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before subsidiary undistributed income

     158.4        (12.6     (6.3

Subsidiary undistributed income

     40.4        98.3        107.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 198.8      $ 85.7      $ 101.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) In 2011, People’s United Bank paid a cash dividend of $160 million, approximating its net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, to People’s United Financial. In February 2012, People’s United Bank declared a cash dividend of $40 million, approximating its net income for the three months ended December 31, 2011. Such dividend is expected to be paid on or about March 15, 2012.
(2) In 2011, People’s United Financial transferred a corporate debt security to People’s United Bank. Such transfer was recorded at fair value and resulted in People’s United Financial recording a $6.1 million security gain, which has been eliminated in consolidation.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2011     2010     2009  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

      

Net income

   $ 198.8      $ 85.7      $ 101.2   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
(used in) operating activities:

      

Subsidiary undistributed income

     (40.4     (98.3     (107.5

Security gain

     (6.1     —          —     

Net change in other assets and other liabilities

     21.5        39.5        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     173.8        26.9        (6.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

      

Net decrease (increase) in securities purchased under
agreements to resell

     520.0        (120.0     (400.0

Proceeds from principal repayments of securities available for sale

     608.9        703.0        765.0   

Proceeds from the transfer of security held to maturity

     61.1        —          —     

Purchases of securities available for sale

     (225.3     (1,135.9     —     

Purchases of securities held to maturity

     —          —          (55.0

(Increase) decrease in loan to bank subsidiary

     (430.0     1,374.0        (1,374.0

Net cash paid in acquisitions

     (214.5     (418.2     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     320.2        402.9        (1,064.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

      

Repayments of subordinated notes and debentures

     (37.7     —          —     

Cash dividends paid on common stock

     (220.9     (218.1     (203.6

Common stock repurchases

     (249.8     (198.2     (2.4

Proceeds from stock options exercised, including
excess income tax benefits

     1.4        0.5        0.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (507.0     (415.8     (205.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (13.0     14.0        (1,275.8

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     18.2        4.2        1,280.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 5.2      $ 18.2      $ 4.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-90


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 24—Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

The following table presents People’s United Financial’s quarterly financial data for 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011     2010  

(in millions, except per share data)

   First     Second     Third     Fourth     First     Second     Third     Fourth  

Interest and dividend income

   $ 252.8      $ 252.8      $ 274.0      $ 272.5      $ 193.6      $ 206.9      $ 207.5      $ 220.8   

Interest expense

     32.5        31.6        34.0        30.4        34.0        33.1        31.7        31.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     220.3        221.2        240.0        242.1        159.6        173.8        175.8        189.8   

Provision for loan losses

     14.6        14.0        14.4        20.7        9.5        17.8        21.8        10.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     205.7        207.2        225.6        221.4        150.1        156.0        154.0        178.9   

Non-interest income

     74.6        76.6        84.7        71.7        64.2        69.7        68.0        68.1   

Non-interest expense

     202.8        207.0        231.9        230.2        193.9        202.7        186.3        199.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

     77.5        76.8        78.4        62.9        20.4        23.0        35.7        47.9   

Income tax expense

     25.8        25.6        25.5        19.9        6.8        7.0        11.6        15.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 51.7      $ 51.2      $ 52.9      $ 43.0      $ 13.6      $ 16.0      $ 24.1      $ 32.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic EPS

   $ 0.15      $ 0.15      $ 0.15      $ 0.12      $ 0.04      $ 0.04      $ 0.07      $ 0.09   

Diluted EPS

     0.15        0.15        0.15        0.12        0.04        0.04        0.07        0.09   

Average common shares outstanding:

                

Basic

     345.91        343.78        358.22        346.62        344.64        358.10        354.88        352.44   

Diluted

     346.01        343.88        358.28        346.68        344.82        358.24        354.99        352.53   

Common stock price:

                

High

   $ 14.49      $ 13.81      $ 13.96      $ 13.07      $ 17.08      $ 16.79      $ 14.35      $ 14.17   

Low

     12.17        12.55        10.50        10.91        15.07        13.49        12.56        12.20   

Dividends paid

     54.2        54.5        57.4        54.8        51.2        56.2        55.5        55.2   

Dividends per share

     0.1550        0.1575        0.1575        0.1575        0.1525        0.1550        0.1550        0.1550   

Dividend payout ratio

     104.9     106.4     108.4     127.7     376.2     352.0     230.4     172.5

 

F-91


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Designation  

Description

  10.2(c)*   Form of Change in Control Agreement (Senior Executive Vice Presidents)
  10.3*   Short-Term Incentive Plan
  10.7*   Form of Stock Option Agreement
  10.8*   Form of Grant Agreement for Restricted Stock
  10.9(a)*   First Amendment to the First Amended and Restated People’s United Bank Cap Excess Plan
  10.10(a)*   First Amendment to The People’s United Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan
  10.12(a)*   Second Amendment to The People’s United Bank Nonqualified Savings and Retirement Plan
  10.14*   People’s United Financial, Inc. First Amended and Restated Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan
  10.16(d)*   Form of Grant Agreement for Restricted Stock (Employee) under 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan
  10.17(d)*   Form of Grant Agreement for Stock Options (Employee) under 2007 Stock Option Plan
  10.18(b)*   Amendment No. 2 to the Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan
  10.18(c)*   Amendment No. 3 to the Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan
  10.19(b)*   Amendment No. 2 to the Chittenden Corporation Supplemental Executive Savings Plan
  10.21*   Consulting Agreement dated January 20, 2011 among Kevin T. Bottomley, People’s United Financial, Inc. and People’s United Bank
  21   Subsidiaries
  23   Consent of KPMG LLP
  31.1   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications
  31.2   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications
  32   Section 1350 Certifications
  99.1   Impact of Inflation
101.1   The following financial information from People’s United Financial, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2011 and 2010; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009; and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

* Each exhibit identified by an asterisk constitutes a management contract or compensation plan, contract or arrangement.

Exhibit 10.2(c)

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the     day of             , 20    between People’s United Financial, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and                     , an officer of the Company or its wholly-owned subsidiary, People’s United Bank (the “Bank”) or one of the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries (the “ Executive ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to secure Executive’s continued services and to ensure Executive’s continued dedication to Executive’s duties in the event of any threat or occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 2(e)); and

WHEREAS the Company desires to enter into this Agreement with Executive according to the terms set forth herein, and Executive desires to enter into this Agreement with the Company on such terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Term of Agreement .

(a) This Agreement is effective on the date hereof and shall continue in effect until the earlier to occur of the following: (1) either Executive or the Company terminates Executive’s employment for any reason before a Change in Control, or (2) a Change in Control occurs and Executive’s employment continues through the end of the Protection Period.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Protection Period ” means the period commencing on the date on which a Change in Control occurs and ending on the third anniversary of such date.

 

  2. Termination .

(a) Rights and Duties. If Executive’s employment terminates for any reason during the Protection Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive the payment and benefits shown on the applicable row of the following table, subject to the balance of this Section 2, beyond which the Company and Executive shall have no further obligations to each other, except: (1) Executive’s obligations under Section 3; (2) the Company’s obligation’s under Sections 2, 4 and 18; (3) the Company’s and Executive’s respective obligations under Sections 8 and 10; and (4) as set forth in any written agreement the parties may subsequently enter into. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, upon a Change in Control, all equity or equity-based awards that have been


granted to Executive by the Company, its subsidiaries and/or their affiliates shall be subject to the terms and conditions contained in the applicable plans and award agreements. For purposes of clarity, Executive shall not be entitled to any payment under this Section 2 if Executive’s Employment does not terminate during the Protection Period.

 

(i) DISCHARGE

FOR CAUSE

DURING THE

PROTECTION

PERIOD

  

Payment when due of any unpaid base salary, awarded but unpaid cash bonus, and expense reimbursements; plus base salary for any accrued but unused vacation.

 

In addition, Executive shall be entitled to any rights and benefits under any retirement and non-retirement employee benefit plans and programs (including deferred compensation programs) and under any outstanding long-term incentives in accordance with the terms and conditions of the relevant plan or program.

 

(ii) DISCHARGE

OTHER THAN

FOR CAUSE

DURING THE

PROTECTION

PERIOD

  

Same as “Discharge for Cause” EXCEPT that, in exchange for Executive’s execution of a claims release in accordance with this Section 2 and subject to Sections 8, 13, and 18 below, in addition, Executive shall receive:

 

(1) additional cash severance equal to three times the sum of (i) Executive’s annual base salary as of the date immediately before Executive’s termination, and (ii) the amount of Executive’s target annual cash bonus for the year prior to the Change in Control (the amount in clause (ii) of this paragraph is referred to as the “ Target Bonus Level ”);

 

(2) a pro rata amount of Executive’s annual cash bonus during the year of termination based on the Target Bonus Level;

 

(3) an amount equal to the retirement benefits that Executive would have earned, if Executive had remained employed for two additional years following the Date of Termination (assuming that Executive’s annual base salary as of the date immediately before Executive’s termination and the Target Bonus Level continued during such years), under (A) any qualified or non-qualified retirement plan (other than the Employee Stock Ownership Plan) then maintained by the Bank in which Executive is a participant as of the date immediately before Executive’s termination (exclusive of any salary deferral features or matching employer contributions), (B) any transitional benefits or supplemental credits to which Executive would have been entitled had Executive remained employed for such two-year period if such benefits or credits are being provided as a result of any amendment to or termination of any qualified or non-qualified retirement plan in which Executive previously participated, and (C) any other supplemental

 

-2-


  

retirement agreement covering Executive (such amount to be paid at the same time as benefits under the applicable nonqualified plan are payable);and

 

(4) for two years, Executive, Executive’s spouse and dependents (if any) will continue to be entitled to participate in the Company’s group health plans in which Executive participates immediately prior to the Date of Termination at the Company’s expense, provided that Executive timely elects continuation coverage under COBRA, and provided that if the Company is unable to provide such coverage after the end of the COBRA continuation period under the Company’s group health plan, the Company shall, following the expiration of the COBRA coverage period, provide Executive and Executive’s dependents with substantially identical medical coverage to that provided under the Company’s group health plan during the remainder of such post-COBRA period.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Date of Termination ” means (i) the effective date on which Executive’s employment with the Company terminates as specified in a prior written notice by the Company or Executive, as the case may be, to the other, delivered pursuant to Section 12, or (ii) if Executive’s employment by the Company terminates by reason of death, the date of death of Executive.

 

(iii) RESIGNATION

WITHOUT GOOD

REASON DURING

THE

PROTECTION

PERIOD

 

   Same as above for “Discharge for Cause During the Protection Period.”

(iv) RESIGNATION

FOR GOOD REASON DURING

THE

PROTECTION

PERIOD

 

   Same as above for “Discharge Other Than for Cause During the Protection Period”

(v) DEATH OR DISABILITY

DURING THE

PROTECTION

PERIOD

  

Same as “Discharge for Cause During the Protection Period” EXCEPT that, in addition, Executive shall receive:

 

(1) cash severance equal to one times Executive’s annual base salary at the rate applicable as of the Date of Termination due to Executive’s death or disability; and

  

(2) a pro rata amount of Executive’s annual bonus during the year of termination, based on the Target Bonus Level.

 

-3-


(b) Discharge for Cause . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time for Cause. “ Cause ” shall mean (i) Executive’s willful failure to perform or substantially perform Executive’s duties with the Company or People’s United Bank (a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “ Bank ”)); (ii) illegal conduct or gross misconduct by Executive that is willful and demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company’s or the Bank’s business, monetarily or otherwise; (iii) a willful and material breach by Executive of Section 3 of this Agreement or the Company’s written code of conduct; (iv) Executive’s indictment for, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere with respect to, a felony crime or a crime involving moral turpitude, fraud, forgery, embezzlement or similar conduct; or (v) Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Company’s affairs pursuant to an order issued under Section 21C(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or in the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; provided , however , that the actions in (i) through (iii), above, shall not be considered Cause unless Executive has failed to cure such actions within 30 days of receiving written notice specifying with particularity the events allegedly giving rise to Cause and that such actions shall not be considered Cause unless the Company provides such written notice within 180 days of any Board member (other than Executive, if applicable at the time of such notice) having knowledge of the relevant action. Further, no act or failure to act by the Executive shall be deemed “willful” unless done or omitted to be done not in good faith and without reasonable belief that such action or omission was in the Company’s best interests, and any act or omission by Executive pursuant to authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or on the advice of counsel for the Company will be deemed made in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. Executive shall not be deemed to be discharged for Cause hereunder unless and until there is delivered to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board (excluding Executive, if applicable), at a meeting called and duly held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive and an opportunity for Executive and Executive’s counsel to be heard before the Board), finding in good faith that Executive is guilty of the conduct set forth above and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

(c) Discharge Other Than for Cause or Resignation for Good Reason, in each case during the Protection Period. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment at any time for any reason, and without advance notice. If, during the Protection Period, the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason, then Executive will only receive the special benefits provided under Section 2(a) if Executive signs and delivers a release of claims in the form of Annex 1 in favor of the Company and its related companies and affiliates within 21 days following the date of Executive’s termination. Unless such release is timely executed and delivered in accordance herewith and such

 

-4-


release becomes effective in accordance with applicable law following the expiration of any applicable revocation period, no payments or benefits shall be provided to Executive pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement. Within 30 days following the earlier of the effective date of the general release and the 30th day following the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay Executive a lump sum equal to any cash payments that Executive is entitled in accordance with Section 2(a) of this Agreement (it being acknowledged by the parties that this Agreement is intended to provide for payments that satisfy the short term deferral exception under Treas. Reg. 1.409A-1(b)(4) and are thus not intended to be deferred compensation under Internal Revenue Code section 409A).

(d) Resignation . During the Protection Period, Executive shall not resign from employment without giving the Company at least 30 days advance written notice unless Executive has Good Reason to resign. The Company may accept Executive’s resignation effective on the date set forth in Executive’s notice or any earlier date. “ Good Reason ” for resignation shall exist upon (i) a material diminution of Executive’s duties or responsibilities, authorities, powers, or functions without Executive’s written consent, (ii) any material reduction in Executive’s rate of annual base salary or target annual cash bonus, in each case as in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control, (iii) a relocation that would result in Executive’s principal location of employment being moved fifty miles or more away from the Executive’s principal location immediately prior to a Change in Control, or (iv) the Company’s material breach of this Agreement without Executive’s written consent, provided , however , that the actions in (i) through and (iv), above, shall not be considered Good Reason unless Executive notifies the Company in writing within 30 days of Executive’s knowledge of the actions giving rise to the Good Reason, and the Company has failed to cure such actions within 30 days of receiving written notice thereof.

(e) Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events during the term of this Agreement:

(i) Any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”)) (“Person”) becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 25% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided , however , that for purposes of this paragraph, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (X) any acquisition by the Company, (Y) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates or (Z) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction that complies with Sections 2(e)(iii)(A), 2(e)(iii)(B), and 2(e)(iii)(C) of this Agreement;

 

-5-


(ii) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Company’s Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board; provided , however , that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual was a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either (A) an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board or (B) agreement with any third party;

(iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company or the Bank (or the issuance of stock by the Company), a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the deposits of the Bank, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company (each, a “ Business Combination ”), in each case unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities) and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body), as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination;

 

-6-


(iv) Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(v) Any event that would be described in Section 2(e)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) if the term “Bank” were substituted for the term “Company” therein.

(f) Certain Tax Provisions. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that it is determined that any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (the “ Severance Payments ”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), the following provisions shall apply:

(i) The amount of Severance Payments payable to the Executive shall be reduced to the maximum amount that could be paid to the Executive by the Company which would not be subject to the Excise Tax in the manner provided herein if, to the extent and only to the extent that such reduction would result in a greater after-tax benefit (determined after accounting for the Excise Tax and all federal, state, and local income and employment taxes which would be payable by the Executive) for the Executive than if the Severance Payments were not reduced; provided, however that in no event shall such reduction be effected through a delay in the timing of any Severance Payment that is subject to Section 409A of the Code (or that would become subject to 409A of the Code as a result of such delay).

(ii) Reductions shall be made in the following order:

(A) First, if the Severance Payments include the value of acceleration in the time at which any Severance Payment, not subject to Section 409A of the Code, is paid, a delay in the time of payment (but not a delay of vesting) of such Severance Payment, provided that such delay shall apply to the aggregate amount of such Severance Payments (and not on a payment-by-payment basis) and such aggregate amount shall be delayed only to the extent necessary to satisfy Section 2(f)(i) hereof;

(B) Second, to the extent further reduction is required by Section 2(f)(i) hereof, a reduction in the amount of Severance Payments required to be paid or delivered, provided that the Executive shall be entitled to select among the forms of Severance Payment that shall be reduced; and

(C) Third, to the extent further reduction is required by Section 2(f)(i) hereof, if the Severance Payments include the value of acceleration in the time at which any Severance Payment vests, a cutback in the extent of such accelerated vesting, provided that such cutback shall apply to the aggregate amount of such Severance Payments (and not on a payment-by-payment basis) and accelerated vesting of such aggregate amount shall be cut back only to the extent necessary to satisfy Section 2(f)(i) hereof.

 

-7-


(iii) All determinations pursuant to this Section 2(f) shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Executive. In case of uncertainty as to the application of any tax provision, the Accounting Firm shall adopt such interpretation as it believes is more likely than not to be the interpretation that would be adopted by the Internal Revenue Service. For purposes of this Section 2(f), the Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in the state and locality of the Executive’s residence on the Date of Termination, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(g) Definition of Disability. Disability ” shall mean termination because of any physical or mental impairment which qualifies Executive for disability benefits under the applicable long-term disability plan maintained by the Company or, if no such plan applies, which would qualify Executive for disability benefits under the Federal Social Security System.

3. Confidentiality. During the term of this Agreement, in exchange for Executive’s promises to use such information solely for the Company Group’s benefit, the Company and members of the Company Group will provide Executive with Confidential Information concerning, among other things, its business, operations, clients, investors, and business partners. “ Confidential Information ” refers to information not generally known by others in the form in which it is used by the Company Group, and which gives the Company or any member of the Company Group a competitive advantage over other companies which do not have access to this information, including secret, confidential, or proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company and the Company Group, conveyed orally or reduced to a tangible form in any medium, including information concerning the operations, future plans, customers, business models, strategies, and business methods of the Company and the Company Group, as well as information about their customers, clients and business partners and their respective operations and confidential information. Confidential Information does not include information that (i) Executive knew prior to his employment with the Company or any predecessor company, (ii) subsequently came into Executive’s possession other than through his work for the Company, the Company Group or any predecessor company and not as a result of a breach of any duty owed to the Company, or (iii) is generally known within the relevant industry.

 

-8-


(a) Promise Not to Disclose. During the term of this Agreement and for any period of employment following the term of this Agreement, Executive agrees not to use and not to disclose any Confidential Information, provided that Executive may use and disclose Confidential Information only for the Company’s benefit and in accordance with any restrictions placed on its use or disclosure by the Company. To the extent that Executive is not employed by the Company during the two-year period following the term of this Agreement, Executive will not use or disclose any Confidential Information. Notwithstanding this paragraph, Executive may disclose Confidential Information (i) as required to do so by court order, subpoena, or otherwise as required by law or by any federal bank regulatory agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its affiliates (including without limitation the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation), provided that, to the extent permitted by law, upon receiving such order, subpoena, or request and prior to disclosure, Executive shall provide written notice to the Company of such order, subpoena, or request and of the content of any testimony or information to be disclosed and shall cooperate fully with the Company to lawfully resist disclosure of the information, and (ii) to an attorney for the purpose of securing professional advice, provided that such attorney has been advised of the confidential nature of such information and has agreed in writing to keep such information confidential in accordance with the terms hereof.

4. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify Executive against any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, arising by reason of Executive’s status as a director, officer, employee and/or agent of the Company or the Bank during Executive’s employment (whether before or after the date of this Agreement and/or the expiration of this Agreement). In addition, to the extent permitted by law, the Company will advance or reimburse any expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, Executive incurs in investigating and defending any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding for which Executive may be entitled to indemnification under this Section 4. Executive agrees to repay any expenses paid or reimbursed by the Company if it is ultimately determined that Executive is not legally entitled to be indemnified by the Company. If the Company’s ability to make any payment contemplated by this Section 4 depends on an investigation or determination by the Board or the board of directors of the Bank, at Executive’s request the Company will use its best efforts to cause the investigation to be made (at the Company’s expense) and to have the relevant board reach a determination as soon as reasonably possible. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 4 does not limit any indemnification, advancement and similar obligations the Company or the Bank may have to Executive under their respective constituent documents, which shall apply in accordance with their terms.

5. Amendment. No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived, or discharged except by a written document signed by a duly authorized Company officer and Executive. A waiver of any conditions or provisions of this Agreement in a given instance shall not be deemed a waiver of such conditions or provisions at any other time in the future.

 

-9-


6. Choice of Law. The validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut (excluding any that mandate the use of another jurisdiction’s laws).

7. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, Executive and his estate, but Executive may not assign or pledge this Agreement or any rights arising under it, except to the extent permitted under the terms of the benefit plans in which he participates. The Company shall be required to cause this Agreement to be assigned to and assumed by any successor to the business and/or the assets of the Company and/or Bank. For purposes of clarity, this Agreement shall not be terminated by any Business Combination; in the event of any Business Combination, the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon the surviving entity, and such surviving entity shall be treated as the Company hereunder.

8. Taxes. The Company shall withhold taxes from any payments it makes pursuant to this Agreement as it reasonably determines to be required by applicable law. Executive shall be solely responsible for all taxes imposed on Executive by reason of the receipt of any amount of compensation or benefits payable to Executive hereunder. The Company agrees to structure the payments and benefits described in this Agreement, and Executive’s other compensation, to be exempt from or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to the extent applicable (including, but only to the extent applicable, to suspend certain payments or benefits until the end of the six month period following Executive’s termination of employment). The Company will not take any action (or omit to take any action that is required to be taken) in respect of Executive’s compensation or benefits, other than as expressly required by applicable law, that would cause Executive to incur tax under Section 409A of the Code. If Executive or the Company believes, at any time, that any feature of Executive’s compensation or benefits does not comply with (or is not exempt from) Section 409A of the Code or that any action taken or contemplated to be taken (including any failure to take action) in regards to Executive’s compensation or benefits caused or might cause a violation of Section 409A of the Code, Executive or the Company will promptly advise the other and will reasonably negotiate in good faith to amend the terms of the payments or benefits or alter the action or contemplated action (in a manner that in the aggregate does not have a material adverse economic effect on Executive) in order that Executive’s payments or benefit arrangements comply with (or are exempt from) the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or in order to mitigate any additional taxes that may apply under Section 409A of the Code if compliance or exemption is not practicable. If it is not possible to amend the terms of the payments or benefits or alter the action in a way that causes Executive’s payments or benefit arrangements to comply with (or be exempt from) the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, Executive and the Company will reasonably negotiate in good faith to amend the terms of Executive’s payments or benefits (including if necessary through payments made to Executive either before or

 

-10-


after Executive have ceased employment) to put Executive in an economic position materially equivalent to the position Executive would have been in had the payments and benefits complied with (or been exempt from) Section 409A of the Code.

9. No Mitigation . Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payments provided pursuant to this Agreement, whether by seeking employment or otherwise; nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit due under this Agreement be set-off in any manner, or reduced by any compensation or benefit that Executive earns after his discharge.

10. Dispute Costs . The Company shall indemnify, hold harmless, and defend Executive against reasonable costs, including legal fees, incurred by him in conjunction with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which Executive may be involved, as a result of Executive’s efforts, in good faith, to defend or enforce the terms of this Agreement, so long as Executive substantially prevails in such action, suit or proceeding; provided, however, that indemnification shall not be provided to the extent Executive is found to not have acted in good faith in bringing or defending the relevant action pursuant to a judgment, decree or order of a court of competent jurisdiction or of an arbitrator in an arbitration proceeding. In addition, to the extent permitted by law, the Company will advance or reimburse any expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, Executive incurs in investigating, defending or bringing any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding for which Executive may be entitled to indemnification under this Section 10 Executive agrees to repay any expenses paid or reimbursed by the Company if it is ultimately determined that Executive is not legally entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The determination of whether Executive shall have failed to act in good faith and is therefore not entitled to such indemnification, shall be made by the court or arbitrator, as applicable. The Company will pay directly or reimburse Executive for all attorneys and advisors fees incurred by him in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement and other related documents.

11. Scope of Agreement . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to entitle Executive to continued employment with the Company or its subsidiaries, and if Executive’s employment shall terminate before a Change in Control, Executive shall have no further rights under this Agreement (except as may be otherwise specifically provided in Section 4).

12. Notice .

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, all notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or 5 days after deposit in the United States mail, certified and return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to Executive:

  To the address of the Executive on the records of the Company.

 

-11-


 

If to the Company:

 

People’s United Financial, Inc.

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, CT 06604

  Attn: Corporate Secretary

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

(b) A written notice of Executive’s Date of Termination by the Company or Executive, as the case may be, to the other, shall (i) indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) specify the termination date. The failure by Executive or the Company to set forth in such notice any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of Executive or the Company hereunder or preclude Executive or the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive’s or the Company’s rights hereunder.

13. Full Settlement; Resolution of Disputes .

(a) The Company’s obligation to make any payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall be in lieu and in full settlement of all other severance payments to Executive under any other severance or employment agreement between Executive and the Company, and any severance or change in control plan of the Company, including but not limited to The People’s Bank Change in Control Employee Severance Plan.

(b) Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Bridgeport, Connecticut by three arbitrators in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators’ award in any court having jurisdiction.

14. Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute the same instrument.

16. Entire Agreement . All oral or written agreements or representations express or implied, with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement are set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding

 

-12-


between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement between the Company or any predecessor and Executive with respect to the subject matter contained herein, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided.

17. Modification and Waiver . This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.

18. Banking Law Restrictions .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated to make, and Executive shall have no right to receive, any payment, benefit, or amount under this Agreement which would violate Section 1828(k)(1) of Title 12 of the United States Code and any related regulation or order of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. To the extent the preceding sentence shall limit any payment, benefit or amount under this Agreement, the Company will use best efforts promptly to apply to the appropriate federal banking agency for a determination that the payment, benefit or amount is permissible. Any of the preceding that is determined permissible will be paid or provided in accordance with its terms or, if due before the date of determination, will be paid or provided within 10 days of determination together with interest at the applicable federal rate (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code). If and to the extent that the foregoing provision shall cease to be required by applicable law, rule or regulation, the same shall become inoperative as though eliminated by formal amendment of this Agreement.

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, the Bank may terminate Executive’s employment at any time without any liability to Executive. However, any such termination shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement.

[Signature page follows]

 

-13-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company and Executive has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
EXECUTIVE
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:   Senior Executive Vice President

 

-14-


ANNEX 1

GENERAL RELEASE OF CLAIMS

This General Release of Claims (this “Release”), dated as of              , 20    , confirms the following understandings and agreements between People’s United Financial, Inc. (“Company”) and                      (hereinafter referred to as “you” or “your”).

In consideration of the promises set forth in that certain Change in Control Agreement between you and the Company dated              , 2008 (the “Change in Control Agreement”), as well as any promises set forth in this Release, you agree as follows:

1. Opportunity for Review and Revocation . You have twenty-one (21) days to review and consider this Release. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Release will not become effective or enforceable for a period of seven (7) calendar days following the date of its execution, during which time you may revoke your acceptance of this Release by notifying the General Counsel of the Company in writing. To be effective, such revocation must be received by the Company no later than 5:00 p.m. on the seventh calendar day following its execution. Provided that the Release is executed and you do not revoke it, the eighth (8 th ) day following the date on which this Release is executed shall be its effective date (the “Effective Date”), and the Release will be fully effective on such date. In the event of your revocation of this Release pursuant to this Section 1, this Release will be null and void and of no effect, and the Company will have no obligations hereunder.

2. Employee Release and Waiver of Claims .

As used in this Release, the term “claims” will include all claims, covenants, warranties, promises, undertakings, actions, suits, causes of action, obligations, debts, accounts, attorneys’ fees, judgments, losses and liabilities, of whatsoever kind or nature, in law, equity or otherwise.

For and in consideration of the payments and benefits described in the Change in Control Agreement (the “Consideration”), which are being provided in exchange for your execution of this Release and would not be provided absent your execution of this Release, you, for and on behalf of yourself and your heirs, administrators, executors and assigns, effective the date hereof, do fully and forever release, remise and discharge the Company, the Bank, their direct and indirect parents, subsidiaries and affiliates, together with their respective officers, directors, partners, shareholders, employees and agents (collectively, and with the Company and the Bank, the “Group”) from any and all claims whatsoever up to the date hereof which you had, may have had, or now have against the Group, for or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever, including any claim arising out of or attributable to your employment or the termination of your employment with the Company, whether for tort, breach of express or implied employment contract, intentional infliction of emotional distress, wrongful termination, unjust dismissal, defamation, libel or slander, or under any federal, state or local law dealing with

 

A-1


discrimination based on age, race, sex, national origin, handicap, religion, disability or sexual orientation. This release of claims includes, but is not limited to, all claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”), Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Family Medical Leave Act, and the Equal Pay Act, and the following laws:

Sections 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended;

The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) (except for any vested benefits under any tax qualified benefit plan);

The Immigration Reform and Control Act, as amended;

The Workers Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, as amended;

The Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended;

The Fair Credit Reporting Act

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

The Connecticut Family and Medical Leave Act, as amended, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-51kk et seq. ;

The Connecticut Fair Employment Practices Act, as amended, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 46a-51 et seq. ;

The Connecticut Whistleblower Statute, as amended, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-51m et seq. ;

The Connecticut Equal Pay Laws, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-58(e) et seq. ; §§ 31-75 and 31-76;

Connecticut Statutory Provision Regarding Retaliation/Discrimination for Filing a Workers’ Compensation Claim, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-290a;

The Connecticut First Amendment/Free Speech Statute, as amended, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-51q;

The Connecticut Drug Testing Law, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-51t et seq. ;

Connecticut AIDS Testing and Confidentiality Law, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 19a-581 et seq. ;

Connecticut Age Discrimination and Employee Benefits Law, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 38a-543;

Connecticut Reproductive Hazards, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-40g, et seq. ;

Connecticut Smoking Outside the Workplace Law, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-40s;

Connecticut Electronic Monitoring of Employees, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-48b;

Connecticut Wage Hour and Wage Payment Laws, as amended;

Connecticut OSHA, as amended;

as each as may be amended from time to time, and all other federal, state and local laws, the common law and any other purported restriction on an employer’s right to terminate the employment of employees.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Release to the contrary, by executing this Release, you are not releasing any claims relating to: (i) your rights with respect to the Consideration or any other benefits provided in exchange for this Release, (ii) any claims arising after the date of this Release, (iii) your rights with respect to payments and/or benefits under any plans, programs or arrangements maintained or contributed to by any member of the Group, (iv) your right to reimbursement of business expenses, and (v) any indemnification or similar rights you may have as a current or former officer or director of the Group, including, without limitation, any and all rights thereto referenced in the Change in

 

A-2


Control Agreement, any member of the Group’s bylaws, other governance documents, or any rights with respect to the Group’s directors’ and officers’ insurance policies.

3. Knowing and Voluntary Waiver . You expressly acknowledge and agree that you:

Are able to read the language, and understand the meaning and effect, of this Release;

Have no physical or mental impairment of any kind that has interfered with your ability to read and understand the meaning of this Release or its terms, and that your not acting under the influence of any medication, drug or chemical of any type in entering into this Release;

Are specifically agreeing to the terms of the release contained in this Release in consideration of the Company’s commitments under the Change in Control Agreement. The Company has agreed to provide the compensation and benefits in the Change in Control Agreement in consideration of your services during your period of employment with the Company and because of your execution of this Release;

Understand that, by entering into this Release, you do not waive rights or claims under ADEA that may arise after the Effective Date;

Had or could have had 21 calendar days in which to review and consider this Release;

Were advised to consult with your attorney regarding the terms and effect of this Release; and

Have signed this Release knowingly and voluntarily.

4. No Suit . You represent that you have not filed or permitted to be filed against the Group, individually or collectively, any complaints or lawsuits arising out of your employment, or any other matter arising on or prior to the date hereof. Both parties acknowledge that this Release does not limit either party’s right, where applicable, to file or participate in an investigative proceeding of any federal, state, or local governmental agency. To the extent permitted by law, you agree that if such an administrative charge is made, you will not be entitled to recover any individual monetary relief or other individual remedies.

5. Cooperation with the Company After Termination of Employment. You agree, as a condition of this Release, to reasonably cooperate with the Company and its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, attorneys and experts in all matters relating to your pending work on behalf of the Company and the orderly transfer of any such pending work to other employees of the Company as may be designated by the Company.

 

A-3


6. Non-Admission of Wrongdoing . The parties agree that neither this Release nor the furnishing of consideration for this Release shall be deemed or construed at any time as an admission of liability or wrongdoing by the Company or any affiliates.

7. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Federal law and the laws of the State of Connecticut, applicable to releases made and to be performed in that State.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, you have executed this Release as of the date first written above.

 

A-4

Exhibit 10.3

People’s United Financial, Inc.

Short-Term Incentive Plan

The terms of the People’s United Financial, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Plan (the “STIP”) as adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on              , 2012 and effective as of January 1, 2012 are as follows:

Section 1. Purpose of Plan

The purpose of the STIP is to promote the success of the Company by providing eligible employees of the Company and its Affiliates with opportunities for cash payments based upon the attainment of specified annual performance goals.

Section 2. Definitions and Terms

2.1   Accounting Terms . Except as otherwise expressly provided or the context otherwise requires, financial and accounting terms are used as defined for purposes of, and shall be determined in accordance with, generally accepted accounting principles, as from time to time in effect, as applied and reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the Bank, prepared in the ordinary course of business.

2.2   Specific Terms. The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

“Affiliate” means any entity controlled by or under common control with the Company, including the Bank.

“Award” means any amount (expressed as a percentage of the Participant’s base salary) payable to a Participant as determined in accordance with Section 5 hereof.

“Bank” means People’s United Bank and any successor.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Committee” means the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board or any successor to such Committee. The members of the Committee shall be appointed from time to time by and shall serve at the discretion of the Board. Committee members must be deemed an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, and an “independent director” pursuant to Rule 5605(a)(2) of the listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market.

“Company” means People’s United Financial, Inc.

Covered Employee ” means any person who is a covered employee within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and any regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Financial Criteria” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2 hereof.


GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles, as from time to time in effect, as applied and reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the Company and the Bank.

Key Participant ” shall mean each of the following officers of the Company or of the Bank: the President and Chief Executive Officer; the Chief Financial Officer; the Treasurer; the Controller; and any other Senior Executive Vice President.

“Participant” means any employee of the Company or any Affiliate who (1) is not eligible to participate in any subsidiary, divisional or sales incentive plan maintained by the Company, any of its Affiliates, or any of its divisions or other business units, and (2) is selected by the Committee to be the recipient of an Award.

“Peer Group” means the group of comparable publicly traded bank and thrift holding companies selected by the Board or by the Committee, from time to time.

“Performance Goals” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3 hereof.

“Plan Year” means the Company’s fiscal year, unless otherwise determined by the Committee or the Board. The initial Plan Year is the year ending December 31, 2012.

“STIP” means this Short-Term Incentive Plan of the Company, as amended from time to time.

Section 3. Effective Date; Term of the Plan

3.1   Effective Date. The STIP shall be effective as of January 1, 2012, but any payments under the STIP to any Participant who is a Covered Employee shall be contingent on the STIP’s approval by the Company’s shareholders at the 2012 annual meeting of shareholders.

3.2   Expiration Date. Unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 11, the STIP will terminate on December 31, 2017, except for the purpose of determining the amount payable with respect to Awards granted prior to that date and the payment of all amounts so determined.

Section 4. Administration of the Plan

4.1   Power and Authority . The STIP shall be administered by the Committee. Except as limited in the STIP, the Committee shall have all of the express and implied powers and duties set forth in the STIP and shall have full authority to interpret the STIP and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the STIP’s administration, and shall otherwise be responsible for the administration of the STIP in accordance with its terms. The Committee shall have the authority to construe and interpret the STIP (except as otherwise provided herein) and any agreement or other document relating to any Award under the STIP, may adopt rules and regulations governing the administration of the STIP, and shall exercise all other duties and powers conferred on it by the STIP, or which are incidental or ancillary thereto. Any decision, determination or interpretation the Committee makes and each action it takes pursuant to the STIP will be considered final, binding, and conclusive for all purposes on all persons, including Participants and their legal representatives, and beneficiaries. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith, or upon the advice of counsel, with respect to the STIP or any Award made under the STIP.

4.2   Retention of Experts . The Committee may retain accountants, attorneys, and other experts as it deems necessary or desirable in connection with the administration of the STIP.

 

2


4.3   Delegation . The Committee may in its sole discretion, delegate to management personnel of the Company or any of its Affiliates the authority to take all such other steps deemed necessary, advisable or convenient for the effective administration and record keeping of the STIP in accordance with its terms and purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may not delegate any portion of such authority to the extent such delegation would cause any Award to cease to qualify for exemption from the deduction limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code.

Section 5. Awards

5.1   Determination of Criteria for Awards. Within ninety (90) days after the commencement of each Plan Year, the Committee shall designate:

(a) The Financial Criteria that will apply to Awards to all Participants for the Plan Year; and

(b) The Performance Goals that must be met (whether on a corporate, divisional, team or individual basis) with respect to the Financial Criteria designated for Participants to earn the Awards for the Plan Year and a payout matrix or formula for achievement of those Performance Goals.

5.2 Financial Criteria. Financial Criteria shall consist of one or more financial measures, including but not limited to the following:

 

•    Earnings per share

  

•    Efficiency ratio

•     Core earnings

  

•     Loan growth

•     Return on assets

  

•     Deposit growth

•     Return on equity

  

•     Core deposit growth

•     Price earnings ratio

  

•     Asset quality

•     Total shareholder return

  

•     Net interest margin

•     Book value

  

•     Non-interest income

•     Stock price performance

  

•     Non-interest expense

•     Net income

  

•     Expenses as a percentage of assets

•     Operating income

  

Any of the Financial Criteria may be applied on a corporate, divisional, team or individual basis. In addition, any of the Financial Criteria may be measured by using average amounts for the Financial Criteria, in absolute terms, on a cash basis or operating basis, by reference to internal performance targets, or as compared to the Peer Group, or may be measured by the change in that performance target compared to a previous period. Whenever the Committee designates a financial measure that is not a GAAP financial measure as one of the Financial Criteria for a Plan Year, the Committee shall, at the time it designates such non-GAAP financial measure, specify the manner in which such non-GAAP financial measure is to be calculated and reconciled to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

5.3 Performance Goals. To determine the amount of Awards to Participants for a Plan Year, the Committee shall establish in writing specific, objective performance goals (the “Performance Goals”), the outcome of which is substantially uncertain at the time they are established, for the Financial Criteria the Committee designates for that Plan Year against which actual performance is to be measured. The Performance Goals may be described by means of a matrix or formula providing for goals resulting in the payment of Awards under the STIP. In the event that the Committee determines in good faith that external changes or other unanticipated business conditions have materially affected the fairness of the goals and have unduly influenced the Company’s ability to meet them, the Committee may (but shall not be required to) make adjustments to the Performance Goals. Examples of such events include but are not limited to: changes in GAAP; significant acquisitions or dispositions made by the Company; material changes in the monetary policy of the United States; material changes in national or regional economic conditions affecting financial institutions generally; and changes in laws, regulations or regulatory policy affecting

 

3


financial institutions generally where such changes are reasonably likely to have a material effect on the operating results of the Company. The Committee shall appropriately document its analysis of the reasons for making adjustments to the Performance Goals, including a summary indicating how the fairness of the previously-established goals has been affected and the manner in which the Company’s ability to meet such goals has been unduly influenced by such external changes or other unanticipated business conditions.

5.4   Payment Deferral. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.5 hereof, the Committee may in its discretion provide that payment of all or any portion of the amount to be paid out pursuant to an Award be deferred until a later specified date or until the later attainment of specified conditions. Any such deferral provisions shall be consistent with the standards for nonqualified deferred compensation plans established by Section 409A of the Code and its interpretive regulations and other regulatory guidance (if applicable), shall .be set forth in writing as part of the grant of the Award and shall be communicated to the Participant receiving such Award as promptly as practicable following the grant of the Award.

5.5 Determination and Payment of Awards. As soon as practicable after the end of a Plan Year, the Committee shall determine the amount of Awards earned by and to be paid to a Participant who is a Covered Employee and the total Awards to be paid in a Plan Year. The Committee shall determine the amount of the Award that each Participant has earned. The determination of the amount of Awards earned by Participants will be made based on application of the Performance Goals in Section 5.3 to the Financial Criteria in Section 5.2 for the Plan Year. Actual payments will be determined based upon one or more of the following, as designated by the Committee for individual Participants: (i) the Participant’s individual performance, (ii) the achievement of Performance Goals by the Participant’s division; (iii) the achievement of Performance Goals by the Participant’s team and (iv) the overall achievement of Performance Goals by the Company; provided, however, that no such payment shall exceed the maximum amount of the Award made to such Participant for the applicable Plan Year. Payment of the Awards will be made in cash (a) in a lump sum following the Committee’s determination of the amount of the Awards to be paid out in accordance with the Company’s then-applicable payroll schedule, (b) at a later date in accordance with any payment deferral provisions established by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.4, or (c) in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.7 if applicable.

5.6 Employment Condition . Except as provided in Section 5.7, the Participant must remain actively employed by the Company or one of its Affiliates on the date payment is to be made as contemplated by Section 5.5 (but without regard to any payment deferral provisions applicable to an Award) to be considered eligible for any potential payment under this STIP. If an employee first becomes eligible to participate in the STIP during the Plan Year (e.g, by reason of a promotion or new hire) then the Award to which he or she would be entitled may, in the Committee’s discretion, be prorated based upon the length of his or her employment during the Plan Year following his or her date of eligibility. The method and amount of proration shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

5.7 Payment After Death or Disability of Participant . (a) In the event a Participant dies following the end of a Plan Year but prior to the date payment of the Participant’s Award is made pursuant to Section 5.5 hereof, the Participant’s Award shall be paid to the Participant’s estate at the time contemplated by the provisions of Section 5.5 based on the extent to which applicable Performance Goals were attained for the Plan Year. In the event a Participant who has received an Award for a given Plan Year dies prior to the end of that Plan Year, a prorated portion (or, at the Committee’s discretion, the entire portion) of the Participant’s Award shall be paid to the Participant’s estate as soon as reasonably practicable following the Participant’s death. The amount to be paid pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be determined by assuming that all applicable Performance Goals had been attained (but not exceeded) for the Plan Year.

(b) In the event a Participant’s employment terminates following the end of a Plan Year by reason of the Participant’s disability and such termination occurs prior to the date payment of the Participant’s Award is made pursuant to Section 5.5 hereof, the Participant’s Award shall be paid to the Participant at the time contemplated by the provisions of Section 5.5 based on the extent to which applicable Performance Goals were attained for the Plan Year. In the event the employment of a

 

4


Participant who has received an Award for a given Plan Year terminates by reason of the Participant’s disability prior to the end of that Plan Year, a prorated portion (or, at the Committee’s discretion, the entire portion) of the Participant’s Award shall be paid to the Participant as soon as reasonably practicable following termination of the Participant’s employment. The amount to be paid pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be determined by assuming that all applicable Performance Goals had been attained (but not exceeded) for the Plan Year.

5.8 Maximum Payment. The maximum bonus amount payable under the STIP shall not exceed, for any Participant, up to 200% of his or her Award, as determined by the Committee in its discretion. The maximum bonus amount that may be paid under the STIP to any Participant in any calendar year may in no event exceed $5 million.

5.9 Withholding. The Company shall have the right to withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable federal, state, or local withholding tax requirements imposed with respect to the payment of any Award.

Section 6. General Provisions

6.1 No Right to Bonus or Continued Employment . Neither the establishment of the STIP nor the provision for or payment of any amounts hereunder nor any action of the Company or any of its Affiliates (including any predecessor or subsidiary), the Board or the Committee in respect of the STIP, shall be held or construed to confer upon any person any legal right to receive, or any interest in, any benefit under the STIP, or any legal right to be continued in the employ of the Company or any of its Affiliates unless otherwise provided by contract or agreement. The Company and each of its Affiliates expressly reserves any and all rights to discharge a Participant in its sole discretion, without liability of any person, entity or governing body under the STIP or otherwise.

6.2 No Funding of Plan . The Company shall not be required to fund or otherwise segregate any cash or any other assets which may at any time be paid to Participants under the STIP. The STIP shall constitute an “unfunded” plan of the Company.

6.3 No Fiduciary Relationship or Responsibility . The STIP is not subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). The Company and the Committee are not fiduciaries with respect to the STIP and have no fiduciary obligation with respect to any Participant, beneficiary, or other person claiming a right hereunder. Further, nothing herein contained, and no action or inaction arising pursuant hereto, shall give rise under state or federal law to a trust of any kind or create any fiduciary relationship of any kind or degree for the benefit of Participants, any beneficiary, or any other person.

6.4 Non-Transferability of Benefits and Interests . Except as expressly provided by the Committee, no benefit payable under the STIP shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any such attempted action shall be void, and no such benefit shall be in any manner liable for or subject to debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any Participant or former Participant. This Section 6.4 shall not apply to an assignment of a payment due after the death of a Participant to the deceased Participant’s legal representative or beneficiary.

6.5 Code Section 409A. The STIP shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with the standards for nonqualified deferred compensation plans established by Section 409A of the Code and its interpretive regulations and other regulatory guidance, if applicable. To the extent that any terms of this STIP would subject the Participant to gross income inclusion, interest, or additional tax pursuant to Section 409A of the Code, those terms are to that extent superseded by, and shall be adjusted to the minimum extent necessary to satisfy or make the STIP exempt from, the applicable Code Section 409A standards.

 

5


6.6 Clawback Provision. If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, any Participant who was a Key Participant during the year(s) for which a restatement is required shall, unless otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, reimburse the Company for any excess incentive payment amounts paid under the STIP the calculation(s) for which were based on financial results required to be restated. In calculating the excess amount, the Committee shall compare the calculation of the incentive payment based on the relevant results reflected in the restated financials compared to the same results reflected in the original financials that were required to be restated.

6.7 Law to Govern . Except as provided in Section 6.5 and otherwise to the extent preempted by federal law, all questions pertaining to the construction, regulation, validity and effect of the provisions of the STIP shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut.

6.8 Section Headings . Section headings used herein are for convenience and reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the STIP, rather than the section headings, will control.

6.9 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of the STIP shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law; provided, however, that if any provision of the STIP shall be held to be prohibited or invalid under such applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this STIP.

6.10 Non-Exclusivity . The STIP does not limit the authority of the Company or the Bank, the Board, the Committee, or the Board of Directors of the Bank or any committee thereof to grant awards or authorize any other compensation under any other plan or authority.

Section 7. Amendments, Suspension or Termination of Plan

The Committee may, from time to time, amend, suspend or terminate, in whole or in part, the STIP, and after any suspension or termination, may reinstate any or all of the provisions of the STIP; provided no amendment, suspension or termination of the STIP shall in any manner affect any Award theretofore granted pursuant to the STIP without the consent of the Participant to whom the Award was granted.

 

People’s United Financial, Inc.
By:  

 

Its:  
Date:  

******

This STIP was approved by the shareholders of the Company at a meeting held on the 19 th day of April, 2012.

 

 

Susan D. Stanley

Secretary

 

6

Exhibit 10.7

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(Under the People’s United Financial, Inc. 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan)

Granted To: NUF_OptioneeName_First_MI_Last

(“you” or the “Participant”)

In accordance with the terms of the People’s United Financial, Inc. 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), People’s United Financial, Inc. (the “Company) is pleased to grant you a non-statutory stock option (the “Option”) to purchase Granted shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Optioned Shares”) at an Option Price of Grant_Price per share, representing the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on Grant_Date. The Option is exercisable at the times specified in Section 3 of this Agreement, and is subject to the other terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and in the Plan.

You and the Company agree that the Option is subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. Definitions. All of the terms and provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by reference to the same effect as if the Plan were set forth herein in its entirety. All terms used in this Agreement and defined in the Plan shall, unless otherwise defined herein, have the same meanings as in the Plan. The term “Common Stock” refers to the Company’s Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, and includes any class or series of securities into which such capital stock may be changed, as contemplated by Section 13 of the Plan. The terms “affiliate”, “directors”, “person”, and “security”, or any variations of such terms, shall have the broadest meanings assigned to them by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). The terms “you” and “your” shall include, when the context requires, any persons entitled to exercise this Option by virtue of Section 6 of this Agreement.

2. Term of Option. The Option is granted and made effective on Grant_Date (the “Grant Date”) and shall terminate, expire and no longer be exercisable, to the extent not previously exercised or surrendered, on the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date, or at such earlier time as may be specified in the Plan or in Section 8 of this Agreement (the “Option Period”).


3. Exercise of Option. Provided that the Option has not sooner expired and terminated in accordance with the Plan or Section 8 hereof, the Option shall be exercisable commencing on the earlier of (a) the first day of the month following your Retirement, as to 100% of the Optioned Shares, or (b) the date of termination of your employment by reason of your death or Disability, as to 100% of the Optioned Shares, or (c) the first day of the month in which the second anniversary of the Grant Date occurs, in the following percentage installments:

 

Date Option

Becomes Exercisable

  

Percentage of Optioned

Shares as to which the

Option Becomes Exercisable

(a) Commencing on second anniversary of the Grant Date    50% of Optioned Shares
(b) Commencing on third anniversary of the Grant Date    25% of Optioned Shares
(c) Commencing on fourth anniversary of the Grant Date    25% of Optioned Shares

Once Optioned Shares have become available for purchase in accordance with the foregoing schedule, any unpurchased shares included in an installment or part of an installment of the Optioned Shares shall remain subject to purchase on a cumulative basis until the Option expires or terminates in accordance with the Plan or Section 8 hereof. The Option may not be exercised for fractional shares of Common Stock; all fractional shares shall be rounded to the nearest whole number below the actual number of shares.

4. Method of Exercise. You (or such other person as is provided in Section 6 hereof) may exercise the Option only by delivering written notice to the Company setting forth your irrevocable election to purchase all or a designated part of any then matured installment or installments of the Optioned Shares. Subject to Section 8 hereof, the notice of exercise must be delivered to the Company on or before the close of business on a date which is or precedes the last day of the Option Period, except that if the last day of the Option Period is a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which either the Company's corporate headquarters or the markets for equity securities generally are closed, the notice shall be delivered before the close of business on the business day preceding the last day of the Option Period.

The notice shall contain specific reference to this Agreement and the Plan and must be signed by you (or by such other person as is provided in Section 6 hereof). The notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Option Price by cash, certified or bank check or, if the Committee consents, payment in full or in part may also be made in the form of Common Stock already owned by you, as provided in Section 7(g) of the Plan. If at any time this Agreement is in effect, you are or potentially could be subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, an election to make payment in full or in part in the form of Common Stock shall be subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) promulgated thereunder, as interpreted by the Committee. No Optioned Shares shall be issued until full payment therefore has been made, including payment of all applicable withholding taxes, or the Committee has approved arrangements for payment.

 

2


5. Withholding. With the express written consent of the Committee, upon the exercise of the Option in accordance with the terms of Section 4 hereof, the Company, on behalf of the Company affiliate by which you are employed, will withhold the amount that it is required to withhold for federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax purposes. In that event, withholding obligations will be settled by withholding from distribution to you a number of Optioned Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld otherwise would be withheld in cash (the “Tax Date”) equal in value to the amount required to be withheld. If, at any time this Agreement is in effect, you are or potentially could be subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the method for settling withholding obligations described herein shall be subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the Rules and Regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as interpreted by the Committee.

6. Persons Entitled to Exercise. The Option may be exercised:

(a) except as provided below or in the Plan, only by you during your lifetime;

(b) in the event of your death while in the employment of the Company (or one or more of its affiliates) (or following termination of your employment by reason of your Retirement) by your legal representative or by the legal representative of your estate; and

(c) in the event of your permanent Disability, by you or by your legal representative (as the case may be).

In the event of your death while you are in the employment of the Company (or one or more of its affiliates), all Options remaining unexercised as of the date of death may be exercised by the personal representative of your estate, including the executor under your will or an administrator with the will annexed, or the administrator of your estate in the event you should die intestate; provided that such installments must be exercised, if at all, prior to the expiration of the Option Period. In the event of termination of your employment by reason of your permanent and total Disability, as that term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, all Options remaining unexercised at the time of termination of employment may be exercised by you or your legal representative (as the case may be), provided that such installments must be exercised, if at all, prior to the expiration of the Option Period. Exercise of the Option by your representative or fiduciary or your estate shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Plan and shall entitle such representative or fiduciary to no greater part of the Optioned Shares than you could have acquired if you had exercised the Option at the time of your death or termination of employment by reason of permanent Disability. To the extent that any such representative or fiduciary shall be entitled to exercise the Option in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 and the other sections of this Agreement, the terms “you” and “your” shall include such representative or fiduciary for purposes of this Agreement.

7. Delivery of Certificates. The Company may postpone the time of delivery of certificates for the Optioned Shares for such time as the Company deems necessary or desirable

 

3


to enable it to comply with the listing requirements of any securities exchange or stock quotation system upon which the Common Stock may be listed or quoted, the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, any rules or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder, or the requirements of applicable state laws relating to the authorization, issuance or sale of securities generally or bank securities specifically. Until certificates representing Optioned Shares are delivered to you or transfer is effected by book entry on the stock transfer records of the Company, you will have no right to vote or receive dividends with respect to the Optioned Shares.

8. Termination of Option Period. The Option shall lapse and terminate (i) on the date of termination of your employment (or, if sooner, the expiration date of the Option Period), as to all of the Optioned Shares that either (A) are not yet exercisable on the date of such termination or (B) do not become exercisable at the time of such termination pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and (ii) as to all of the Optioned Shares that are exercisable (but unexercised) on the date of termination of your employment, on the first to occur of the events listed in (a) through (d) below:

(a) Expiration of the Option Period; or

(b) Immediately, upon the termination of your employment for Cause; or

(c) Expiration of three months after termination of your employment with the Company (or one or more of its affiliates) for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement or Cause; and this Agreement shall be of no further validity or effect, except with respect to Optioned Shares previously purchased; or

(d) Expiration of one year after termination of your employment with the Company (or one or more of its affiliates) by reason of death, Disability or Retirement; and this Agreement shall be of no further validity or effect, except with respect to Optioned Shares previously purchased.

9. Reservation of Shares. During the Option Period, the Company will reserve from its authorized and unissued Common Stock, or from its treasury stock (or part from both), a sufficient number of shares to provide for the delivery of the Optioned Shares upon exercise of the Option in accordance herewith and subject to the provisions of Section 7 hereof. If the Option should expire, lapse or otherwise become unexercisable for any reason specified in or contemplated by this Agreement or the Plan, to the extent that the Option shall not have been exercised as to the full number of the Optioned Shares subject thereto, the unpurchased Optioned Shares shall be deemed freed automatically from any such reservation and shall become immediately available for issuance and delivery pursuant to other option agreements under the Plan.

10. Corporate Law Status of Shares. The shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Option in accordance herewith, upon issuance, delivery and payment for such

 

4


shares in accordance with Section 7 of this Agreement, shall constitute validly issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company. When so paid for, such shares will be fully paid and non-assessable. Throughout the Option Period (subject to the foreshortening thereof under Section 8 hereof), the Company will have full legal right and authority to issue and deliver the Optioned Shares as contemplated by this Agreement. You shall have none of the rights of a shareholder until the Optioned Shares are in fact issued and delivered to you.

11. Adjustments in Optioned Shares. In the event of any changes in the capital structure or reorganization of the Company during the term of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan shall apply.

12. Restrictions on Transferability. Except as provided in Section 6 hereof, neither the Option nor any of your rights, interests or benefits thereunder or hereunder shall be subject to voluntary or involuntary assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other form of absolute or conditional alienation or disposition, directly or indirectly. The Option shall be unexercisable during any period in which there is in effect, and may be terminated in all respects by the Company in the event of, a purported assignment of the Option or of any such rights, interests or benefits thereunder or under this Agreement, except as provided in Section 6 hereof.

13. Modification and Waiver. No modification or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon either the Company or you unless made in writing and signed by you and countersigned on behalf of the Company by an executive officer thereof (other than you, if you should be or become such an officer).

14. Binding Effect. Except as provided in Section 12 hereof, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

15. Resolution of Controversies. Any dispute or disagreement that may arise under, or in any way may relate to, the interpretation, construction or application of this Agreement shall be subject to determination by the Committee after appropriate notice to the affected parties and reasonable opportunity to be heard by the Committee. Any determination made by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes.

16. Notices. All notices, requests, demands, or other communications required, permitted or contemplated by this Agreement shall be deemed effectively served, delivered or otherwise made (a) upon receipt if manually delivered, or (b) upon the delivery date shown on the returned receipt (or if delivery is refused on the date presented for delivery) if mailed by the United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and if intended for the Company, directed to the Committee’s attention in care of People’s United Bank, 850 Main Street, Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604; or if intended for you, directed to you at the address set forth below immediately following your signature. Either party may, by notice delivered in accordance with this Section, notify the other party of a different address for all future notices, which will be effective upon delivery to the other party.

 

5


17. Non-Solicitation. During the period of your employment with the Company or any of its affiliates, and for a period of 12 months after the cessation of your employment for any reason, whether with or without cause, you will not, directly or indirectly , on your own behalf or on behalf of any other person, and whether through your own efforts or through the efforts or employing the assistance of any other person (including without limitation any consultant or any person employed by or associated with any person with whom you become employed or associated):

 

  a) call on or solicit in any manner any customer of the Company or any of its affiliates for the purpose of doing business of the type done by the Company or any of its affiliates with such customer. For purposes of this Agreement, “customer” means any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or other entity or person (i) currently doing business or who has done business with the Company or any of its affiliates in the 12 months prior to the cessation of your employment, or (ii) any prospective customer that you know to be a prospective customer of the Company or any of its affiliates and with whom the Company or any of its affiliates reasonably expects to do business; or

 

  b) Solicit or otherwise induce any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates to leave the employ of the Company or any of its affiliates.

By accepting and agreeing to the terms of this Agreement, you acknowledge that your receipt of the grant of the Option evidenced by this Agreement represents adequate consideration for the undertaking set forth in this Section 17.

18. Revocation of Grant. No later than forty-five (45) days after the Grant Date (the “Acceptance Date”), you must formally accept and agree to the terms and conditions of the Option as set forth in this Agreement. You must do so (a) electronically, if you are directed to do so at the time your Option is formally communicated to you and you receive a copy of this Agreement, or (b) by returning a signed copy of this Agreement to the Manager of Executive Rewards in the Human Resources Department, 850 Main Street, BC-03, Bridgeport, CT 06604 so that it is received no later than the close of business on the Acceptance Date. If you do not accept and agree to the terms and conditions of the Option as set forth in this Agreement by the Acceptance Date, the Option evidenced hereby shall be null and void, and shall be deemed to have been revoked, on the first business day following the Acceptance Date. If the 45 th day after the Grant Date is not a business day, the Acceptance Date will be the first business day after such 45 th day. A business day is any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which the Company’s banking offices in Connecticut are not scheduled to be open for business.

19. Severability. In case any covenant, condition, term or provision contained in this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, in whole or in part, by a judgment, order or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, from which judgment, order or decree no further appeal or petition for review is available, the validity of the remaining covenants, conditions, terms and provisions contained in this Agreement, and the validity of the remaining part of any term or provision held to be partially invalid, illegal or unenforceable, shall in no way be affected, prejudiced or disturbed thereby.

 

6


20. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan contain all understandings between you and the Company and any of its affiliates regarding the Optioned Shares. No other communications regarding the Optioned Shares are to be considered binding upon you and the Company unless they are identified as amendments to this Agreement, are in writing and are signed by you and the Company as provided in this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its Senior Executive Vice President , and the Participant has executed this Agreement, intending to be legally bound hereby, effective the Grant_Date@Date day of Grant_Date

 

  PEOPLE'S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.
  By:  

 

 

    Its Senior Executive Vice President

 

 

 

Your Signature

  Your Mailing Address
 

 

 

 

 

 

  Employee SS#:    -    -    
  Employee ID #:            

 

7

Exhibit 10.8

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

(Under the People’s United Financial, Inc. 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan)

Granted to: NUF_OptioneeName_First_MI_Last

(“you” or the “Participant”)

In accordance with the terms of the People’s United Financial, Inc. 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), People’s United is pleased to grant you an award (the “Award”) of Granted shares of People’s United Financial, Inc. (the “Company”) Common Stock (the “Shares”). The Shares granted to you under this Agreement are subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 3 hereof and to the other terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Plan.

You and the Company agree that the Award is subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. Definitions. All of the terms and provisions of the Plan are deemed incorporated into this Agreement by reference to the same purposes and effect as if the Plan were set forth in its entirety in this Agreement. All terms used in this Agreement and defined in the Plan shall, unless otherwise defined herein, have the same meanings as in the Plan. The term “Common Stock” refers to the Company’s Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, and includes any class or series of securities into which such capital stock may be changed, as contemplated by Section 12 of the Plan. The terms “person” and “security,” and any variations of such terms, shall have the broadest meanings assigned to them by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act).

2. Grant Date. The Award is granted and made effective Grant_Date (the “Grant Date”). Each Share has a Fair Market Value of $XX.XXXX on the Grant Date.

3. Restrictions on Shares. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, you may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of or encumber the Shares until they have vested in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company will permit transfer of the Shares only in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Any transfer of the Shares made in any manner contrary to this Agreement will be void and ineffective to constitute the transferee a shareholder of the Company entitled to any rights, benefits or privileges as such.

4. Vesting. One-half (50%) of the Shares will vest on the second anniversary of the Grant Date; one-quarter (25%) of the Shares will vest on the third anniversary of the Grant Date; and the remaining one-quarter (25%) of the Shares will vest on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date. Vesting will occur only if you have continuously been an employee of the Company (or one or more of its affiliates) from the Grant Date through the applicable vesting date; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, all Shares which are unvested as of the date of your termination of employment with the Company (or one or more of its affliliates) by reason of your death, Disability or Retirement shall vest immediately upon such termination, and the Restriction Period applicable to all such Shares shall expire.

5. Forfeiture. You will forfeit all unvested Shares upon the termination of your employment with the Company (or one or more of its affiliates) for any reason (other than death, Disability or Retirement) during the applicable Restriction Period.


6. Voting. You will have the right to vote the Shares from the Grant Date. Your right to vote the Shares will expire immediately upon forfeiture or revocation of the Award with respect to all Shares so forfeited or revoked.

7. Cash Dividends. Any cash dividends that may be paid with respect to the Shares will be paid to you as soon as practicable. Dividends will be paid to you, and will be taxable in the same manner as other compensation paid to you, by the Company. In the case of any Shares which are forfeited by you, no cash dividends will be paid to you with respect to any forfeited Shares on or after the date such forfeiture occurs.

8. Other Distributions. Any stock dividends that may be paid with respect to the Shares will be payable in the form of additional shares of Restricted Stock which will be subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement. If any warrants or rights are issued with respect to the Shares and are exercised, the shares issued with respect to such warrants or rights shall also be Restricted Stock subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement. The restrictions on such stock dividends will lapse when the restrictions on the Shares lapse.

9. Return of Certain Dividends and Distributions. If this Award is subsequently revoked pursuant to Section 19 of this Agreement, and if prior to the date of such revocation you received or became eligible to receive any dividends or other distributions with respect to this Award, you will be required to repay or return all such dividends or distributions to the Company within five (5) business days following the later of (a) the date your Award is revoked or (b) the date such dividends are paid or such distribution is made to you. In the event you fail to do so, the Company may withhold the amount to be repaid or returned by you from any subsequent payments (including salary, bonus or other compensation) payable to you by the Company or any of its affiliates as a result of your employment.

10. Absence of Share Certificates. The Shares will be registered in your name on the Company’s stock transfer records but will be issued in book-entry form and will not be represented by certificates.

11. Delivery of Certificates. If the Company issues certificates representing the Shares, it may postpone the delivery of the certificates for the Shares for such time as it deems necessary or desirable to enable it to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, any rules or regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, or the requirements of applicable state laws relating to the authorization, issuance or sale of securities generally.

12. Adjustments in Shares. In the event of any changes in the Company’s capital structure during the term of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan shall apply.

13. Corporate Law Status of Shares. The Shares granted pursuant to this Agreement constitute validly issued and outstanding Shares of the capital stock of the Company and are fully paid and nonassessable.

14. Modification and Waiver. No modification or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon either the Company or you unless it is made in writing, signed by you and countersigned on behalf of the Company by an executive officer thereof (other than you).

15. Binding Effect. Except as provided in Section 3 hereof, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

2


16. Resolution of Controversies. Any dispute or disagreement that may arise under, or in any way may relate to, the interpretation, construction or application of this Agreement shall be subject to determination by the Committee after appropriate notice to the affected parties and reasonable opportunity to be heard by the Committee. Any determination made by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes.

17. Notices. All notices, requests, demands, or other communications required, permitted or contemplated by this Agreement shall be deemed effectively served, delivered or otherwise made (a) upon receipt if manually delivered, or (b) upon the delivery date shown on the returned receipt (or if delivery is refused, on the date presented for delivery) if mailed by United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and if intended for the Company, directed to the Committee’s attention, in care of People’s United Bank, 850 Main Street, Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604; or if intended for you, directed to you at the address set forth below immediately following your signature. Either party may, by notice delivered in accordance with this Section, notify the other party of a different address for all future notices, which will be effective upon delivery to the other party.

18. Non-Solicitation. During the period of your employment with the Company or any of its affiliates, and for a period of 12 months after the cessation of your employment for any reason, whether with or without cause, you will not, directly or indirectly , on your own behalf or on behalf of any other person, and whether through your own efforts or through the efforts or employing the assistance of any other person (including without limitation any consultant or any person employed by or associated with any person with whom you become employed or associated):

 

  a) call on or solicit in any manner any customer of the Company or any of its affiliates for the purpose of doing business of the type done by the Company or any of its affiliates with such customer. For purposes of this Agreement, “customer” means any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or other entity or person (i) currently doing business or who has done business with the Company or any of its affiliates in the 12 months prior to the cessation of your employment, or (ii) any prospective customer that you know to be a prospective customer of the Company or any of its affiliates and with whom the Company or any of its affiliates reasonably expects to do business; or

 

  b) Solicit or otherwise induce any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates to leave the employ of the Company or any of its affiliates.

By accepting and agreeing to the terms of this Agreement, you acknowledge that your receipt of the grant of the Award evidenced by this Agreement represents adequate consideration for the undertaking set forth in this Section 18.

19. Revocation of Grant. No later than forty-five (45) days after the Grant Date (the “Acceptance Date”), you must formally accept and agree to the terms and conditions of the Award as set forth in this Agreement. You must do so (a) electronically, if you are directed to do so at the time your Award is formally communicated to you and you receive a copy of this Agreement, or (b) by returning a signed copy of this Agreement to the Manager of Executive Rewards in the Human Resources Department, 850 Main Street, BC-03, Bridgeport, CT 06604 so that it is received no later than the close of business on the Acceptance Date. If you do not accept and agree to the terms and conditions of the Award as set forth in this Agreement by the Acceptance Date, the Award evidenced hereby shall be null and void, and shall be deemed to have been revoked, on the first business day following the Acceptance Date. If the 45 th day after the Grant Date is not a business day, the Acceptance Date will be the first business day after such 45 th day. A business day is any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which the Company’s banking offices in Connecticut are not scheduled to be open for business.

 

3


20. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan contain all understandings between you, the Company, and any of its affiliates regarding the Shares. No other communications regarding the Shares are to be considered binding upon you and the Company unless they are identified as amendments to this Agreement, are in writing and are signed by you and the Company as provided in this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its Senior Executive Vice President, and the Participant has executed this Agreement, intending to be legally bound hereby, effective the Grant_Date@Date day of Grant_Date

 

  PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.
 

By:

 

 

Its Senior Executive Vice President

 

 

 

Your Signature

 

Your Mailing Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee SS#:     -    -    

 

Employee ID#:

 

4

Exhibit 10.9(a)

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK CAP EXCESS PLAN

WHEREAS, People’s United Bank, a federally chartered savings bank (the “Bank”), maintains the First Amended and Restated People’s United Bank Cap Excess Plan (the “Plan”) for a select group of management or highly compensated employees who meet certain qualifications; and

WHEREAS, the Bank, by action of the Human Resources Committee has reserved the right to make amendments from time to time to the Plan pursuant to Article XI thereof; and

WHEREAS, the Committee on July 6, 2011, determined to amend the Plan to: (i) provide that no Plan Participant’s compensation paid after December 31, 2011, or service performed after such date shall be taken into account under the Plan in determining such Participant’s benefit thereunder; (ii) notwithstanding the above, to provide that each Plan Participant’s service after December 31, 2011, nonetheless shall be taken into account under the Plan for purposes of determining such Participant’s vesting in benefits accrued under the Plan accrued as of December 31, 2011, and eligibility to receive an early retirement benefit under the Plan; and (iii) to provide that any Employee who has not become a Participant in the Plan before January 1, 2012, shall not be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan on or after such date; and

WHEREAS, the Committee on December 15, 2011, determined to amend the Plan to provide for an early payment for each Participant in an amount sufficient to pay the Participant’s portion of the FICA withholding taxes attributable to the ascertainable benefit amount under the Plan and an additional amount estimated to pay the applicable state and federal income withholding taxes and FICA withholding taxes relating to such payment and any related “gross-up” payment; and, further, to provide for an offset against the Plan Benefit payable following such Participant’s termination of employment to reflect such early payment; and

WHEREAS, the undersigned officer has been duly authorized by the Bank to execute such amendments.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby amends the Plan, as follows, effective December 31, 2011, or as otherwise provided herein:

1. There is hereby added after the last paragraph of ARTICLE 1 a new paragraph, to read as follows:

“Benefits under the Plan and the ERP have been frozen effective December 31, 2011, and no increases shall be made to a Participant’s Plan Benefit determined as of December 31, 2011, as a result of service performed by or compensation earned or paid to the Participant for periods after December 31, 2011. No employee who was initially employed by the Bank before August 14, 2006, who had not become a Participant in the Plan by December 31, 2011, shall be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan after December 31, 2011. Notwithstanding the above, to allow Participants to continue to vest in their benefit in the Plan determined as of December 31, 2011, a Participant’s Years of Vesting Service after December 31, 2011 (up to his termination of employment with the Bank) shall continue to be taken into account under the Plan solely for purposes of determining such Participant’s vesting in his Plan Benefit as of December 31, 2011.”


2. Section 2.14 of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

  “2.14. A Participant’s “ERP Benefit” shall mean such Participant’s vested Accrued Annual Benefit in the Single Life Form calculated pursuant to Article V of the ERP, as of December 31, 2011, without recognition of the Participant’s Credited Service or Annual Salary paid or accrued after December 31, 2011, including the value of the Participant’s benefit assigned under a qualified domestic relations order described in Code Section 414(p), if applicable, provided, however, that there shall be excluded the amount of the pension supplement, if any, provided by Section 5.8 of the ERP.”

3. Section 3.4 of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

  “3.4. August 14. 2006 Cutoff . In no event shall any Employee not a Participant prior to, and not employed by the Bank: on August 14, 2006, become a Participant except as provided in the next sentence. For Employees rehired before January 1, 2012, in the event any person who was an Employee prior to August 14, 2006, again becomes an Employee and becomes a Participant in, and accrues Credited Service under, the ERP after August 14, 2006, such person shall become for the first time or again a Participant in this Plan upon attaining at least the Minimum Salary Grade, provided he is deemed to be in Credited Service in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.1 and provided his Plan Benefit accrued prior to his rehire has not been distributed. Employees rehired on and after January 1, 2012, shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan.”

4. Section 5.1 is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“5.1 Amount of Plan Benefit. Any vested Participant shall be entitled to receive under the Plan a benefit (the “Plan Benefit”). The Plan Benefit shall be a benefit based on a monthly amount payable in the Single Life Form to the Participant equal to the excess of A. over B. where:

 

  A. is equal to the monthly benefit such Participant would have received for each month under the ERP based on the benefit accrued thereunder as of December 31, 2011, if the applicable limitations imposed by Sections 401(a)(17) or 415 or both of the Code and regulations thereunder (as then applicable) had not been included in the ERP; and

 

  B. is equal to the monthly amount of the Participant’s ERP Benefit based on the accrued benefit thereunder as of December 31,2011.

The form and timing of payments shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.2.”

 

2


5. Section 5.3 is added to the Plan, effective December 15, 2011, to read as follows:

“5.3 Withholding Taxes . The Bank shall pay such amounts as come due under any Federal, state or local laws or regulations such as the provisions of Sections 3121 (v) and 3401 (a) of the Code to the proper governmental agencies (i) with respect to the employee’s share of FICA taxes attributable to his benefits under the Plan; (ii) income tax withholding on the amount of the such taxes, and (iii) any withholding taxes attributable to the amounts of such withholding described in (i) and (ii) so that the Participant’s out of pocket payment of taxes is not increased for a year in which no distribution of Plan benefits is made (such payments described in (iii) being sometimes known as “gross-ups”). Further, with respect to actual distribution of Plan benefits (other than those provided for in the immediately preceding sentence) the Bank shall make such provisions and take such action as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the withholding of any taxes which the Bank is required by any law or regulation of any governmental authority, whether Federal, state or local, to withhold in connection with such payment. Any amounts paid by the Bank pursuant to any provision of this Section shall be subtracted from the payment to such Participant or his Beneficiary of his Plan Benefit or death benefit,”

6. The second sentence of Section 11.4 of the Plan is amended to read as follows:

“Further, the Bank may cease all further benefit accruals, and has done so, effective December 31, 2011.”

7. The first sentence of Section 14.1(a) of the Plan prior to the colon is modified to read as follows:

“(a) The Credited Service of a Participant shall terminate upon his termination of service with the Bank (except as provided in Section 14.3) or December 31, 2011, if earlier, but such termination of service shall be determined in accordance with the following rules, provided that no service after December 31, 2011 is recognized:”

8. Section 14.1(g) is added to the Plan to read as follows:

(g) Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XIV to the contrary, a Participant’s Credited Service performed after December 31, 2011, shall not be considered under the Plan in determining his Plan Benefit hereunder. Nonrecognition of a Participant’s Credited Service performed after December 31, 2011, shall not be deemed a termination of the Participant’s Credited Service for purposes of allowing a distribution under the Plan. Notwithstanding the above, Years of Vesting Service performed after December 31, 2011, will be recognized by the Plan solely for purposes of satisfying the vesting requirements under Article IV of the Plan.”

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Committee and the Bank, acting by the Bank’s duly authorized officer, hereby executes this amendment to be effective as herein provided.

 

PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK
By:  

/s/ Robert E. Trautmann

  Robert E. Trautmann
  Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel
Date:  

12/23/11

 

4

Exhibit 10.10(a)

FIRST AMENDMENT TO

THE PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK ENHANCED SENIOR PENSION PLAN

WHEREAS, People’s United Bank, a federally chartered savings bank (the “Bank”), maintains The People’s United Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan (the “Plan”) for a select group of management or highly compensated employees who meet certain qualifications; and

WHEREAS, the provisions of Section 11.1 provide that the Plan may be amended from time to time by the Bank’s Human Resources Committee (the “Committee”); and

WHEREAS, the Committee on July 6, 2011, determined to amend the Plan to: (i) provide that no Plan Participant’s compensation earned or paid after December 31, 2011, or service performed after such date shall be taken into account under the Plan in determining such Participant’s benefit thereunder, but that service after December 31, 2011, nonetheless shall be taken into account under the Plan solely for purposes of determining such Participant’s vesting in his Plan Benefit accrued as of December 31, 2011; and (ii) that no employee who has not become a Participant in the Plan before January 1, 2012, shall be eligible to participate in the Plan on or after such date; and

WHEREAS, the Committee on October 13, 2011, determined to modify such action of July 6. 2011 to allow an Employee who is such as of January 1, 2012, had attained the Minimum Salary Grade prior to March 1, 2008 and remains at a salary grade at least equal to die Minimum Salary Grade to become a Participant as of his attainment of age fifty (50) on or after January 1, 2012; and

WHEREAS, the Committee on December 15, 2011, determined to amend the Plan to provide for an early payment for each Participant in an amount sufficient to pay the Participant’s portion of the FICA withholding taxes attributable to the ascertainable benefit amount under the Plan and an additional amount estimated to pay the applicable state and federal income withholding taxes and FICA withholding taxes relating to such payment and any related “gross-up” payment; and, further, to provide for an offset against the Plan Benefit payable following such Participant’s termination of employment to reflect such early payment; and

WHEREAS, the undersigned officer has been duly authorized by the Bank to execute such amendments.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby amends the Plan, as follows, effective December 31, 2011, except as otherwise provided herein:

 

  1. A new paragraph is added to the end of ARTICLE I of the Plan to read as follows:

“Benefits under the Plan, the Cap Excess Plan and the ERP have been frozen effective December 31, 2011, and no increases shall be made to a Participant’s benefit in the Plan determined as of December 31, 2011, as a result of service performed for the Bank on and after January 1, 2012. Any Employee who was initially employed by the Bank before August 14, 2006, who had not become a Participant in the Plan by December 31, 2011, but would qualify as a Participant under Article III of the Plan


except that he has not attained age 50 by December 31, 2011 shall nonetheless be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan if he attains age 50 on or after January 1, 2012 while he is an Employee of the Bank. No Participant’s compensation earned or paid after December 31, 2011, shall become part of his Final Average Salary and no part of his service performed after such date shall be taken into account under the Plan in determining the Participant’s Plan Benefit or Plan Death Benefit hereunder. The provisions above limiting recognition of a Participant’s Credited Service after December 31, 2011, shall not be construed to indicate that the Participant has had a termination of Credited Service requiring distribution under the Plan.”

 

  2. For purposes of clarification, the following sentence is added to the end of Section 2.25:

“For purposes of determining (a) above, no service performed or attributed to periods after December 31, 2011 and no amount of compensation paid to or accrued by the Participant after December 31, 2011 shall be considered in determining his Final Average Salary or Target Amount. In determining whether a Participant has completed less than 15 Years of Credited Service, Credited Service performed by the Participant after December 31, 2011 shall not be considered.”

 

  3. Section 3.2 of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“3.2. Subsequent Participants . Subject to the provisions of Section 3.4 hereof, each other Employee who is such on or after the Effective Date shall become a Participant as of the date he meets both of the following requirements:

(a) has a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade; and

(b) has attained age 50 or older.

For purposes of clarification, the Employee may satisfy the requirement of Section 3.2(b) after December 31, 2011 and become a Participant if he satisfies all other requirements prior to such date, namely: initially an Employee prior to August 14, 2006; attained a salary grade at least equal to the Minimum Salary Grade prior to March 1, 2008; and remains an Employee and maintains such a salary grade until attaining age 50.”

 

  4. Section 5.5 is added to the Plan, effective December 15, 2011, to read as follows:

“5.5 Withholding Taxes . The Bank shall pay such amounts as come due under any Federal, state or local laws or regulations such as the provisions of Sections 3121(v) and 3401(a) of the Code to the proper governmental agencies (i) with respect to the Participant’s share of FICA taxes attributable to his benefits under the Plan; (ii) income tax withholding on the amount of the such taxes, and (iii) any withholding taxes attributable to the amounts of such withholding described in (i) and (ii) so that the Participant’s out of pocket payment of taxes is not increased because of his participation in the Plan for a year in which no distribution of Plan Benefits is made (such payments described in (iii) being sometimes known as “gross-ups”). Further,

 

2


with respect to actual distribution of Plan Benefits (other than those provided for in the immediately preceding sentence) the Bank shall make such provisions and take such action as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the withholding of any taxes which the Bank is required by any law or regulation of any governmental authority, whether Federal, state or local, to withhold in connection with such payment. Any amounts paid by the Bank pursuant to any provision of this Section shall be subtracted from the payment to such Participant or his Beneficiary of Ins Plan Benefit or death benefit.”

 

  5. Section 11,2 of the Plan is modified in its entirety to read as follows:

“11.2 Minimum Benefit . Further, no Participant who was a participant in the SRP as of the day before the Effective Date shall receive a Plan benefit which, when added to the plan benefit to which he is entitled under the Cap Excess Plan is of a lesser actuarial value than the Plan Benefits such Participant would have received under the SRP had the SRP not been amended as of the Effective Date based on the lesser of his Final Average Salary as of the earlier of (i) the date of termination of his Credited Service, or (ii) the Effective Date, or her or his Final Average Salary as of December 31, 2011 ”

 

  6. The second sentence of Section 11.4 of the Plan is amended to read as follows:

“Further, the Bank may cease all further benefit accruals, and has done so, effective December 31, 2011.”

 

  7. Section 14.1(e) is added to the Plan to read as follows:

(e) Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XIV to the contrary, a Participant’s Credited Service performed after December 31, 2011, shall not be considered under the Plan in determining his Target Amount or his Plan Benefit hereunder. Nonrecognition of a Participant’s Credited Service performed after December 31, 2011, shall not be deemed a termination of the Participant’s Credited Service for purposes of allowing a distribution under the Plan. Notwithstanding the above, Years of Vesting Service performed after December 31, 2011, will be recognized by the Plan solely for purposes of satisfying the vesting requirements under Article IV of the Plan.”

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Committee and the Bank acting by the Bank’s duly authorized officer, cause this amendment to be executed to be effective as herein provided.

 

PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK
By:  

/s/ Robert. E. Trautmann

  Robert. E. Trautmann
  Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel
Date:  

12/23/11

Exhibit 10.12(a)

SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE

PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK NONQUALIFIED SAVINGS AND RETIREMENT PLAN

WHEREAS, People’s United Bank, a federally chartered savings bank (the “Bank”), maintains the People’s United Bank Nonqualified Savings and Retirement Plan for a select group of management or highly compensated employees who meet certain qualifications (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Bank has determined to amend the Plan to conform to amendments to the People’s United Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan, which plan will no longer recognize a member’s “credited service” performed after December 31, 2011 (with limited exception for vesting and early retirement eligibility) or changes to his “final average pay” after that date; and

WHEREAS, the Bank has determined to amend the Plan to conform to amendments to the People’s United Bank 401(k) Employee Savings Plan, which amendments to that plan (i) expanded eligibility for “employer retirement contributions” to include, for Plan years on and after January 1, 2012, employees whose initial hire dates occurred before August 14, 2006, and (ii) eliminated for Plan Years on and after January 1, 2012, a provision for discretionary matching contributions; and

WHEREAS, the Bank, by action of the Human Resources Committee has reserved the right to make amendments from time to time to the Plan pursuant to Article XIII thereof; and

WHEREAS, the undersigned officer has been duly authorized to execute such amendments.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby amends the Plan as follows, effective January 1, 2012, except as otherwise provided herein:

 

  1. Section 2.18 of the Plan, defining “Enhanced Benefit Contribution” is amended to add the following at the end thereof, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2012:

“No Enhanced Benefit Contribution shall be made for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2011.”

 

  2. Section 2.21 of the Plan defining “401(k) Maximum Discretionary Employer Contribution” is amended to add the following, at the end thereof effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2012:

“Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Discretionary Employer Contribution shall be made to the Plan for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2012.”

 

  3. Section 3.4 of the Plan is amended to read as follows, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2012:

“(a) On or after August 14, 2006, an employee of the Bank with a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade who is not entitled after August 13, 2006 to accrue credited service under the Retirement Plan shall become a Participant with respect to, or, if the employee is already a Participant in the Plan, shall become eligible to receive, Restoration Benefit Contributions in accordance with Section 4.6.


(b) For the avoidance of doubt, for the period beginning August 14, 2006 through December 31, 2011 the terms of subsection (a) of this Section 3.4 are to be interpreted so that a Participant who is eligible to accrue a benefit under the Retirement Plan and who continues to accrue credited service thereunder will not be eligible to receive Restoration Benefit Contributions under this Plan.

(c) For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2012, upon the cessation of benefit accruals under the People’s United Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan, the terms of subsection (a) of this Section 3.4 apply to all employees of the Bank who have a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade (whether hired before, on or after August 14, 2006).”

 

  4. Section 3.5 of the Plan is amended to add the following at the end thereof effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2012:

“Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2012, Enhanced Benefit Contributions will no longer be made to the Plan.”

 

  5. Section 4.5(a) of the Plan is deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2012:

“(a) As soon as practicable at or after the end of each Plan Year the Bank shall determine for such Plan Year for each Participant his Election Match Compensation and his 401(k) Maximum Basic Employer Contribution. In the case of a Participant whose employment terminates prior to the end of a Plan Year, the Bank shall determine the Election Match Compensation and the 401(k) Maximum Basic Employer Contribution for such Participant for that portion of the Plan Year during which the Participant was employed, as soon as practicable at or after the date the Participant’s employment was terminated.”

 

  6. Section 4.5(b) is amended by deleting therefrom the portion of the sentence that begins with the phrase “the lesser of” and substituting therefor the following:

“the sum of (A) the lesser of (x) 4% of such Participant’s Basic Election Match Compensation or (y) such Participant’s Participant contributions pursuant to this Article IV for such Plan Year with respect to his Basic Election Match Compensation, plus (B) the lesser of (x) 4% of such Participant’s STIP Election Match Compensation or (y) such Participant’s Participant Contributions pursuant to this Article IV for such Plan Year with respect to his STIP Election Match Compensation; provided, however, that such matching contribution shall not be less than zero. For purposes of this subsection (b), the term “Basic Election Match Compensation” means the Participant’s Election Match Compensation for the Plan Year excluding any STIP bonus actually received during such year; and the term “STIP Election Match Compensation” means the Participant’s Election Match Compensation excluding his Basic Election Match Compensation.”

 

2


  7. Section 4.5(c) of the Plan is amended to add the following at the end thereof effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2012:

“Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Discretionary Matching Employer Contribution shall be made to the Plan for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2012.”

 

  8. Section 4.7(a) of the Plan is deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted therefor effective December 31, 2011:

“(a) On and after August 14, 2006, through the Plan Year ended December 31, 2011, the Bank shall credit Enhanced Benefit Contributions to the Deferral Account of each employee of the Bank with a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade who (i) was hired by the Bank after August 13, 2006, or (ii) first attained a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade after March 1, 2008, provided, in both cases, the employee was actively employed by the Bank at the end of the applicable Plan Year. In order to be eligible to begin receiving Enhanced Benefit Contributions, the Participant must have completed one “Year of Employer Retirement Contribution Eligibility Service” as defined under the 401(k) Plan and only Election Match Compensation received the first day of the month after satisfaction of the service requirement was considered for that Plan Year. No Enhanced Benefit Contributions will be made for Plan Years beginning January 1, 2012, and after.”

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Committee and the Bank, acting by its duly authorized officer, hereby executes this amendment to be effective as herein provided.

 

PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK
By:  

/s/ Robert. E. Trautmann

 

Robert. E. Trautmann

Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel

Date:  

12/23/11

Exhibit 10.14

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

DIRECTORS’ EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN

ARTICLE 1

Purposes and Definitions

1.1 Purposes. The purposes of the Plan are (a) to assist the Company in attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve as Directors and (b) to more closely align the interests of Directors with the interests of the Company’s stockholders.

1.2 Definitions. Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meaning set forth or referenced below:

 

  (a) “Award” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 hereof.

 

  (b) “Bank” means People’s Bank, a federally chartered capital stock savings bank, and any successor thereto.

 

  (c) “Beneficiary” means any person (including corporations, unincorporated associations or trusts) entitled to receive certificates representing Compensation Shares pursuant to any provision of this Plan as a result of a Participant’s death.

 

  (d) “Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

  (e) “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

 

  (f) “Change in Control” means a Change in Control as defined in Section 3.1(d)(ii).

 

  (g) “Committee” means the Compensation and Nominating Committee of the Board or any successor committee of the Board.

 

  (h) “Company” means People’s United Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

 

  (i) “Compensation Shares” means shares of Stock issued to a Participant pursuant to this Plan and, where appropriate, includes any securities distributable to the Participant by reason of his or her ownership of Compensation Shares; provided that any such securities shall, for purposes of Section 3.1, be treated as if they had been issued at the time the Compensation Shares giving rise to such distribution were first issued (or are deemed to have been issued) to the Participant.

 

  (j) “Director” means any individual serving on the Board who is not an employee of the Company, the Bank, or any Subsidiary, but does not include an honorary, advisory or emeritus director.

 

  (k) “Effective Date” means April 16, 2007.


  (l) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute thereto.

 

  (m) “Fair Market Value” means as of a particular date:

 

  (i) if the Stock is not then listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in Section 6 of the Exchange Act), and prices of trades in Stock are regularly reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. (“NASDAQ”), the mean between the high and low selling prices for Stock on such date as reported by NASDAQ or, in the event no high and low selling prices for Stock are reported by NASDAQ for such date, then the mean between the high and low selling prices reported by NASDAQ for the most recent day for which both high and low selling prices are so reported; or

 

  (ii) if the Stock is then listed or admitted to trading on one or more national securities exchanges, the mean between the high and low selling prices at which Stock is traded on the principal securities exchange on which the Stock is so traded on such date or, if Stock is not so traded on such date, the mean between the high and low selling prices at which Stock was traded on such exchange on the most recent day on which Stock was so traded; or

 

  (iii) if neither (i) nor (ii) is applicable, such amount as the Committee shall determine on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant.

 

  (n) “Interim Award” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3 hereof.

 

  (o) [Reserved]

 

  (p) “Participant” means a Director who is a participant in the Plan.

 

  (q) “Plan” means the People’s United Financial, Inc. Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan as set forth herein (as it may be amended from time to time).

 

  (r) “Plan Year” means the calendar year.

 

  (s) [Reserved]

 

  (t) “Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share, or in the case of a consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation, such equity securities for which shares of common stock of the Company shall have been exchanged.

 

  (u) “Subsidiary” means any corporation in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly through one or more other Subsidiaries, at least 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock.


  (v) “Tax Election” means the written election filed at the option of a Director with the Internal Revenue Service, as described in Section 2.3.

ARTICLE 2

Participation in the Plan

2.1 Eligibility All Directors shall be Participants in the Plan.

2.2 Annual Grants. Immediately following each annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders, each Director shall receive a number of Compensation Shares (an “Award”) determined by (a) dividing $95,000 by the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the last business day immediately prior to the date the Award is made, and (b) rounding the result so obtained to the next-higher whole share.

2.3 Optional Tax Election . Each Director receiving an Award of Compensation Shares for a particular Plan Year may, at his or her option, execute an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in his or her taxable income for such Plan Year the value (as of the Award date) of the shares so awarded. The Tax Election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service in accordance with applicable regulations as in effect from time to time.

2.4 Shares Reserved. The total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance pursuant to this Plan shall be Eight Hundred Ninety Two Thousand Five Hundred (892,500) shares, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.7.

2.5 Method of Issuance. Compensation Shares awarded to a Participant shall be represented by one or more certificates registered in the name of the Participant or if such shares are uncertificated, by appropriate adjustments to a book-entry account maintained in such Participant’s name by the Company’s transfer agent. Certificates representing Compensation Shares, if issued, shall be held in custody by the Company until delivered in accordance with Section 3.1.

2.6 Vesting and Holding Period. A Participant shall not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of or encumber any Compensation Shares until (a) such shares have vested in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in Section 2.7 of this Agreement, and (b) such time as the shares are delivered to him or her in accordance with Section 3.1.

2.7 Vesting Schedule; Forfeiture. All Compensation Shares made the subject of an Award shall vest on the earliest of (a) the first anniversary of the grant date, or (b) the date on which the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders is held in the year following the year in which the Award was made, or (c) the date on which a Participant’s service as a Director ceases by reason of his or her death or disability, or (d) the date on which a Change in Control occurs. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, all unvested Compensation Shares shall be forfeited on the date a Participant’s service as a Director of the Company ceases.


2.8 Adjustments. The total number of shares of Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan shall be adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, corporate reorganization, combination, exchange of shares of Stock or other similar events affecting the Stock.

ARTICLE 3

Distributions

 

  3.1 Distributions.

(a) Certificates representing Compensation Shares shall be delivered to the Participant as of the earlier of (X) the third anniversary of the date of the annual Award giving rise to the issuance of the Compensation Shares (or, if not a Business Day, the first Business Day following such anniversary) or (Y) the first Business Day of the month following the month in which such Participant’s service as a Director ceases. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its discretion, determine to defer delivery of certificates representing Compensation Shares to a former Director until such former Director ceases to receive compensation (other than pursuant to this Plan or any other retirement or deferred compensation plan) for service in any capacity to the Bank, the Parent or any Subsidiary, provided however that in any event delivery of certificates representing Compensation Shares shall not be later than the time prescribed in Section 3.1(a)(X).

(b) Any distribution payable with respect to Compensation Shares shall be paid directly to the Participant, except any securities issuable as a distribution with respect to such shares shall be delivered to and held in custody by the Bank as additional Compensation Shares.

(c) (i) Upon the death of a Participant, the Committee shall deliver stock certificates representing all Compensation Shares issued to such Participant to such person or persons or the survivors thereof, including corporations, unincorporated associations or trusts, as the Participant may have designated. All such designations shall be made in writing and delivered to the Committee. A Participant may from time to time revoke or change any such designation by written notice to the Committee. In the event of the death of a Participant either prior to designating a Beneficiary pursuant to this subsection or concurrent with or after the death of such Beneficiary, or in the event of such Beneficiary’s death before delivery to him or her of certificates representing the Compensation Shares, such certificates shall be delivered to the estate of the later to die of the Participant or his Beneficiary provided that in the event in the designation of his Beneficiary the Participant specified any survival period, no certificates shall be delivered to such Beneficiary’s estate unless he or she survives such survival period; and further provided that in the event the Participant provides for a contingent Beneficiary, and such contingent Beneficiary is surviving at the time of the later of the death of the Participant or the expiration of any survival period, but the primary Beneficiary is not then living, such certificates shall be delivered to such contingent Beneficiary.


(ii) Any distribution under this subsection (c) shall be made as soon as practicable following the end of the month in which the Committee is notified of the Participant’s death or is satisfied as to the identity of the appropriate distributee or payee, whichever is later.

(d) (i) In the event of a Change in Control, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Committee shall, as soon as practicable after such Change in Control but in no event later than five (5) Business Days thereafter, deliver certificates representing all Compensation Shares to the Participant in whose name such certificates are registered.

(ii) A Change in Control shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) The Board shall approve (A) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) of the Bank or the Company with any other corporation other than (1) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) which would result in the voting stock (as described in paragraph (2) of this subsection) of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting stock of the surviving entity) more than 80 % percent of the combined voting power of the voting stock of the Company (or such surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (2) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Bank or the Company (or similar transaction) in which no “person” (as defined in paragraph (2) of this subsection) acquires more than 20% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Bank or the Company, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Bank or the Company, or (C) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Bank or the Company.

(2) Any person (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) and Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), corporation, or other entity (other than the Bank, its Parent, or any benefit plan, including, but not limited to; any employee stock ownership plan, sponsored by the Bank, the Company, or any Subsidiary) shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule l3d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule l3d-3 in the case of rights to acquire such securities); or

(3) During any period of two consecutive calendar years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire board of directors of the Company, and any new director (excluding a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in paragraph (1) or (2) of this subsection) whose election by the board or nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were


directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof.

ARTICLE 4

The Committee

4.1 Authority. The Committee shall have full power and authority to administer the Plan, including the power to (i) promulgate forms to be used with respect to the Plan and authorize payments, (ii) promulgate rules of Plan administration, (iii) settle any disputes as to rights or benefits arising from the Plan, (iv) interpret the terms of the Plan, (v) make such decisions or take such action as the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to aid in the proper administration of the Plan; and (vi) engage counsel and consultants in order to fulfill its responsibilities and rely on advice of same.

4.2 Elections and Notices . All elections and notices required to be provided to the Committee under the Plan must be in such form or forms prescribed by, and contain such information as is required by, the Committee.

4.3 Allocation of Responsibilities. The Committee may, in its discretion, allocate responsibilities hereunder among one or more of its members and may delegate responsibilities to any person or persons being selected by it.

4.4 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Committee with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.

ARTICLE 5

Miscellaneous

5.1 Non-alienation of Benefits. No benefit under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to do so shall be void. No such benefit, prior to receipt thereof pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, shall be in any manner liable for or subject to the debts, contracts liabilities, engagements or torts of the Participant or his Beneficiary.

5.2 Book-Entry Shares . In the event the Committee authorizes the issuance pursuant to this Plan of shares of Stock in book-entry (uncertificated) form, all references herein to the delivery of stock certificates shall be inapplicable. The Company’s transfer agent shall keep appropriate records indicating the number of shares of Stock owned by each person to whom shares are issued pursuant to this Plan, the restrictions applicable to such shares of Stock and the duration thereof, and other relevant information. Upon expiration of any applicable restrictions for any reason, the transfer agent shall effect delivery of such shares of Stock by adjusting its


records to reflect the expiration of such restrictions, and by notifying the person in whose name such shares were issued (or his or her Beneficiaries, if applicable) that such restrictions have lapsed.

5.3 Interim Award . In the event an individual becomes a Director otherwise than by election at an annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders, the Committee may, in its discretion, grant to such individual an award (an “Interim Award”) pursuant to this Plan. For purposes of Sections 2.7 and 3.1(a) hereof, an Interim Award shall be treated as if it had been made on the date of the last annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders held prior to the date such individual became a Director. The Committee shall have the discretion to determine the number of Compensation Shares comprising an Interim Award, but in no event shall the number of Compensation Shares exceed the number of Compensation Shares that would have been awarded as an annual Award pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof following the most recent annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders. In making such determination, the Committee shall take into consideration the number of months elapsed between the date of the last annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders held prior to the date such individual became a Director and the date such individual became a Director, and such other factors as the Committee may deem appropriate.

5.4 Invalidity. If any term or provision contained herein is to any extent invalid or unenforceable, such term or provision will be reformed so that it is valid, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or part hereof.

5.5 Governing Law. This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut, without regard to the conflict of law provisions thereof, to the extent not preempted by federal law.

5.6 Amendment, Modification and Termination of the Plan.

(a) Subject to the term of subsection (b) hereof, the Board at any time may terminate and in any respect amend or modify the Plan; provided, however, that no such termination, amendment or modification shall adversely affect the rights of any Participant or Beneficiary, including his rights with respect to Compensation Shares issued prior to such termination, amendment or without his or her consent. Upon termination of the Plan, the Committee, as soon as is practicable thereafter, shall deliver certificates representing all Compensation Shares issued to each Participant.

(b) Notwithstanding the terms of subsection (a) of this Section 5.6, an amendment to or modification of Section 3.1(d) hereof shall become effective only with the approval of 65% of the Participants and Beneficiaries of deceased Participants who have undistributed Compensation Shares hereunder, provided, however, that in the event there is more than one such Beneficiary with respect to any individual deceased Participant, such Beneficiaries shall have a single vote which shall be cast as determined by a majority in interest of all Beneficiaries of such deceased Participant.

5.7 Successors and Heirs. The Plan and any properly executed elections hereunder shall be binding upon the Company and Participants, and upon any assignee or successor in


interest to the Company and upon the heirs, legal representatives and beneficiaries of any Participant.

5.8 Status as Stockholders. Compensation Shares are shares of Stock, and each Participant in whose name Compensation Shares have been issued shall have all of the rights of a stockholder, including voting rights, except to the extent specifically limited by this Plan.

5.9 Rights. Participation in this Plan shall not give any Director the right to continue to serve as a member of the Board or any rights or interests other than as herein provided.

5.10 Withholding Taxes . The Company shall deduct from all distributions under the Plan any taxes required to be withheld by federal, state, or local governments.

5.11 Compliance with Laws. This Plan and the payments hereunder are subject to compliance with all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith.

5.12 Plan Construction.

Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, it is the intent of the Company that all transactions under the Plan satisfy the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act so that a Director will be entitled to the benefits of Rule 16b-3 or other exemptive rules under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, as amended, and will not be subjected to avoidable liability thereunder.

5.13 Headings; Use of Terms. Headings and subheadings in the Plan are inserted for reference only and are not to be considered in the construction of the Plan. The masculine includes the feminine and the plural includes the singular, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

5.14 Approval; Effective Date. This Plan was approved by the Board and by the stockholders of the Bank, and became effective on the Effective Date.

5.15 Expiration Date . No further Awards shall be made pursuant to this Plan after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, unless on or prior to such tenth anniversary the stockholders of the Company have approved an extension of this Plan to a later date.

Exhibit 10.16(d)

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

2007 RECOGNITION AND RETENTION PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

Granted to: NUF_OptioneeName_First_MI_Last

(“you” or the “Participant”)

In accordance with the terms of the People’s United Financial, Inc. 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan (the “Plan”), People’s United Financial, Inc. (“People’s United”) is pleased to grant you an award (the “Award”) of Granted shares of People’s United Common Stock (the “Shares”). The Shares granted to you under this Agreement are subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 3 hereof and to the other terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Plan.

You and People’s United agree that the Award is subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. Definitions. All of the terms and provisions of the Plan are deemed incorporated into this Agreement by reference to the same purpose and effect as if the Plan were set forth in its entirety in this Agreement. All terms used in this Agreement and defined in the Plan shall, unless otherwise defined herein, have the same meanings as in the Plan. The term “Common Stock” refers to the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of People’s United Financial, Inc., and includes any stock or other securities into which shares of Common Stock may be changed as contemplated by Section 8.3 of the Plan. The terms “person” and “security,” and any variations of such terms, shall have the broadest meanings assigned to them by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Exchange Act.

2. Grant Date. The Award is granted and made effective Grant_Date (the “Grant Date”). Each Share has a fair market value of $XX.XXXX on the Grant Date. For the purposes of this Agreement, the fair market value of each Share was calculated based on the mean between the high and low selling prices of the Common Stock as reported by the NASDAQ Stock Market on the Grant Date.

3. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, you may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of or encumber the Shares until they have vested in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement (the “Restriction Period”). People’s United will permit transfer of the Shares only in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Any transfer of the Shares made in any manner contrary to this Agreement will be void and ineffective to constitute the transferee a shareholder of People’s United entitled to any rights, benefits or privileges as such.

4. Vesting. Twenty percent (20%) of the Shares will vest on the first anniversary of the Grant Date (First Anniversary Actual Grant Date); twenty percent (20%) of the Shares will vest on the second anniversary of the Grant Date (Second Anniversary Actual Grant Date); twenty percent (20%) of the Shares will vest on the third anniversary of the Grant Date (Third Anniversary Actual Grant Date); twenty percent (20%) of the Shares will vest on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date (Fourth Anniversary Actual Grant Date); and the remaining twenty percent (20%) of the Shares will vest on the fifth anniversary of the Grant Date (Fifth Anniversary Actual Grant Date). Vesting will occur only if you have continuously been an employee of an Employer from the Grant Date through the vesting date; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Shares that are unvested as of the date of your termination of employment with an Employer by reason of your death or Disability shall vest immediately upon such termination, and the Restriction Period applicable to all such Shares shall expire. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, all unvested Shares shall become 100% vested upon the occurrence of a Change of Control if you are an employee of an Employer at the time a Change of Control occurs, and the Restriction Period applicable to all such Shares shall expire.

5. Forfeiture. You will forfeit all unvested Shares upon the termination of your employment with an Employer for any reason (other than death or Disability, as provided in Section 4 above with respect to the Recognition Award, and other than upon the occurrence of a Change of Control) during the applicable Restriction Period. When you forfeit Shares, all of your interest in the Shares will be cancelled. You agree to take any action and execute and deliver any document that People’s United requests to effect the return of your unvested forfeited Shares.


6. Voting. You will have the right to vote the Shares from the Grant Date, whether or not Shares have vested. Your right to vote the Shares will expire immediately upon forfeiture or revocation of the Award with respect to all Shares so forfeited or revoked.

7. Cash Dividends. Any cash dividends or distributions declared and paid with respect to Shares that are, as of the record date for such dividend, allocated to you in connection with the Award (as described in Section 9 below), will be paid to you as soon as practicable. Dividends will be paid to you, and will be taxable in the same manner as other compensation paid to you, by People’s United. By signing this agreement and accepting its terms, you direct the Funding Agent to remit to People’s United for payment to you any dividends that either of them may receive as the record holder of your unvested Shares.

8. Other Distributions. Dividends or distributions paid in property other than cash with respect to Shares will be subject to the same vesting and other restrictions as are applicable to the Shares to which the Award relates.

8A. Return of Certain Dividends and Distributions. If this Award is subsequently revoked pursuant to Section 18 of this Agreement, and if prior to the date of such revocation you received or became eligible to receive any dividends or other distributions with respect to this Award, you will be required to repay or return all such dividends or distributions to People’s United within five (5) business days following the later of (a) the date your Award is revoked or (b) the date such dividends are paid or such distribution is made to you. In the event you fail to do so, People’s United may withhold the amount to be repaid or returned by you from any subsequent payments (including salary, bonus or other compensation) payable to you by People’s United or any of its affiliates as a result of your employment.

9. Share Allocation and Certificates. The Shares will be allocated to you and held by the Funding Agent on your behalf until the applicable vesting date. On each such vesting date, you will obtain unrestricted ownership of the Shares that vest on such vesting date. A stock certificate (or book entry listing) evidencing your unrestricted ownership of the vested Shares will be provided to you or indicated on People’s United’s stock transfer books.

10. Delivery of Certificates. If People’s United issues certificates representing vested Shares, it may postpone the delivery of the certificates for such Shares for such time as it deems necessary or desirable to enable it to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, any rules or regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, or the requirements of applicable state laws relating to the authorization, issuance or sale of securities generally.

11. Adjustments in Shares. In the event of any changes in People’s United’s capital structure during the term of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 8.3 of the Plan shall apply.

12. Corporate Law Status of Shares. The Shares granted pursuant to this Agreement constitute validly issued and outstanding capital stock of People’s United and are fully paid and nonassessable.

13. Modification and Waiver. No modification or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon either People’s United or you unless it is made in writing , signed by you and countersigned on behalf of People’s United by an executive officer thereof (other than you, if you should be or become an executive officer).

14. Binding Effect. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

15. Resolution of Controversies. Any dispute or disagreement that may arise under, or in any way may relate to, the interpretation, construction or application of this Agreement shall be subject to determination by the Committee after appropriate notice to the affected parties and reasonable opportunity to be heard by the Committee. Any determination made by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes.

 

2


16. Notices. All notices, requests, demands, or other communications required, permitted or contemplated by this Agreement shall be deemed effectively served, delivered or otherwise made (a) upon receipt if manually delivered, or (b) upon the delivery date shown on the returned receipt (or if delivery is refused, on the date presented for delivery) if mailed by United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and if intended for People’s United, directed to the Committee’s attention at People’s United Bank, 850 Main Street, Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604; or if intended for you, directed to you at the address set forth below immediately following your signature. Either party may, by notice delivered in accordance with this Section, notify the other party of a different address for all future notices, which will be effective upon delivery to the other party.

17. Non-Solicitation. During the period of your employment with People’s United or any of its affiliates, and for a period of 12 months after the cessation of your employment for any reason, whether with or without cause, you will not, directly or indirectly , on your own behalf or on behalf of any other person, and whether through your own efforts or through the efforts or employing the assistance of any other person (including without limitation any consultant or any person employed by or associated with any person with whom you become employed or associated):

 

  a) call on or solicit in any manner any customer of People’s United or any of its affiliates for the purpose of doing business of the type done by People’s United or any of its affiliates with such customer. For purposes of this Agreement, “customer” means any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or other entity or person (i) currently doing business or who has done business with People’s United or any of its affiliates in the 12 months prior to the cessation of your employment, or (ii) any prospective customer that you know to be a prospective customer of People’s United or any of its affiliates and with whom People’s United or any of its affiliates reasonably expects to do business; or

 

  b) Solicit or otherwise induce any employee of People’s United or any of its affiliates to leave the employ of People’s United or any of its affiliates.

By accepting and agreeing to the terms of this Agreement, you acknowledge that your receipt of the grant of the Award evidenced by this Agreement represents adequate consideration for the undertaking set forth in this Section 17.

18. Revocation of Grant. No later than forty-five (45) days after the Grant Date (the “Acceptance Date”), you must formally accept and agree to the terms and conditions of the Award as set forth in this Agreement. You must do so (a) electronically, if you are directed to do so at the time your Award is formally communicated to you and you receive a copy of this Agreement, or (b) by returning a signed copy of this Agreement to the Manager of Executive Rewards in the Human Resources Department, 850 Main Street, BC-03, Bridgeport, CT 06604 so that it is received no later than the close of business on the Acceptance Date. If you do not accept and agree to the terms and conditions of the Award as set forth in this Agreement by the Acceptance Date, the Award evidenced hereby shall be null and void, and shall be deemed to have been revoked, on the first business day following the Acceptance Date. If the 45 th day after the Grant Date is not a business day, the Acceptance Date will be the first business day after such 45 th day. A business day is any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which the Company’s banking offices in Connecticut are not scheduled to be open for business.

19. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan contain all understandings between you and People’s United regarding the Shares. No other communications regarding the Shares are to be considered binding upon you and People’s United unless they are identified as amendments to this Agreement, are in writing and are signed by you and People’s United as provided in this Agreement

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, People’s United has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its Senior Executive Vice President, and the Participant has executed this Agreement, intending to be legally bound hereby, effective this Grant_Date@Date day of Grant_Date

 

3


 

  PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.
 

By:

 

 

Its Senior Executive Vice President

 

 

 

Your Signature

 

Your Mailing Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your Employee ID Number:            

 

4

Exhibit 10.17(d)

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

2007 STOCK OPTION PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Granted to : NUF_Last Name, First Name

(“you” or the “Participant”)

In accordance with the terms of the People’s United Financial, Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), People’s United Financial, Inc. (“People’s United”) is pleased to grant you a Non-Qualified Stock Option (the “Option”) to purchase Granted shares of People’s United Common Stock (the “Optioned Shares”). The Option is exercisable at the times specified in Section 3 of this Agreement, and is subject to the other terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and in the Plan.

You and People’s United agree that the Option is subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. Definitions . All of the terms and provisions of the Plan are deemed incorporated into this Agreement by reference to the same effect as if the Plan were set forth herein in its entirety. All terms used in this Agreement and defined in the Plan shall, unless otherwise defined herein, have the same meanings as in the Plan. The term “Common Stock” refers to the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of People’s United Financial, Inc., and includes any stock or other securities into which such shares of Common Stock may be changed, as contemplated by Section 7.3 of the Plan. The terms “affiliate”, “directors”, “person”, and “security”, or any variations of such terms, shall have the broadest meanings assigned to them by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Exchange Act. The terms “you” and “your” shall include, when the context requires, any persons entitled to exercise the Option by virtue of Section 6 of this Agreement.

2. Grant Date; Term of Option; Option Price . The Option is granted and made effective Grant Date (the “Grant Date”) and shall expire at the end of the Option Period as specified in Section 8 of this Agreement. The Exercise Price for the Option is Grant Price per share, which represents the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Grant Date.

3. Exercise of Option . (a) Provided that the Option has not sooner expired in accordance with the Plan or Section 8 hereof, the Option will be exercisable with respect to twenty percent (20%) of the Optioned Shares on each anniversary of the Grant Date beginning on the first anniversary (First Year Anniversary) and continuing through the fifth anniversary of the Grant Date (Fifth Year Anniversary). The Option will only be exercisable if you have continuously been an employee of an Employer from the Grant Date through the exercise date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, all Optioned Shares shall become fully exercisable upon the occurrence of a Change of Control if you are an employee of an Employer at the time a Change of Control occurs.


Once Optioned Shares have become available for purchase in accordance with the foregoing schedule, any unpurchased Optioned Shares included in an installment or part of an installment of Optioned Shares shall remain subject to purchase on a cumulative basis until the Option expires in accordance with the Plan or Section 8 hereof. The Option may not be exercised for fractional shares of Common Stock, and all fractional shares shall be rounded to the nearest whole number below the actual number of shares.

People’s United will permit transfer of the Optioned Shares only in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Any transfer of Optioned Shares made in any manner contrary to this Agreement will be void and ineffective to constitute the transferee a shareholder of People’s United entitled to any rights, benefits or privileges as such.

4. Method of Exercise . You (or such other person as is provided in Section 6 hereof) may exercise the Option only by delivering written notice to People’s United setting forth your irrevocable election to purchase all or a designated part of any then exercisable installment or installments of Optioned Shares. Subject to Section 8 hereof, the notice of exercise must be delivered to People’s United on or before the close of business on a date which is or precedes the last day of the Option Period, except that if the last day of the Option Period is a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which either the corporate headquarters of People’s United or the markets for equity securities generally are closed, the notice shall be delivered before the close of business on the business day preceding the last day of the Option Period.

The notice shall contain specific reference to this Agreement and the Plan and must be signed by you (or by such other person as is provided in Section 6 hereof). The notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Exercise Price by cash, certified or bank check or, if the Committee consents, payment in full or in part may also be made in the form of Common Stock already owned by you, as provided in Section 6.1 of the Plan. Payment for any Optioned Shares to be purchased upon exercise of the Option may also be made by delivering a properly executed exercise notice to People’s United, together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to People’s United the amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the purchase price. If at any time this Agreement is in effect, you are or potentially could be subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, an election to make payment in full or in part in the form of Common Stock shall be subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) promulgated thereunder, as interpreted by the Committee. No Optioned Shares shall be issued until full payment therefor has been made or the Committee has approved alternative arrangements for payment.

5. Withholding Taxes . Upon exercise of the Option in accordance with the terms of Section 4 hereof, People’s United will be entitled to deduct from all amounts paid to you with respect to the Option the amount that is required to be withheld for federal, state, local or foreign

 

2


withholding tax purposes. Where you are entitled to receive Optioned Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Option, you will be required to pay People’s United the amount of any tax which People’s United is required to withhold with respect to such Optioned Shared or, at its option, People’s United may retain or sell a sufficient number of Optioned Shares to cover the minimum amount required to be withheld under applicable law. If at any time this Agreement is in effect, you are or potentially could be subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the method for settling withholding obligations described herein shall be subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as interpreted by the Committee.

6. Persons Entitled to Exercise . The Option, to the extent then exercisable, may be exercised prior to the expiration of the Option Period:

(a) except as provided below or in the Plan, only by you during your lifetime;

(b) in the event of your death while in the employment of an Employer, by the executor or other legal representative of your estate; and

(c) in the event of your Disability, by you or by your legal representative.

Any exercise of the Option by your legal representative or by the executor or other legal representative of your estate shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Plan and shall entitle such representative to no greater part of the Optioned Shares than you could have acquired if you had exercised the Option at the time of termination of employment with an Employer by reason of your death or Disability.

7. Delivery of Certificates . People’s United may postpone the time of delivery of certificates for the Optioned Shares for such time as it deems necessary or desirable to enable it to comply with the listing requirements of any securities exchange or stock quotation system upon which the Common Stock may be listed or quoted, the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, any rules or regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, or the requirements of applicable state laws relating to the authorization, issuance or sale of securities generally. Until certificates representing Optioned Shares are delivered to you or transfer is effected by book entry on the stock transfer records of People’s United, you will have no right to vote or receive dividends with respect to the Optioned Shares.

8. Option Period . The Option shall lapse and terminate (i) on the date of termination of your employment (or, if sooner, the expiration date of the ten-year period commencing on the Grant Date), as to all of the Optioned Shares that either (A) are not yet exercisable on the date of such termination or (B) do not become exercisable at the time of such termination pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and (ii) as to all of the Optioned Shares that are exercisable (but unexercised) on the date of termination of your employment, on the first to occur of the events listed in (a) through (d) below:

 

3


(a) The last day of the ten-year period commencing on the Grant Date; or

(b) Immediately, upon Termination for Cause; or

(c) The close of business on the last day of the three-month period commencing on the date of termination of your employment with an Employer for any reason other than death, Disability, or Termination for Cause; or

(d) The close of business on the last day of the one-year period commencing on the date of termination of your employment with an Employer due to death or Disability.

The Option Period may be suspended in connection with a possible Termination for Cause under the circumstances set forth and as described in Section 5.5(c) of the Plan.

Upon expiration of the Option Period, this Agreement shall be of no further validity or effect, except with respect to Optioned Shares previously purchased.

9. Reservation of Shares . During the Option Period, People’s United will reserve from its authorized and unissued Common Stock, or from its treasury stock (or from both), a sufficient number of shares to provide for the delivery of the Optioned Shares upon exercise of the Option in accordance herewith and subject to the provisions of Section 7 hereof. If the Option should expire, lapse or otherwise become unexercisable for any reason specified in or contemplated by this Agreement or the Plan, to the extent that the Option shall not have been exercised as to the full number of the Optioned Shares subject thereto, the unpurchased Optioned Shares shall be deemed freed automatically from any such reservation and shall become immediately available for issuance and delivery pursuant to other option agreements under the Plan.

10. Corporate Law Status of Shares . The shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Option in accordance herewith, upon issuance, delivery and payment for such shares in accordance with this Agreement, shall constitute validly issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of People’s United. When so paid for, such shares will be fully paid and non-assessable. Throughout the Option Period (subject to the shortening thereof under Section 8 hereof), People’s United will have full legal right and authority to issue and deliver the Optioned Shares as contemplated by this Agreement.

11. Adjustments in Optioned Shares . In the event of any changes in the capital structure or reorganization of People’s United during the term of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 7.3 of the Plan shall apply.

12. Restrictions on Transferability of Option . Except as provided in Section 6 hereof, neither the Option nor any of your rights, interests or benefits thereunder or hereunder shall be subject to voluntary or involuntary assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other form of absolute or conditional alienation or disposition, directly or indirectly. The Option shall be unexercisable during any period in which there is in effect, and may be terminated in all respects by the Committee in the event of, a purported assignment of the Option or of any such rights, interests or benefits thereunder or under this Agreement, except as provided in Section 6 hereof.

 

4


13. Modification and Waiver . No modification or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon either People’s United or you unless made in writing and signed by you and countersigned on behalf of People’s United by an executive officer thereof (other than you, if you should be or become such an officer).

14. Binding Effect . Except as provided in Section 12 hereof, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

15. Resolution of Controversies . Any dispute or disagreement that may arise under, or in any way may relate to, the interpretation, construction or application of this Agreement shall be subject to determination by the Committee after appropriate notice to the affected parties and reasonable opportunity to be heard by the Committee. Any determination made by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes.

16. Notices . All notices, requests, demands, or other communications required, permitted or contemplated by this Agreement shall be deemed effectively served, delivered or otherwise made (a) upon receipt if manually delivered, or (b) upon the delivery date shown on the returned receipt (or if delivery is refused on the date presented for delivery) if mailed by the United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and if intended for People’s United, directed to the Committee’s attention at People’s United Bank, 850 Main Street, Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604; or if intended for you, directed to you at the address set forth below immediately following your signature. Either party may, by notice delivered in accordance with this Section, notify the other party of a different address for all future notices, which will be effective upon delivery to the other party.

17. Non-Solicitation . During the period of your employment with People’s United or any of its affiliates, and for a period of 12 months after the cessation of your employment for any reason, whether with or without cause, you will not, directly or indirectly , on your own behalf or on behalf of any other person, and whether through your own efforts or through the efforts or employing the assistance of any other person (including without limitation any consultant or any person employed by or associated with any person with whom you become employed or associated):

 

  a) call on or solicit in any manner any customer of People’s United or any of its affiliates for the purpose of doing business of the type done by People’s United or any of its affiliates with such customer. For purposes of this Agreement, “customer” means any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or other entity or person (i) currently doing business or who has done business with People’s United or any of its affiliates in the 12 months prior to the cessation of your employment, or (ii) any prospective customer that you know to be a prospective customer of People’s United or any of its affiliates and with whom People’s United or any of its affiliates reasonably expects to do business; or

 

5


  b) Solicit or otherwise induce any employee of People’s United or any of its affiliates to leave the employ of People’s United or any of its affiliates.

By accepting and agreeing to the terms of this Agreement, you acknowledge that your receipt of the grant of the Option evidenced by this Agreement represents adequate consideration for the undertaking set forth in this Section 17.

18. Revocation of Grant . No later than forty-five (45) days after the Grant Date (the “Acceptance Date”), you must formally accept and agree to the terms and conditions of the Option as set forth in this Agreement. You must do so (a) electronically, if you are directed to do so at the time your Option is formally communicated to you and you receive a copy of this Agreement, or (b) by returning a signed copy of this Agreement to the Manager of Executive Rewards in the Human Resources Department, 850 Main Street, BC-03, Bridgeport, CT 06604 so that it is received no later than the close of business on the Acceptance Date. If you do not accept and agree to the terms and conditions of the Option as set forth in this Agreement by the Acceptance Date, the Option evidenced hereby shall be null and void, and shall be deemed to have been revoked, on the first business day following the Acceptance Date. If the 45 th day after the Grant Date is not a business day, the Acceptance Date will be the first business day after such 45 th day. A business day is any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which the Company’s banking offices in Connecticut are not scheduled to be open for business.

19. Severability . In case any covenant, condition, term or provision contained in this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, in whole or in part, by a judgment, order or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, from which judgment, order or decree no further appeal or petition for review is available, the validity of the remaining covenants, conditions, terms and provisions contained in this Agreement, and the validity of the remaining part of any term or provision held to be partially invalid, illegal or unenforceable, shall in no way be affected, prejudiced or disturbed thereby.

20. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan contain all understandings between you and People’s United regarding the Option and Optioned Shares. No other communications regarding the Option or Optioned Shares are to be considered binding upon you and People’s United unless they are identified as amendments to this Agreement, are in writing and are signed by you and People’s United as provided in this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, People’s United has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its Senior Executive Vice President, and you have executed this Agreement, intending to be legally bound hereby, effective as of this Date day of Month, Year.

 

6


 

  PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.
 

By:

 

 

 

    Its Senior Executive Vice President

 

 

 

Your Signature

 

Your Mailing Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee ID #:            

 

7

Exhibit 10.18(b)

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO THE

CHITTENDEN CORPORATION DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

This Amendment No. 2 to the Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) hereby further amends the Plan as described below pursuant to authority granted by the Board. This Amendment No. 2 shall be effective as of August 8, 2011.

1. Section 5.1 of the Plan is hereby amended by deleting the sentence immediately prior to subsection (a) thereof, and replacing it with the following:

A Participant shall not be permitted to change the investment of his or her existing Account at any time, except as otherwise permitted by Section 5.3 hereof.

2. The Plan is hereby amended by adding a new Section 5.3 to read as follows:

5.3 Conversion Election . Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.3, a Qualifying Participant may submit a written Conversion Election directing that a specified percentage of his or her Account balance as of the Conversion Date be deemed invested in the Company Stock Account rather than in the Cash with Interest Account.

 

  (a) Definitions . For purposes of this Section 5.3:

 

  i. “Company” means People’s United Financial, Inc.

 

  ii. “Company Stock” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

 

  iii. “Company Stock Account” means the account established for the benefit of a Qualifying Participant who makes a Conversion Election in accordance with the provision of this Section 5.3.

 

  iv. The “Conversion Date” shall be September 8, 2011; provided, however, that the Conversion Date may be postponed to such later date as may be designated by the General Counsel of the Company if on September 8, 2011 directors of the Company are precluded from purchasing or selling Company stock because they are privy to material, non-public information about the Company at that time.

 

  v. “Conversion Election” means the written directive contemplated by this Section 5.3.

 

  vi. “Converted Balance” means the balance in a Qualifying Participant’s Account multiplied by the percentage specified by such Qualifying Participant in a Conversion Election form.

 

  vii. “Crediting Price” means the Fair Market Value of the Company Stock on the Conversion Date (in the case of credits to be made pursuant to section (d)(ii) below) or on the date dividends are paid on shares of the Company Stock (in the case of credits to be made pursuant to section (e)(i) below).

 

1


  viii. “Election Deadline” means 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on September 2, 2011.

 

  ix. “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to a share of Company Stock on a specified date:

 

  (A) If the Company establishes a grantor trust in connection with the adoption of Amendment No. 2 to the Plan and directs the trustee of such trust to purchase shares of Company Stock to cover the Company’s liability to deliver shares of Company Stock as a result of Conversion Elections made by Qualifying Participants, the average price (exclusive of all commissions and similar charges) of all shares of Company Stock acquired by the trustee on such date or within a reasonable time thereafter;

 

  (B) if subsection (A) is not applicable,

 

  1. the mean between the high and low selling prices at which shares of Company Stock are traded on the principal securities exchange (as that term is used in Section 6 of the Exchange Act) on which the shares are traded on such date or, if shares are not traded on such exchange on that date, the mean between the high and low selling prices at which shares of Company Stock were traded on such exchange on the most recent day on which shares were so traded; or

 

  2. if the shares of Company Stock are not listed or admitted to trading on any such exchange, and prices of trades in shares of Company Stock are regularly reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System, the mean between the high and low selling prices for shares on such date as reported by such system, or, if no high or low selling prices for shares of Company Stock are reported by such system for such date, then the mean between the high and low selling prices for shares of Company Stock reported by such system for the most recent day in respect of which both high and low selling prices are quoted; or

 

  (C) if subsections (A) and (B) are not applicable, the fair market value of a share of Company Stock as the Committee may determine.

 

  x. “Qualifying Participant” shall mean a Participant having an Account balance equal to or greater than $200,000 on June 30, 2011 and who (A) has not commenced receiving any distribution of benefits pursuant to the Plan as of such date and (B) is not scheduled to begin receiving any distribution of benefits pursuant to the Plan prior to October 1, 2011.

 

2


  (b) Making a Conversion Election . A Qualifying Participant who wishes to have all or a portion of his Account balance invested in the Company Stock Account must complete, sign and return a Conversion Election form to the Company no later than the Election Deadline. The Conversion Election form will allow the Qualifying Participant to designate between 50% and 100% (in 10% increments) of his or her Account balance for investment in this manner.

 

  (c) Conversion Irrevocable . A Conversion Election shall be irrevocable at and after the Election Deadline with respect to the percentage of the Participant’s Account balance as is designated in his or her Conversion Election form.

 

  (d) Effect of Conversion Election . In the event a Qualifying Participant makes a Conversion Election, then on the Conversion Date:

 

  i. the Cash With Interest Account of such Qualifying Participant shall be reduced by an amount equal to his or her Converted Balance, as determined immediately prior to the adjustment contemplated by this provision; and

 

  ii. the Company Stock Account of such Qualifying Participant shall be credited with the number of shares (including fractional interests in shares) of Company Stock which could have been purchased with cash in an amount equal to his or her Converted Balance at the Crediting Price on the Conversion Date.

 

  (e) Earnings on Company Stock Account . As of each date of payment of dividends on Company Stock there shall be credited, with respect to the equivalent shares of Company Stock credited to the Participant’s Company Stock Account on the record date of such dividend, the equivalent of such additional shares (including fractional interests therein) of Company Stock as follows:

 

  i. In the case of cash dividends, the number of shares that could be purchased at the Crediting Price as of such payment date with the dividends which would have been payable on the credited shares as if they had been outstanding; and

 

  ii. In the case of dividends payable in Company Stock, the equivalent number of shares that would have been payable on the equivalent shares as if they had been outstanding.

 

  (f) Adjustments . The total number of equivalent shares of Company Stock credited to Company Stock Accounts of Participants shall be proportionately adjusted from time to time, as determined by the Committee, for any increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of Company Stock resulting from a subdivision or combination of shares of Company Stock, a dividend payable in Company Stock (to the extent credits have not already been made with respect thereto pursuant to paragraph (e)(ii)), a reorganization or recapitalization or similar change in the Company Stock or for any other change in the capital structure of Company Stock.

 

3


3. Section 6.1(b) of the Plan is hereby amended by deleting the second and third sentences thereof, and replacing them with the following:

Participants with a Cash With Interest Account only shall have their Accounts paid in the form of cash. Participants who made a Conversion Election shall have their Accounts paid in the form of cash to the extent they have Plan balances in a Cash With Interest Account on any distribution date, and in the form of Company Stock or other property to the extent they have Plan balances held in a Company Stock Account on any distribution date, except that cash shall be paid in lieu of any fractional shares of Company Stock credited to the Participant’s Company Stock Account.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan to be executed by its officer duly authorized on this 8th day of August, 2011.

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

As successor by merger to

Chittenden Corporation

 

By:

 

/s/ David K. Norton

 

David K. Norton

  Senior Executive Vice President

 

4

Exhibit 10.18(c)

AMENDMENT NO. 3

TO THE

CHITTENDEN CORPORATION DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

This Amendment No. 3 to the Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) hereby further amends the Plan as described below pursuant to authority granted by the Board in accordance with Section 8.4 of the Plan. This Amendment No. 3 shall be effective as of January 1, 2012.

1. Section 5.1 of the Plan is hereby amended by deleting subsection (a) thereof, and replacing it with the following:

That portion of a Participant’s account that has been credited to his Cash With Interest Account shall be credited with additional investment earnings on a monthly basis at the Plan Interest rate. For purposes of this Section 5.1(a), the term “Plan Interest” shall mean interest computed at the nominal annual rate, compounded monthly, as will result in an annual percentage yield (APY) at the rate set forth on Appendix A hereto for the applicable Plan Years specified in such Appendix A. Upon recommendation of the Administrative Committee, the Committee may (but shall not be required to) increase or decrease the APY used to calculate Plan Interest for a given Plan Year prior to the beginning of such Plan Year.

2. Section 5.2 of the Plan is hereby repealed in its entirety as of the effective date of this Amendment No. 3.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment No. 3 to the Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan to be executed by its officer duly authorized on this     th day of December, 2011.

 

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

As successor by merger to

Chittenden Corporation

By:  

 

  David K. Norton
  Senior Executive Vice President

Exhibit 10.19(b)

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO THE

CHITTENDEN CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

This Amendment No. 2 to the Chittenden Corporation Supplemental Executive Savings Plan (the “Plan”) hereby further amends the Plan as described below pursuant to authority granted by the Board in accordance with Section 6.2 of the Plan. This Amendment No. 2 shall be effective as of January 1, 2012.

1. Section 3.6 of the Plan is hereby amended by deleting that Section in its entirety, and replacing it with the following:

Each Participant’s Cash With Interest Account shall be credited with additional Investment Credits on a monthly basis at the Plan Interest rate. For purposes of this Section 3.6, the term “Plan Interest” shall mean interest computed at the nominal annual rate, compounded monthly, as will result in an annual percentage yield (APY) at the rate set forth on Appendix A hereto for the applicable Plan Years specified in such Appendix A. Upon recommendation of the Administrative Committee, the Committee may (but shall not be required to) increase or decrease the APY used to calculate Plan Interest for a given Plan Year prior to the beginning of such Plan Year.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Chittenden Corporation Supplemental Executive Savings Plan to be executed by its officer duly authorized on this 23rd day of December, 2011.

 

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

As successor by merger to

Chittenden Corporation

By:  

/s/ Robert E. Trautmann

  Robert E. Trautmann
  Senior Executive Vice President,
  General Counsel

Exhibit 10.21

Execution Copy

As of January 20, 2011

Mr. Kevin Bottomley

C/o: Danvers Bancorp, Inc.

One Conant Street

Danvers, MA 01923

Dear Kevin:

In connection with the anticipated merger (the “Merger”) among People’s United Financial, Inc. (the “Acquiror”) and Danvers Bancorp, Inc. (the “Seller”) contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 20, 2011 (the “Merger Agreement”), the Acquiror, People’s United Bank (the “Acquiror Bank”) (Acquiror and Acquiror Bank are referred to collectively herein as the “Buyer”) and you are hereby entering into this Consulting Agreement (this “Agreement”).

The parties agree and acknowledge that this Agreement shall become effective as of the “Closing Date” (as defined in the Merger Agreement) and that this Agreement does not supersede or modify the Settlement Agreement between you, Buyer, Seller and Danversbank (the “Seller Bank”) attached to the Merger Agreement, to be entered into in anticipation of the closing of the Merger (the “Settlement Agreement”). In the event that the “Effective Time” (as defined in the Merger Agreement) does not occur for any reason, this Agreement shall be deemed null and void ab initio and of no force and effect.

1. Consulting Arrangement. Buyer shall engage your services as a consultant on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The term of this arrangement shall be for a period of two years commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the second anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Consulting Period”), unless sooner terminated in accordance with this Agreement.

2. Services. You have agreed to provide such consulting and advisory services to Buyer and its affiliates (as used herein, “affiliates” includes Acquiror Bank, Seller Bank, their affiliates and subsidiaries) during the Consulting Period as Buyer and its affiliates shall reasonably request of you, with reasonable advance notice to you (your “Services”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is understood that the Services will include such tasks and responsibilities as the Buyer and its affiliates shall reasonably request (consistent with the limitation set forth in the next sentence) to assist Buyer in the integration of the businesses of Swordfish and Swordfish Bank. It is acknowledged, however, that the Services will not require you to provide services in excess of 20% of the average bona fide services performed for Swordfish and Swordfish Bank over the thirty-six (36) months preceding the Closing Date and therefore will not preclude you from experiencing a “separation from service”, as such term is defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as of the Closing Date. During the Consulting Period, the Buyer shall provide you with office space and administrative support in order for you to perform the Services.


3. Independent Contractor Status. You shall perform the Services as an independent contractor, and not as an employee, agent or representative of Buyer or any of its affiliates. Unless authorized in writing by Buyer, you shall not have the power or authority to act on behalf of, or bind in any way, Buyer or any of its affiliates.

4. Fees.

(a) Consulting Fees. Beginning on the Closing Date and continuing through the Consulting Period, Buyer will pay to you in arrears a monthly consulting fee at an annualized rate of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (“Consulting Fees”). For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, as an independent contractor you will not be permitted to participate in any benefit plan, program or arrangement of Buyer by virtue of the provision of your Services (although you will have rights under the applicable compensation or benefit plans of Buyer and its affiliates pursuant to the Settlement Agreement or in your capacity as a member of the board of directors of Acquiror or Acquiror Bank, and no payment made pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken into account in computing any compensation or benefits under any such plan, program or arrangement or Settlement Agreement.

(b) Expense Reimbursement. Upon submission of the appropriate documentation and in accordance with Buyer policies, Buyer will promptly reimburse you for your reasonable business expenses, incurred during the Consulting Period in connection with your performance of the Services.

(c) Automobile. If Seller or Seller Bank owns the automobile to which you have been granted exclusive use immediately prior to the Effective Time, then as of the Closing Date, ownership and title of such automobile utilized by you shall be transferred to you free of any encumbrances. If Seller or Seller Bank leases the automobile to which you have been granted exclusive use immediately prior to the Effective Time, then Seller or Seller Bank shall pay an amount sufficient to purchase ownership and title, clear of any encumbrances, of such automobile under the terms of the applicable lease shall be paid and ownership and title, absent any encumbrances, shall be transferred to you as of the Closing Date.

5. Termination of Consulting Arrangement. The parties hereto expect this consulting arrangement to continue for the full term of the Consulting Period. The Buyer may, however, choose to end the arrangement prior to the end of the Consulting Period, subject to the following provisions:

(a) Termination By Buyer. Buyer may provide notice and terminate this engagement at any time during the Consulting Period with or without Cause. If the consulting arrangement is terminated without Cause, Buyer will be obligated to pay you the Consulting Fees for the remainder of the Consulting Period. If the consulting arrangement is terminated for Cause, Buyer’s obligation to pay any remaining Consulting fees hereunder will cease immediately. For purposes of this Agreement, Cause shall exist based upon your action or omission constituting: (i) gross negligence or willful misconduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to Buyer; (ii) fraud, misappropriation of funds or other assets or theft that, in each case, is either in connection with the performance of Services or demonstrably and materially injurious to Buyer; (iii) willful breach of fiduciary duty or a willful dishonest act that, in each case, is demonstrably and

 

2


materially injurious to Buyer; (iv) a willful and material breach of your obligations contained in this Agreement, including the willful and material failure or refusal to perform the Services or Section 6; or (v) a conviction or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony.

(b) Automatic Termination of the Agreement. The engagement shall terminate automatically upon your death. If termination of the consulting arrangement occurs for this reason, Buyer will be obligated to pay your estate any unpaid Consulting Fees within ten business days following the date it receives notice of your death.

(c) Mutual Agreement. You and Buyer may mutually agree in writing at any time to terminate the engagement, and the terms of that termination.

6. Confidentiality. You shall hold for the benefit of Buyer and its affiliates and shall not disclose to others, copy, use, transmit, reproduce, summarize, quote or make commercial, directly or indirectly, any secret or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Buyer and its affiliates and their businesses (including without limitation information about their respective clients’ and customers’ and their proprietary knowledge and trade secrets, software, technology, research, secret data, customer lists, investor lists, business methods, business plans, training materials, operating procedures or programs, pricing strategies, employee lists and other business information) that you have obtained during your engagement by Buyer, provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to information that is generally known to the public other than as a result of the breach of this Agreement by you or one of your representatives (“Confidential Information”). You acknowledge that such Confidential Information is specialized, unique in nature and of great value to Buyer and its affiliates, and that such information gives Buyer and its affiliates a competitive advantage. Upon termination of your engagement hereunder, you shall surrender immediately to Buyer, except as specifically provided otherwise herein, all Confidential Information and all other property of Buyer and its affiliates in your possession and all property made available to you in connection with your engagement by Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if you are required to disclose any such Confidential Information pursuant to applicable law or a subpoena or court order, you shall promptly notify Buyer in writing of any such requirement, unless you are requested not to do so by any governmental official or are otherwise prohibited from doing so by law, so that Buyer and/or its affiliate(s) may seek an appropriate protective order or other appropriate remedy. You shall reasonably cooperate with Buyer (at Buyer’s expense) to obtain such protective order or other remedy.

7. Enforcement Provisions. You and Buyer understand and agree to the following provisions regarding enforcement of this Agreement:

(a) Governing Law. The Agreement is governed by and is to be construed under the laws of the State of Connecticut, without regard to conflict of laws rules.

(b) Equitable Remedies. A breach of Section 6 of this Agreement will cause Buyer and/or its affiliates irreparable harm, and Buyer and its affiliates will therefore be entitled to (in addition to any monetary damages available to them) issuance of immediate, as well as permanent, injunctive relief restraining you, and each and every person and entity acting in concert or participating with you, from initiation and/or continuation of such breach, and also to cease paying you any further Consulting Fees, whether or not accrued.

 

3


(c) No Waiver. Failure of you or Buyer or its affiliates to demand strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant or condition, nor shall any waiver or relinquishment of any such term, covenant or condition on any occasion or on multiple occasions be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such term, covenant or condition.

(d) Severability. You and Buyer further agree that the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision or provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

8. Application of Policies. During the Consulting Period, the general policies and practices of Buyer and its affiliates (as such policies may exist from time to time) that are generally applicable to similarly situated consultants of Buyer will apply to you with the same force and effect.

9. Taxes. As a consultant and independent contractor of Buyer, you will be responsible for, and will duly and timely comply with, all applicable laws relating to, the collection, payment, reporting and remittance of any and all Federal, state or local taxes, charges or fees (“Taxes”) resulting from the receipt of amounts described in this Agreement. Neither Buyer nor any of its affiliates shall be liable for any Taxes resulting from the receipt of amounts described in this Agreement, or your failure to comply with applicable laws.

10. Additional Obligations of Consultant. You agree to the following:

(a) You shall immediately notify Buyer if you have committed, been convicted of, pled guilty to or entered into a pre-trial diversionary program regarding any criminal offense involving dishonesty, breach of trust or money laundering, as those terms are defined by the Statement of Policy of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

(b) All Services will be performed with promptness and diligence, in accordance with generally recognized professional practices and standards as well as with standards and procedures established by Buyer or its affiliates from time to time.

11. Entire and Final Agreement. This Agreement shall supersede any and all prior oral or written representations, understandings and agreements of the parties with respect to the matters addressed herein (including, but not limited to all correspondence, memoranda and term sheets), and it contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the payments and benefits that you are entitled to receive as a Consultant. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. Once signed by the parties hereto, no provision of this Agreement may be modified or amended unless agreed to in writing, signed by you and a duly authorized officer of Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement will have no effect on the Settlement Agreement.

 

4


12. Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, obligations or interests arising hereunder may be assigned by you. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, obligations or interests arising hereunder may be assigned by Buyer without your prior written consent, to a person or entity other than an affiliate or parent entity of Buyer or its successors or assigns; provided, however, that, in the event of the merger, consolidation, transfer, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Buyer with or to any other individual or entity, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of Buyer hereunder.

13. Section Headings. The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for purposes of convenience only, and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

14. Notices. All notices required by this Agreement shall be sent in writing and delivered by one party to the other by overnight express mail to the following persons and addresses:

If to Buyer:

Peoples United Financial, Inc.

Bridgeport Center

850 Main Street

P.O. BOX 1580

Bridgeport, CT 06604

Attn: Robert Trautmann, General Counsel

Fax: (203) 338-3600

If to you:

At the most recent address on file with Buyer.

15. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original for all purposes.

 

5


If the foregoing is satisfactory, please so indicate by signing and returning one original copy of this letter to Buyer, whereupon this will constitute our agreement on the subject.

 

People’s United Financial, Inc.
By:   LOGO
Name:   David K. Norton
Title:   Senior Executive Vice President
Date:   As of January 20, 2011

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:

 

Kevin T. Bottomley

Date: As of January 20, 2011

[Kevin T. Bottomley Consulting Agreement Signature Page]


If the foregoing is satisfactory, please so indicate by signing and returning one original copy of this letter to Buyer, whereupon this will constitute our agreement on the subject.

 

People’s United Financial, Inc.
By:  

 

Name:   David K. Norton
Title:   Senior Executive Vice President
Date:   As of January 20, 2011

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:

LOGO

Kevin T. Bottomley
Date: As of January 20, 2011

[Kevin T. Bottomley Consulting Agreement Signature Page]

Exhibit 21

 

Name and Address of Each

Member of the Affiliated Group

   Jurisdiction of
Organization
   Line of Business    Ownership

People’s United Bank

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut

   United States    Financial Services    100%

People’s Ventures II, Inc.

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut

   Connecticut    Investment Subsidiary    100%

Smithtown Bancorp Capital Trust III

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut

   Delaware    Special Business Trust    100%
The following subsidiaries are owned directly by People’s United Bank:

People’s United Equipment Finance Corp.

1300 Post Oak Boulevard, Suite 1300

Houston, Texas

   Texas    Equipment Financing    100%

People’s Capital and Leasing Corp.

255 Bank Street

Waterbury, Connecticut

   Connecticut    Equipment Financing    100%

People’s United Insurance Agency, Inc.

1 Goodwin Square

Hartford, Connecticut

   Connecticut    Insurance Agency    100%

Chittenden Commercial Finance, Inc.

1000 LaGauchetiere Street

West Montreal, QC, Canada

   Canada    Commercial Lending    100%

BOWM Securities Corporation

1391 Main Street

Springfield, Massachusetts

   Massachusetts    Investment Subsidiary    100%

First Federal Commercial Inc.

1300 Post Oak Boulevard, Suite 1300

Houston, Texas

   Colorado    Equipment Financing    100%

Spruce Wood Realty Trust

30 Massachusetts Avenue

North Andover, Massachusetts

   Massachusetts    Real Estate Investment    100%


Exhibit 21

 

Name and Address of Each

Member of the Affiliated Group

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

  

Line of Business

The address of the following wholly owned subsidiaries of People’s United Bank is 850 Main Street, Bridgeport, Connecticut:
People’s Securities, Inc.    Connecticut    Securities Brokerage
People’s United Commercial Asset Holdings, LLC    Connecticut    Service Corporation
People’s Mortgage Investment Company    Connecticut    Connecticut Passive Investment Company
Glamis Investment Corp.    Connecticut    Investment Subsidiary
MSB Real Estate Corp.    Connecticut    Real Estate Investment
PB Real Estate, Inc.    Connecticut    Real Estate Investment
ONB Realty Corp.    Maine    Real Estate Investment

Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

People’s United Financial, Inc.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-176163, No. 333-140865, No. 333-142119 and No. 333-163873) and Form S-3 (No. 333-172201) of our reports dated February 29, 2012, with respect to the consolidated statements of condition of People’s United Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, which reports appear in the December 31, 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K of People’s United Financial, Inc.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Stamford, Connecticut

February 29, 2012

Exhibit 31.1

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications

CERTIFICATIONS

I, John P. Barnes, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of People’s United Financial, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 29, 2012      

/s/ John P. Barnes

      John P. Barnes
      Principal Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Kirk W. Walters, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of People’s United Financial, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 29, 2012      

/s/ Kirk W. Walters

      Kirk W. Walters
      Principal Financial Officer

Exhibit 32

Section 1350 Certifications

Executive Certifications

pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned officers of People’s United Financial, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to the best of such officer’s knowledge, that:

 

  1. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

  2. Information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of and for the period ended December 31, 2011.

This Certification is made effective as of the date the Report is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Date: February 29, 2012    

/s/ John P. Barnes

    John P. Barnes
    Principal Executive Officer

 

Date: February 29, 2012    

/s/ Kirk W. Walters

    Kirk W. Walters
    Principal Financial Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

Exhibit 99.1

Impact of Inflation

The Consolidated Financial Statements and other financial information presented in the Annual Report (on Form 10-K) have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services.